W e have celebrated ourg5th anniversary year with many sound and exciting enhancements. This rejuvenation means that we face our next quarter century from a solid, modern base. Our physical plant, our computer system and, most importantly, our human resources have been reviewed and improved. Our buildings in Pewaukee sporta modern new look. The offices have been expanded and renewed. We have more than doubled our machine shop, welding, metal finishing, and warehouse space. Packaging and production areas have been revamped with new shipping areas and loading docks. The plant has been brightened with a new lighting system. A new computer system and software package is being installed which is a huge investment in the future. Our engineering staff in Pewaukee has been increased and realigned to better serve custom, production, and long range goals. In Italy, we have reorganized our management structure and added to our staff. Giampaolo Spera, who was formerly our custom winch manager, is now the overall manager of Harken Italy. Bill Ottemann, who was chief engineer for Barient has joined our winch engineering group. Together with Luciano Bonassi, .our head engineer in Lomazzo, they form a formidable design team that is already producing exciting new results. Along with work on our infrastructure, we have also improved and renewed many existing products. Our winches have new, more efficient self-tailing units, improved castings, and better chrome and Hardcote finishes. We are introducing a mega winch for super yachts; a new backwind system; and a radical new handle. Our cam cleats have undergone an update for better line entry and corrosion resistance. For 20 years you've been asking for a snatch block and you'll finally find it on page 71. We are revising our packaging to take advantage of technology changes in distribution and marketing. Our Custom Division was extremely busy this year, especially with the America's Cup. They developed those wonderful AirBlocksm, AirSheavesm,and AirTrack'" you saw on television. They are so efficient and light that they top every racer's wish list. They're offered as production items in this catalog. We were the supplier of hardware to the Olympics in Barcelona and ran the service facility there with our Spanish distributor, Trimmer. We have formed an alliance with an old friend, Goran RutgerSon, of Rutgerson Marin in Sweden to produce a beautiful range of stainless steel portlights and to bring to market rope clutches and snatch blocks which we have been working on for years. Goran has one of the most modern hardware factories in the world and is the Harken distributor for Sweden. Finally, Harken has won the President's " E Award for Excellence in Exporting. This is presented by the Secretary of Commerce and recoonizes our international marketing efforts and those of our distribution svstem. We're committed more than ever to giving you better products and service and providing you with the information you need to choose the right hardware for your boat. This catalog is packed with products and information to make your sailing better so dig in1
Peter Harken
-
Olaf Hwken
Arthur Mitchel
/
3 HOW TO USE YOUR CATALOG I How to Find Hardware Index Parts are listed alphabetically on pages 222 through 226. Parts are listed several times by all common descriptions so the index is easy to use. Parts are listed numerically by part number on pages 214 to 221. Thumb Index The back cover lists the main sections of the catalog. Pages are marked to correspond. To use, start with your thumb on the category mark on the back cover and flip into the catalog until the category tabs on the page edges appear.
Sections
The catalog is organized into sections by hardware families.
Small Boat Blocks Pages 15 - 34
Mid-Range Blocks Pages 35 - 42
Big Boat Blocks & Sheaves Pal rs 43 - 77
Custom Hardware Pages 78 - 80
Complementary Blocks & Accessories Pages 81 - 98
Travelers Pages 99 - 124
Sail Handling Systems Pages 125 - 146
Batten Traveler Systems Pages 138 - 145
Winches Pages 147 - 182
Harken Italy Hardware Pages 183 - 191
Portlights Pages 192 - 193
Clothing & Promotional Items Pages 208 - 211
Deck Shoes Pages 212 - 213
-
-
Choosing the Right Hardware System Drawings- Pages 196 to 206 show sketches of typical hardware systems to help you design a good layout for your boat. Fealure Pages- Each of the major sections of the catalog begins with a visual explanation of the features which make Harken products unique. Use and Seleclion Charts- At the beginning of most sections you will find a chart which shows the correct size or type of block to use for different boats. Reference Page- Page 194 and 195 show breaking strengths of common sizes of wire and rope and formulas for calculating loading on blocks.
Additional Help Addresses and Phone Numbers- Page 227 contains a listing of Harken addresses, telephone numbers and fax numbers. It also contains a list of Harken distributors worldwide.
3
Eng neen Ken ~ n p a n Cnns d Lron cn * o n on P r o d ~ n o nu t a q mems t tnay re any moreorWmre~~*onioea~eto.m neat yeats caalci
POI) Dam an0 Carol A m ey are LS d~stnb.lor C~nOmelIPN CB spec a SO Watch O L rl~ a oog 00, arr ms - lney'.e i n p m l n e m w w s tor a no dab
Knsli Dujmovk isad~rnr'rsv,i r ~ i i l a n t t o 0bf. Krlm and Richelle Heine handle imMdlonal customer seruice. Always ready lo help in any language: "Vousetes restde trop l o n m m p j au Soleil aulouWhui.''
Rose Soremn s o n ce manager nsrranCeDbr, pany organ rrr. and rnonalon racallon r me Eeqone s n ce 10 u r n
Creu nan meef neaas ono range eng nee,.ng pro PTOw i n an emmar r an ~ L Ing ne's sees no a oaten1 on n r nex
the trade deficit wim their elfonsin international shipping.
Nancy narrison is Inlernallmal Sales Manager. If iKs2:OO p m . in Pewauk-. it must be next year in Nishinomiya Civ.
4
Kathy Weisharnpsl haadsthe advertising depanrnent- producing brochures, manuals and the catalw. all at a frantic gallop.
1 charge of receiving all of the stui~thatChris ~ l m a omers n in her role as purchaslrq agent. Symbiosis.
Dane Blackbum. Slwe Orleoeke, and Paul Vanden Hewel are designers in the custom enoineeriq department. Lunch hour lindsthem salvina the mystenesol liklortha Packers. Bucks, Brewers and Seahawb - Seahawksn
Ed Tomban is our ace airfreipht driver. Heappreciates all d your laSt minute o r d e n m n have to be flown out in a panic.
Distribmr Sales M a w e r ill ~ o s h e rH~.S . lnsh ~ h a t e ~ p h i n s it all.
Ken Post, Tlm Bracey, and Len Post r mstal working area. 1111we know is iKs nmano noisy out rnara, but the results are great
ID IS in cnarge or
nssd a translator.
Lesiie Miller is Peter Harken's puning dut fires
Julle "v~bratory G a nlaboratory" is in chargeand of me her rock and roll machinespollsh every metal pan that goes out of this place.
Will Plonke iaour manerweldsr C~nfuciousraid "People who ride motorcycles withoul helmets nave nothing to lose,' but we'll miss you. Will.
Gary Riggs and Jon Gmds handleshipping offurllng, shoes, and railmaker pmducb. m a t sounds like enough. For now.
C ~ i Blazer g heads winch shipping and SBTY~CB. His fluency in Italian is incredible-'Uncappacino. por favore.'
W e w t t i s i n chargeaf invoicing. Hey, backofil . . .they're really nice!
Debble Bulh heads cost accountmg, inventory management, and other obscure thingslhat nobody else cares about until they want a paycheck.
-
Joe Smith heads assembly and quality control. Joe Smith huh? Wonder what he'srunning from.
Syd Millman heads sailmaker product sales. Watch yourthumb. Syd.
Kevln ..lonahan is head of custom enginaenq. FDnunately his custom project8 go faster than his rltcnen remodeling.
.sennoa Owe oerwl neaoo c.nomer ano I resoent 1ro.0e. CP
OLI
rnooler tac ng cnarge 01 anyin ng tnat gets 01. of rontm
Anoy GBOororsk and R ck LaF8.e nano I n m PIP? l,, n~enr.9 on oelole Im or lne r sanopa~erano emer) ooaro5 OLamntee ,a. B smootn id change e r e r ) Ime Jean-Louis (LOUIOU)Guyader is an avid Milboarder who comes ashoreonce ina whlie to work in sales and technical sewice.
De imath.and Gene Duprse make tiaures and special "one of a kind' p r ~ d ~ c lYOU s . need L, we'll make cl.
Dalyl Gorden owrseesthe produ~onworMoedto e n s u r e s m m sarino. Tom F r e m l wearshe b~ hat Torn Frpnnel. Jr. is chamed wlh monitoring Tom Sr's blwd pressure.
..ant8 nrancra s n charge 011.r mg arremo I n ~ nann e p rlnr me on r e Tnq nr.m lan. acc.rale oe .eq of 1.n ng .n Is
I
Accurate Products Manufacturing
Wil Weberand Tom Hansen run the CNC mllls and assist engineer Phi1 Giller in tackling all challsnging tarkr. A new furling design? No problem.
den Felchner and Dean Luccnesi are COcaptains of our TracXTeam. No, no, no. Not t h d kind of track,travelertracks and Bancartracks.
Tom naQer8 Jonn dome, ana Genn D Q. rLn me CNC marn ner I n 1 ~ r o d ~ me c e h r np Dam
O ~ d l l hQS,.
0.2 R macn nes Qlalq Darts
Kam 3ew Leistiko, Courtney WollnNisn. Scon Wollenzien. Barb Holzman, Rabble Hardy and Ruth khillinp arethe assembly team. Simple: build n rsht; build it last; ship if.
Sales Manager Hewe Busriere overseer inventory, delivery. orders, and cataiog translation Hecollecls wild shlrts and tier for e hobby ~
~~
~~
~
....
Sandy Brehm and Cheri Mihlbauer do payables and receivablesand Saran Stippich is 'Our Girl
Jean Martins is rerponrible tor Serviceand Shlpping He's known as "Mr Forklit? stronger and more agile than a machlne
L C." Re!
l m n 3 p ~ ean0 . D m.n s h,man ronl na.h
man~d,n morale an0 dete OD loo notor a.,
enenswe range 01 haroware
...
..J Mike Minels., v.......... lhecrew that keepsthe CNC mills churning out quality p a m and new produns.
Don Schaeferand Don Yench. If it's custom. theseguys have made 11.
atnes IVQro,o (a, a 01 011" nor aoodt arolno m cnrcer, or! * D re aw.e lnal
QO "Q
By J o p T~mel- Joyce Tckel,a sasd,g m r Dasedrn Lmk Compron. Rhode
Isond. #aa &n boat fan unrnshe saw me 1991 BOC Ifnrsh NON shes intrbuedby singlehanded RCS.
F o r the past decade, the French have excited the sailing world with their audacious offshore racers. First, they campaigned a series of exotic 80' catamarans. Those evolved into today's 60' trimarans. They have invented races like the Vendbe Globe Challenge, a singlehanded, non-stop sprint around the world. Currently, a number of competitors are preparing to sail in the awesome Around the World in Eighty Days competition. Phillipe Poupon has achieved the reputation as the best singiehanded racer in the world. His accomplishments are legend and include the course record in the 1988 CSTAR. In 1992 he built a new 60' trimaran, Fleury Michon XI, to challenge in the major single-handed events like the ESTAR and Quebec-St Malo Transat. Fleury Michon XI is the newest 60' trimaran in the world. It is Phillipe Poupon's answer to the boat that beat him in the last Route du Rhum. Phillipe Poupon "I came in second and that was nice," Poupon said, "but to win the Singlehanded Transatlantic Race I knew I needed a new boat. I 8
set the course record in the 1988 CSTAR in FleuwMichon /X and it was really fast. But I knew that it did not have the same power as the new boats of Florence Arthaud and Laurent Bourgnon." The new boat is a Vincent Lauriot PrevostIMarc Van Peteghem design and was built by Jeanneau Techniques Avancees (JTA) near Nantes. Some of the molds from Pierre P a n d Primagaz were used. ~ boat. Fleurv MichonXI weiohs ~~~~.but . . this ~ is a v e different 22% less than the 1968 version and carries 32% more sail.Bruno Belmont is in charge of Jeanneau's racing division and faced the challenge of building the most sophisticated sailboat imaginable in very little time. "We had to save weight everywhere," he said, "but this is a boat that has to carry tremendous power across the North Atlantic, too. At every step in specifying the hardware for the boat we first looked in the Harken catalog. If it is light enough and strong enough, it is perfect and we buy what is there. If we need something more, we call Harken and ask if it is possible for them to build what we need. Eighty percent of the hardware on this boat is straight out of the Harken catalog." Patrisk Rleupevmuf, Marken Fmn6e As director of Harken France, Patrick Rieupeyroutfinds hardware solutions for the fastest most powerful sailboats in the ~
~
~
Cmp.?layout C o n ~ a r e m n & r a t e d m a I l o w s l o p p e r f o s $ y m ~ o f c W I whenever*.
world. For singlehanded sailors, strong dependable furling gear is a priority. These boats need the ability to reef instantly to match power to wind and sea conditions. They also want the lightest possible furling gear with small, aerodynamic foils. "The two Unit 3.5 furling units we made for Groupe Pierre P and Fleury Michon have turnbuckles and swivels reinforced to match their 3 ton (6600 lbs) halyard loads. The Gennaker'" furler was originally built as custom for Primagaz(ex RMO) and is now also used on Gmupe Pierre P and Fleury Michon XI. Gennaker furling allows these boats to set a huge reaching genoa which rolls around a very special Kevlar luff rope. The boats sail faster than the wind in many conditions so the apparent wind is always too far forward for a spinnaker and the reacher is a very effective sail. The gennaker halyard is a 3:l purchase leading to a 56 winch and so much tension is put on it that the handles flex. The furler must be very free running and strong, but also very light." Another challenge is to keep the deck layout simple and clean. When you're sailing at 15 knots for 3500 miles you can't waste time sorting out lines. The mainsheet system was customized for the boat and uses two titanium control blocks and one 8" titanium mainsheet block. The genoa sheet system has to handle three jibs, according to Patrick. Harken created a mini-maxi car with three titanium blocks. The control lines lead to the cockpit and allow vertical and athwartsh~psadj~srmentfrom tne cockpit. "Ph~lpe is very careful," Bruno to d me "Tne rig s so l~gnr
Cumm headboard cdr wdh h h to r&ve mp&n on spar Lock Mrebase loolk iordousm -anrmpomt~11ervc0ncem
that we had to be able to relieve the halyard tension with a specially designed headboard car and lock." It secures at the first, second, and third reef points, but can also be released quickly without having to be released at each reefing Station. For light weight and strength at the reef points, special track sections were machined from titanium. The 3:l main halyard can also handle the 7.5 ton (16,500lbs) halyard load but had to be very, very light since one pound at the top of the mast costs you 20 pounds of righting moment. To drive machines like this across the North Atlantic requires the best mechanical advantage you can get. "The winches," said Patrick, "areall Harken. We had to increase the power ratio of the mainsheet winch from 66:l to 92:l to handle the 7 ton (15,500 lbs) load." Bruno told me, "The mainsheet traveler is three times lighter than on Primagaz. The rail is light and the c a n are joined by a beautiful custom titanium sandwich that is very strong and very light. Harken has avery good custom titanium department and usually I can show a simple sketch to Patrick and he can have it turned into a special block or track." Fleury Michon XI had the new boat blues and withdrew from the ESTAR race in June, but she'll be back on the circuit as soon as Phillipe Poupon finishes this autumn's Globe Challenge. "When you race," he said, "Ithink you can race until the end of your life. The challenge is to have a good boat to beat the other boats. It is best when you are first." 9
Eday E~chIS a partner !n Peter Frtsch Gmbh me Harken d!str~outortor Germany in addihon to satltng h ~ sFO. Eddy IS an and skger, drues last on the Autobahn, and lmnslates the Hamen calalog tnto German
A f t e r raclng a Flying Dutchman for 19 years, I have some clear ideas of how I want my boat fitted out. When I had Leonard Mader build a new boat for me this winter, I knew exactly how I wanted to rig the boat to suit my sailing style. When i started sailing an FD in 1973, many Deo~lesailed with the layout and fittings inich were delivereo bytne'builder. Otten the gear was quite poor an0 the layoR near y unwor~ble.Th~s 10
has changed dramatically. Today most Flying Dutchmen are built by Mader who has a lot of experience with good layouts. Still, experienced FD sailors have some of their own ~deasabout rigging their boats. Vamp is a perfect example. Much of the layout is standard. thinos idpar ~ ~- .are -=- ..rnv., snecial -r -. but -- a - few ~ n e f l y i n gD~tchmannas changed a lot dur ng the years. Today t is not only one of the fastest dingnys in the worlo, but also one of
the most technical. The FD is an Olympic class sailed by two people. It is a trapeze boat and at the World Championships in Cadiz, Spain, we proved it can be raced in winds of 37 knots. Those are conditions which would keep most other Olympic classes ashore. The trapeze, large sailplan, and ability to sail in heavy air means that the layout must be very carefully thought out. There are hardly any restrictions on fittings. You can adjust virtually everything during a race. This means that you need a great deal of experience in tuning the boat and a well thought out layout so that you can make adjustments while sailing. The FD is equipped with a very large genoa. Trimming this sail is one of the most important and complicated secrets of being fast. You can adjust mast rake with the 24:l purchase genoa halyard which
6.1 1aM.B forshmud adiusteIs. Cascadingpurchases m u l l i n a tinai adjustment adwntwe oi24:l.
consists of a 6:l tackle running vertically along the mast and pulled by a 4:l tackle on the sole along the centerboard. Shroud tension is adjusted with another 24:l tackle. There is a 304 wire block on the end of the shroud and a 6:l tackle under the deck. The port and starboard shroud adjusters are pulled by a single 2:l tackle so that both are adjusted equally and at the same time. The genoa sheets lead to adjusters which are levers with two ball bearing sheaves. The rear of the lever is attached to the hull with a 11
Masfprebend wire andfackk. Shockcord refracts fhe wire to amid fwl,nfl on oenm while fackm.
Spinnaker guy in hveakerand secured in 150 Cam-Mafic. Tweaher on Vamp is posifioned so that helmsman can handle rtdurinfl a jibeand has an underdeck cleatand remote release.
4:f mainsheef leads to 144swivel base. 212 windwardsheelingtraveler car can be pulled to weafhw wifhouf re!&?& l e w r d mnfrol line Note confro1 mnsok.
special joint so that it can be pulled athwartships as well as adjusted up and down. Moving the lead up is similar to moving a lead car aft and allows the leech of the sail to open. Moving the car outboard opens the slot between main and genoa. Aft of the lever, the sheet leads to a Hexaratchet under the deck so that it can be held in strong winds. If all of these adjustments aren't enough to confuse you, you also have to decide which cringle to use on the genoa clew. Ail tuning lines lead to consoles with banks of Harken micro cams. There are consoles both in front of and behind the traveler with the lines ail being positioned so that they can be adjusted by the helmsman when he is hiking. The mainsail is tuned by mast bend, the vang, and the sheet. Mast 12
bend is controlled by spreader angle which is one of the few things on my boat which cannot be changed during a race. A few boats do have adjustable spreader angle so I guess maybe I'll have to add that some day. Mast bend is also affected by adjustable lower shrouds which use a 12:l tackle. The vang is an 8:l tackle using two cascades and leading aft to each side of the boat. In very light air I often found that I couldn't open the leech of the main enough because the mast stood too straight in the boat. For the new Vamp I've added a prebender which consists of a 2:l purchase above deck and a 2:l purchase aft of the mast. This gives a final advantage of 4:l which is necessary because the angle of the prebend wire is very flat. When the prebender is not in use, it is pulled against the deck by a shock cord so that the genoa sheet won't foul during a tack. Afouied jib sheet is a sure way to end a race with a cold swim. The mainsheet has a 4:l tackle which ends in a 019 ratchet block mounted on a 144 swivel base placed on the top of the after control console. The windward sheeting traveler car was invented by Everett Bastet, aformer FD crew who probably had nothing else to do while hanging on the wire except think about how to make the traveler work better. Harken now makes these cars for boats ranging from dinghys to offshore racers. The windward sheeting car can be pulled to weather above the centerline without releasing the leeward control line. You don't have to ease the car to leeward before tacking so the main stays full during the tack. After the boat settles in on the new tack, you can pull the car above the centerline again without releasing the new leeward control line. On a beat in stronger winds I only play the traveler. The sheet is cleated and the car is moved constantly which means that it must move freely under high loads. Harken recirculating baii bearing cars are a necessity. Off the wind, the F0 is sailed with a spinnaker which is launched from a chute molded into the bow just in front of the headstay. The spinnaker pole is stored on the side of the boom, held by shock cord and the topping lift which attaches to the front of the pole. The launching line runs from the rear of the pole to a mast fitting with a baii bearing sheave. It then runs down the mast to a cam on a swivel base with bullseye. The crew only has to snap the guy into the front of the pole and pull the launcher line to bring the pole into position. This is a great system because the crew only has to leave the trapeze briefly to engage the guy and he never has to go forward and risk burying the bow in a wave. The spinnaker sheets are a simple system. They lead through bullet blocks on the rear deck and forward to a ratchet block in front of the traveier where they can be handled by either the crew or the helmsman. They are adjusted vertically by a tweaker which brings the guy down to the deck near the shrouds. On most FD's these run in front of the cockpit and can only be handled by the crew. On my boat the tweaks can be adjusted by either crew or helmsman. They cleat just after they lead under the deck. An additional line is rigged to pull the tweak out of this cleat. The advantage is that in strong winds at the jibe mark, I can tighten the leeward tweak while my crew stays on the trapeze as long as possible. After the jibe, I can pull the release line to free the new sheet while the crew goes right back out on the wire. Since mast rake has become an important adjustment on the Flying Dutchman, we have to adjust the position of the centerboard fore and aft as well. On each side of the board, there is a 3:l tackle which will move the board forward or aft even under high loads while sailing upwind. Looking into a modern FD, you might only see a spider's web of lines and have the impression that it is a mess, but every line has an important function and racing a well equipped FD is very satisfying. They reward experienced sailors and are not only for athletic youngsters!
All standard Harken products are unconditionallv auaranteed to the orig nal pdrchaser aga nst oefects in materias ~Fwornmanship for a perloo of llve years from tne oate of p~rchase~ n l e s sotherwise stated In th s catalog and except as l o o w : Swage f rtlngs and r ~ d der Dear nos are OJaranteeo for two vears. "10 reellno an0 furllna Winches are warrantee8 for systems ea; warranteed for seven three years. Warranty of custom hardware is limited to one year as to materials and workmanship but not as to performance. America's Cup Class hardware is covered by special warranty provisions; contact Harken for details. Defective tems sho,ld be rerJrneo to rlarken and narnen shall at its option, rep ace or repatr s ~ c hprod~ct.R e t ~ r nof defective prod~ctsmJst be accompanieo oy a erter g vlng name, aodress, date of ourcnase. tvoe ol boat. ano f ~ n c t ~ oofnnaroware as well as an explanation ofthe defeci or malfunction and the conditions under which the product was being used.
This warrantv does not aooly to or include any D ~ O ~ Uthat C ~was mproperly installed or improper y maintamed. or'~seoLnoer load condit ons exceeo ng the rahng or other recommendahons publ~snea In the Harken catalog, or S~blecIeOto mlsdse, negligence, acc~dent or s~b~ecteo to ~ n a ~ r h o r z emoo d flcat~onor reoalr Norma wear to shoes{teeth of cam cleats; winch drums and pawls; and wear from wire rope on all equipment is also excluded. This warranty only applies to use of hardware in normal sailboat applications or i n other'applications specifically approved by Harken. THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER IMPLIED, EXPRESSED AND STATUTORY GUARANTEES, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL HARKEN BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. The laws of each state may varv. oivina vou additional riohts. and some of the above limitations or eiciusioii may not apply i o you.
1MAINTENANCE I All rlarfien equipment s des gneo to give years of servlce w ~ t n min ma ma ntenance, o ~ some t ma nrenance s reqJlreo to glve best service. In aeneral, the most imoortant asDect of maintenance is to keeD' yoJr gqu~pmentclean oy freq~entlyfl,sh ng 11wltn fresh flater In hlgh y corrosive atmospneres, tne sta nless steel parts may show some brown r ngs aroma the holes, r vers, ano screws Thls o.scoIorat1on S not serloJs b ~mav t be remove0 wlth a flne aoraslve. With the exception of winches, grease should not be used on any Harken products.
Small Boat Blocks The plast~cs~depales and sheaves of sma ooat o l o c ~ sare UV staolllzeo, b ~ tney r will srl t ~ r grey n aher long exposure to the s ~ n . Th s dlsco oral on may be removed W th a flne abrasive b ~WIt not redLce the strenatn of tne olocds ano acts ro orotect tne mater~al underneath. Flush small boat blocks thoroughly with fresh water. Lubrication is not required, but lubricants such as dry Teflon or dry silicone sprays which will not attract dirt may be used. Inspect blocks periodically for damage, in particular for cracked or elongated shackles. Tape cotter rings to prevent snagging on sheets. Use Loctitemwhen refastening any nuts. It is best not to leave heavy loads on small boat blocks when they are not being used. This may slightly deform the bearings. Normally they will return to their proper shape after being rotated, but an initial resistance may be felt.
-
Big Boat Blocks Flush blocks thorouohlv with fresh water. Bia boat sheaves have flusnlng pons to a lowkaier to reach tne oear~ngsThey may also oe cleaned oy ll~snlngw~rhWD 40 or LPS-1 Born of tnese penetrahng Jorlcants act to remove depos~tsn the bearlng races L ~ o r ~ con at s nor req~lred.o ~ uorlcanrs t sucn as dry Tef on or dry s llcone spravs whlcn wII not anract dlrl may be Jseo Inspect shackles and shacae post neaos for slgns of corrosion or deformat on Nylock nJts s n o ~ l dnor oe r e ~ s e dafter be nq remove0 more than three times. When replacing shackles or bolts be sure to use Harken parts to maintain the proper strength. Big boat bearings are very resistant to deformation but it is not advisable to leave heavy loads on any hardware when the boat is not sailing.
Traveler Cars Keep trage er cars clean oy f l ~ s hng frequent y with fresh water. Tney may also be ceaned oy f l ~ s hng witn WO-40 or -PS-1. Both of r acr to remove oeooslts in tne ball races. these Denetrat no l ~ ocants Tnis is pan cu a i y necessary aher cars nave not been JSed for a Iona oer,oo of 1 me. ,ubr cat on 1s not reoJ red, b ~ ~or'cants t su&'as dry Teflon or dry silicone sprays which'will not attract dirt may be used. Keep traveler tracks clean by washing with soap and water. Be careful that sealants or bedding compounds used during installation are not left on the track as they will foul the ball races. nspect snack es ano contro bloc< f R ngs for s~gnsof fat gue. Arrange traveler lac< es so tnar cars don't h t eno stoos, b ~are t stoppid by the rope.
Jib Reefing & Furling Systems Flush the lower unit and halyard swivel with fresh water. Clean by flushing with WO-40 or LPS-1. Both of these penetrating lubricants act to remove deposits in the bearing races. Lubrication t s ~ c as h dry Tef on or ory s~l~cone s not req~lreo.b ~ ubrlcants sprays . . wh ch WIIInot attract d rt may be ~ s e d Inspect swage fittings and lower iurnbuckle toggle for corrosion or fatigue. Wash foils with soap and water. Foils may be lubricated with dry sprays to ease the raising or lowering of sails. Refer to the owner's manual for detailed maintenance instructions.
Winches Winches should be flushed regularly with fresh water. Periodically break winches down and service. Check pawls and springs for wear and inspect bearings, gears and spindles for signs of wear. Winches should be lubricated with grease but over-application can cause salt and water deposits to become trapped in the winch. Use care to insure that drain ports are unobstructed by sealants or grease. Refer to the owner's manual for detailed maintenance instructions.
Shoes
Wash shoes by hand using mild soap - do not bleach. Rinse thoroughly. Air dry. Remove insoles and wash and dry separately.
3 PATENTS & TMDEMARKS I Travelern
TRADEMARKS HARKEN" is a registered trademark for yacht equipment and clothing of Harken, Inc. in the following countries: Argentina Italy Australia Japan Benelux Countries Korea Brazil New Zealand Canada Spain Chile Sweden France United Kingdom Germany United States The following trademarks are owned by Harken, Inc. and are registered in the United States and the Benelux Countries and with United States Customs:
Bastet traveler car: Licensed under Fogh-Bastet U.S. Patent 4147121; German Patent 2847834; United Kingdom Patent 43028-78. Big boat high beam traveler fastening system: United Kingdom Patent 2153320; Australian Patent 573774.
Big Boat Hardware Air blocks: U S , and foreign patents pending. Battcar mast track: U.S. Patent 5 044 298. Foreign patents pending. Removable top genoa lead car: U.S. Patent 4719869; United Kingdom 2198102; other foreign patents pending. Resilient stand up support for blocks: U.S. Patent 4718371; New Zealand 222223; Australia 604765; United Kingdom 2211 148; other foreign patents pending. Titanium runner blocks: U.S. Desian Patent D-306,134; German Desian Patent MR 26860: Frencn 6 s g n Patenr 866781: Canadlan lnd~$na Des~gn Parent 59031 A ~ s t r aa 98081. Un~reoK ngdom 1039152 New Zealand 20897; other foreign design patents pending Tri-roller: U.S. and foreign patents pending.
Jib Reefing & Furling Systems HARKEN USA
U
AIR BLOCKS" is a trademark of Harken, Inc. BATKART"is a trademark of Harken, Inc. BULLET" is a trademark of Harken, Inc. CAM-MATIC" is a registered trademark of Harken, Inc. COMPU-SPEC is a registered trademark of Harken, Inc. E-Z D E C P is a registered trademark of Harken, Inc. HEXA-CAT" is a trademark of Harken, Inc. HEMRATCHET' is a registered trademark of Harken, Inc. ROLLER-BATTEN" is a trademark of Harken, Inc. SPEED GRIP" is a trademark of Harken, Inc.
Furling and reefing systems: Ball bearing system: United Kingdom Patent 2060090; Republic of France Patent 8020616; German Patent 3034482 Double groove foil system: Licensed under Stearns U.S. Patent 3851609 in the U.S. and Harken has right to license Stearns foreign patents as follows: Australian Patent 480378; Republic of France Patent 7330280; German Patent 2342189; United Kingdom Patent 1439283; Italian Patent 1003133; Japanese Patent 1095123 and New Zealand Patent 171744. Main Furling U.S. Patent 4679520; foreign patents applied for,
Winches & Deck Hardware
PATENTS Small Boat Hardware Cam-Matic cam cleat: U.S. Patent 4453486; United Kingdom Patent 20035428; German Patent 2835643. Micro blocks: U.S. Design Patent 293881; foreign design patents pending. Magic box: U.S. Patent 4074892. Swivel base: U.S. Patent 4160541; United Kingdom Patent 2012009; German Patent 28 56 153. 14
Harken winches and deck hardware are covered by the following listed and numerous other unlisted patents and trademarks: U.S. 4,261.549; 4.111.397; 4,523,744; and 4,479,453; ltaly 24247; 21367; 21500; 22292; 23962; and 23854.
Other Hoyt quick reefing system: Harken is licensed by Garry Hoyt under U.S. Patent 4487147. 'HARKEN Y A C H T E Q U I P M E N T Division o f Harken, Inc. 1 9 9 3 All Rights Reserved No portion ofthis catalog may be reproduced widlout the expressed wrinen permission of Harken, Inc. Printed in U.S.A. Specflcations and descriptions contained heren are subject to change without nottfication.
roe Thslie -fieamer
N,D!OPnam
Cam-Matic cam cleats engage and release easily under all loads.
/
Special plastic wedges are installed under cam to adjust angle.
Larae ratchet kndb is easy to adjust even with cold, wet hands.
Ratchet sneaves are macnineo from so 4" 6061 .T6a urn n.m for U t mate slrengtn and corrosion resistance. The unique eight-sided Harken Hexaratchet sheave grips sheets tenaciously, but allows line to be eased smoothly.
Delrin sideplates and sheave
A
l. Ball bear~ngCam-Matic
Stainless steel sideplates distribute load.
1
cleat can be mounted on underside of arm and / the sheet run through ' this slot for downward release.
Ball bearings carly both the line load and orevent sheave from iubbing on the cheeks of the block.
Arm is stamped from 6061-T6 aluminum and HardkoteTeflon impregnated.
Touoh Delrin bodv is UV Stabilized for years ol trouble-free use.
v
Dua rows 01 De r ~ oa n oearlngS on a arge o ameter race are tne secret 10 lne smoolh frees# iellngact on
1 SMALL BOAT BLOCK FEATURES I I f enduring popularity is the true test of good design, then the boats of Sandy Douglass (1904 - 1992) must, indeed, be among the best small boats in the world. Sandy believed that the ideal boats were simple and satisfying to sail. The continuing success of the Thistle, Highlander and Flying Scot (page 15) proves he was right. Harken is proud that thousands of owners of these fine boats have chosen to use Harken small boat blocks. We share the simple-is-better design philosophy. The best hardware works so well that you don't even notice it - you just enjoy your sailing experience. 16
Three-Way Head The three-way shackle system allows swivel blocks to be locked n Iron! or sloe pos Ions or leH 10 swlre freely Tne sel screul 111s sec.re y nto delents on lne svr ce post. The three-way shackle system is found on 2.25. 3.00. fiddle. little f oa e. Hexaralcnel lmle rlexaralcnel rlemCa1 In e tle~a-Catan0 m orange blocks.
Tne u-aoapror alons ~ O C I ( E.I ih 38' (10 mm) posls 10 oe allacneo 10 s w e oases or 10 olner olocks with W (10 mm) Posts
Wire Blocks To minimize friction from twisting or unfair leads, 1.50'and 2.00 wire blocks feature side load balls between the sheave and the sideolate. 1.00" n re olocks .se ow frlct on t n r s l nasners for lntsp-rpose AI rare blocks open to allow passing of swaged or nicopressed wirei
Adjustable Cam Arms The cam arms on all Harken blocks except micro and bullet triples, adjust to suit your particular needs. Swing the arm up on blocks mounted in the cockpit or swing the arm down when blocks are mounted on the cabin house.
Removable Becket The beckets on many blocks are removable to allow attachment of a spliced line. Removable beckets arelound on dinghy, 2.25'. 3.00. Hexaratchet, little Hexaratchet. fiddle, little fiddle, Hexa-Cat and mid-range blocks. Reversible Cams The cam cleats on all Harken blocks (except micro triples) can be reversed for up or down release. Adjust your blocks to the best configuration for your boat.
In-Head Shackle System The in-head shackle svstem on dinohv blocks oivesthem a low Profile, On singles it can be aligned to the i & t or sideor it can be up-ended and attached to a post.
Breaking Strength The load at which fastening bolts will shear, shackles will break, or the block will experience some other catastrophic failure. At this load you can expect permanent deformation of the sheave, sideplates and bearings. Shackles and bolts must be replaced with substitutes with the same strength in order to maintain rated breaking strengths. Sale Working Load A rating based on 50% of the breaking strength of the hardware Safe working load provides a margin of safety and should never be exceeded.
Top Quality Aluminum Aluminum comoonents such as ratchet sheaves, maaic boxes. deck oraanizers an0 w re o~ocksheaves are maae of 6061-16 a1 oy wilcn s rlarddole zeo wlln Tellon mpregnallon Tn~sproa~cesa iety lo.gn, smootn ln sh wnlcn s excepllona y res slant 10 scralcn ng and corros on Edges of a1 a Jm num components are rounded to insure good adhesion of coatings and to minimize wear.
Maximum Working Load A rating which tells the maximum load at which the block works freely. Maximum working load is a per sheave rating so generally a double block will have a maximum working load twice that of a single. Maximum working load should not be exceeded as in some cases it is also the safe working load of the hardware. 17
ran
224
Single
% 1' 38mm
M02 14g
Working Load 2WIbs 91hg
225
Singlewmecket
292
Single wlswivsl
2' 51 mm 2% 60mm
%oz 21 g loz 280
2001bs 91 kg ZWlbs 91 kg
226
OouMe
2' 51 mm
lM0z 43g
3501bs 159 kg
227
OouMe whskel
228
Triple
229
Triple wlbsket
230
1 43g 2 02 57g 2hm Wg 3Mm 999
35Olbs 159kg 500 Ibs 227 kg 500 lbs 227kg SWlbs 227 kg
231
Triple wl279 Cam-MatE Triple wl279
2 Wmm 2' 51 mm 2%' W mm 2' 51 mm
233
Cheek
234
Single wlshadnle
235
Single wlshadnle &bead
71 mm 2W' W mm 2%' 57 mm 2 71 mm
91 kg 2W lbs 91 kg 200 lbs 91 kg 200lbs 91 kg
242
mrudeck
243
UprightLead
244
Rddie wN-jam
4'
Fiddle wN-jam & becket
102mm 3%' 89mm
35 g % 02 21 g %or 21 g lor 28 g l oz 280 lm 28 g 201 579 202 57p
10.
3 MICRO BLOCKIS I Ball bearing micro blocks meet the need for extremely small, extremely lightweight, free running blocks. They are ideal for a host of applications on sailboards and smaller dinghys and for lightly loaded control lines on boats of all sizes. Small dinghys will use micro blocks for cunninghams, boom vangs, outhauls, traveler controls and barberhaulers. They are perfect for use inside masts and booms where space is restricted. Applications on larger boats include flag halyards, lead car return tackles, and leech cords. The wide range of variations make micro blocks adaptable to many situations. Compact self-cleating tackles can be made using the micro fiddle with v-jam or the triples with cams. Special Features Common Specilications Self-contained sheaves Sheave dia 7 X (22 mm) Max line size -1/d (6 mm) Stainless sideplates Bullet head reduces length Breaking strength - 1200 lbs (544 kg) Compact size Shackle pin dia -3/16" (5 mm) Addlthnal Infomatlon- See pages 16 and 17 for an explanation of special features. 18
-
245
Dsscrlplian
Lenplh
WigM
25s' 67mm 1lh' 38 mm
2Wlbs 91 kg 2WIbs 91 kg 3MIbs 159kg 3SOlbs 159kg
Usewm7
110 (5 mm) RH fasteners
X10 (Smm) RHfastenen
no(5mm) RH fasteners UsewI225 or235 Use w/226
r
Parl 10.
3W 312 301 302
W l r e blocks are lightweight, low friction blocks designed to carry wire halyards and control lines. Available in a variety of configurations in three diameters, wire blocks are useful on boats of all sizes. The Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated aluminum sheave is designed for years of service. A hi-load composite bearing allows the sheave to turn freely even under high loads. To minimize friction from twisting or unfair leads, 1.50"and 2.00" wire blocks feature side load balls between the sheave and the sideplate. 1.00"wire blocks use low friction thrust washers for this purpose. The polished stainless steel sideplates are light, strong and offer superb chafe resistance with wire halyards and controls. All sizes and configurations of wire blocks open to allow passing of swaged or nicopressed wires. Special Features
Blocks pass swaged wires Aluminum wire sheaves Large diameter sheaves Hi-load bearings Stainless sideplates Addllionallnlormation- See pages 16 and 17 for an explanation of special features. See page 95 for loose sheaves.
304
Single
2m m
Single wlbecket
1' 25 mm
l%oz 35 g
2 mm
Cheek
1 25 mm
lhoz 35 g
2 mm
1 25mm
102 284
Thrudeck Single Single wlbecket Cheek
306
T~M-deck
314 309
l'h'
320 321 322
~
Bnskinp Stmmpth ~ ~
n
lOOO1bs 454 kg
2WOibs Q07 kg
1OOOlbs 454 kg
2WOibs Q07 kg
lOOO1bs 454 kg
20W Ibs YlO(5mm) 907 kp RH fasteners
?mm
1OOOIbs 454 kg
20WIbs #10(5mm) 9 0 3 RHfasteners
~ h o z 'X 78 4 3 mm
15ooibs 680 kg
30001bs 1361 kg
l'# 302
2
'
%2'
%2'
X
38 mm
85 Q
3 mm
1500ibs 680 kg
30001bs 1361 kg
l 38 mm
3 1 02~ 92 g
'W 3 mm
1500 lbs 680 kg
3000 1bs W (6 mm) 1361 kg RH fasteners
38 mm
3 1 / n ~ ~ H" 92 g 3 mm
15001bs 3ooo1bs #l015 mm) 680 kg 1361 kg RH fasteners
2' 51 mm
5 ~ .02 1499
5 mm
2 ~ I ~0 S ~ O IW~ S 907 kg 1814 kg
Single wlbeckel
2' 51mm
$401 1634
5mm
2WOlbs 907kg
40001bs 1814kg .
Cheek
2 51 mm
6 a2 3%' 1 7 0 ~ 5 mm
2000 1bs Q07kg
4000 1bs ?&'(S mm) 1814 kg RHfasteners
51mm
5%oz 1639
5mm
20001b~ 4 W O l b ~ 'A' (6mm) 907kg 1814kg RHfasteners-
116 38mm
3 oz 85g
3mm
-
1 02 289
Single
310
302'
l oz 28 g-
305
308
w
Welphl
1' 25 mm
38 mm 313
Maximum Maximum
Shnave
Dewiflion Dilmnlnr
Thru-deck Ferrule head Small split backstay plate Large spin backstay plate
11x
2'
l%oz 34 Q
3/16'
3/18'
3~6"
'W
----
~
1500 lbs E40 kg
3WO lbs 1361 kg
l500 lbs 680 kg
3000 lbs For 304 1361 kg blocks
2000 lbs 907 kg
40W lbs For 308 1814 kg blocks
19
287.288 Cutout 21 mm
44 mm
l BUUETwBLOCKS l The ball bearing bullet block is used extensively to lead control lines with a minimum of friction. Dinghys and small keel boats use bullet blocks for vangs, outhauls, traveler controls and barberhaulers. Small cruising boats can use bullet blocks to lead furling lines to the cockpit. The wide range of variations make bullet blocks adaptable to almost all control line situations. Wire bullet blocks feature a Teflon impregnated Hardkote anodized aluminum sheave. They also use roller bearings which will carry a higher load than ball bearings but do not roll as freely. Wire bullet blocks are used for halyards and other wire controls on small boats.
289,ZW Cutout 21 mm
67 mm
Special Featurns Common Sp~cificatlons Bullet head reduces length (29 mm) Sheave dia- ll&" Aluminum wire sheaves Max line size - 5/16" (8 mm) Swivel blocks fit 061 Breaking strength -2000 lbs (907 kg) Reversible cam cleats Shackle pin dia -34s" (5 mm) Additionallnlmation- See pages 16 and 17 for an explanation of special features.
Pan NO. 082
Description Single
Imnolh
Weipht
2'
1 02 289
51 mm 083
Single wlbecket
084
Double
085
Double wlbecket
086
Triple
087
Triple wlbecket
088
Thru-deck
287 288 092
Thru-deck wlsfalnless wver plate Wire t h ~ d e c k wlsfainkss wver plate Cheek
% 2' 70mm 2%' 70mm 3%' 89mm
3' 76mm 3%' 95mm 3' 76 mm 3' 76 mm
3' 76 mm
K'2 73mm
1%0z 35 g 2Moz 719
Maximum
Maxlmum Workin@ Lmd 3001bs 136 kg
~ancrlpllan
Weight 1801 50 g
089
1"-line exil
3%' 95 mm
289
In-line exil wlstainkss cover plate
789 3%oz 1069 4x02 128g
3001bs 136 kg 4001bs 181kg 4001bs 181 kg 600 Ibs 272kg 6001bs 272 kg
1hoz 35 g 1lA 02 35 g 1'Aoz 43 Q
3001bs l 3 6 kg 300 Ibs 136 kg 4001bs 181 kg
flO(5mm) FH lastenen P10 (5 mm) RH fasteners YlO(5mm) RH fasteners
098
I1V~0z 35g
3Wlbs 136 kg
YlO(5mm) RH fasteners
%OZ
LBnllh
#10(5 mm) M fasteners
290
Wire in-line exit w/stainksscoverplate
094
Triple wQOO Cam-Matic
3%' 95 mm 3%" 95 mm 3Vi 95mm
095
Triple wQOO Cam-Matic & becket
4' 102 mm
7%0z 205 g
6001bs 272 kg
096
Upright lead
l 38 mm
Wire single
51 mm 2%' 70mm 2%' 70mm
I'noz 42 g loz 28g i1A0z 359 2% oz 789
3WIbs YlO(5mm) 136 kg RH fasteners SW lbs 227 k g mlbs 227 kg 750 Ibs 340 kg
3 89mm
3 oz 85g
099
Wire single wlbecket
100
Wire doubk
101
Wire double wmecket
2'
2 01
Workinl Load 4001bs 181 kg
2%0z 64 g 7 oz 198g
4001bs 181 kg 4001bs 181 kg 600 lbs 272 kg
#10(5 mm) RH fasteners #10(5 mm) RH fasteners Use with 085 Usewith086
€4g
750 lbs 340 kg
-
-
- L4
197 Cutout 21 mm
57 mm
44mm
L
102
Wlre trlple
Length
Wsighl
Maximum Wolldng
3'
40:
7501bs
227 kg 107
W~rein-l~neex#
108
WlreuprlgM lead
109
wlrecheek
95 mm
181 kg
166
Slngle wlswivel
167
Single wlswael & becket
136 kg
FH fasteners FH lasteners 83
Wire single wlswiwel
184
Wire singe wiswivel
38 mm
57 mm 114
Traveler blocks
115
Wlrelraveler blocks
300 ibs 136 kg
110 (5 mm) RH fastener
197
ExR wicam &bracket (port Or stbd)
Double upright lead
3%' 95 mm
1%oz
3001bs 136 kg
TwoO82s
220
3%'
20:
5001bs
One082
291
Pivoting exit block urn70 n m
89 mm
23~' 70 mm
Z3i/
136 kg 1'4 oz 42 g
500 lbs 227 kg
1 BIG BULfETmBLOCKS I B g bullet blocks are ideal for main, jib and spinnaker sheets on small dinghys and for control line applications such as cunninghams, vangs, backstays, furling lines and traveler controls on larger boats. Their large 1 W (38 mm) sheaves allow the use of W (10 mm) line and make big bulletsexceptionally free rolling blocks. Exit and in-line exit blocks are used for turning lines into and out of masts and booms and through decks. Upright lead blocks are perfect for many control line applications, especially under decks and at mast bases. Traveler blocks are specifically designed for small daysailers which use rope or wire bridle travelers. Exit blocks with cams are often mounted on masts for halyards and controls such as downhauls and cunninghams, particularly on small catamarans. They are also used as headknocker blocks on the mainsheets of one designs and small keel boats. Use the 140 with aluminum 150 Cam-Matic cleat for mainsheets, halyards and highly loaded controls. Use the 141 wlth plastic 200 Cam-Matic cleat for lightly loaded controls. Special Feahrras Common Specifications Large diameter sheaves Sheave dia - 11R" (38 mm) Bullet head reduces length Max line size-?& (10 mm) Swivel blocksfit 061 Breaking strength -2000 ibs (907 kg) Additional lnfomalion- See pages 16 and 17 for an explanation of special features. 22
z*
SkacYe Dascrlplion
Length
Weighl
Pin Oiamder
ladmum WlwYnp Lad
125
Single
2W 64mm
llhoz 42 g
3 W lbs
126
Single wlbeckel
3%' 89mm
2 oz 579
3 W lbs 1%kg
127
Ooubk
311'
4% oz 1209
6mm
SWlbs 272ko
4%0z 1359
%' 6mm
Wibs 272kg
Usew1189
114mm
3%
6% 02
'14'
750 ibs 340kg
Use w11W
7501bs 340 kg
Use w/lW
89mm 128 129 130 131
Ooubkwbecket Triple Triplewbecket Thru-deck
4M'
Cheek
133
Trawler block
134
in-line exit
1
95mm
l
6mm
4%' 121 mm
64402 191 p
6 mm
311'
2'A 02 849
89mm 132
1% kg
1
4aolbs 0l# (5 mm) 181 ko Rl fasteners
202 57g
3001bs 136 kg
no (5 mm)
89mm 4%' 121 mm
3% oz 92g
3001bs 136 kg
Two 125s
3M'
RH fasteners
075 075 Cutout 27mm
1 DlNGHY BLOCKS I n n g h y blocks are designed for the small boat sailor who needs a lightweight, low profile block. The in-head shackle system keeps the length of the dinghy blockvery short. Dinghy blocks are also used extensively as control line blocks on larger boats, particularly for traveler controls, and cunninghams on moderately sized offshore boats. These light duty blocks are not meant for use on heavy course racing keel boats or on scows and catamarans. Speclal Features Common Specifications Low profile in-head shackle Sheave dia - IQ'' (44 mm) Shackle upsets Max line size -W (10 mm) Swivel blocks fit 061 Breaking strength - 2000 lbs (907 kg) Removable beckets Shackle pin dia-%6"(5 mm) Additional lnlormation - See pages 16 and 17 for an explanation of special features. 24
137mm
Maximum NO.
Dsrcription
Lenllth
WoloM
Workinl Load
021
Single
3' 76mm
3 01 85g
350 lbs 159 kg
Two-way in-head shackle -.
022
Single wlbcket
4' 102 mm
3 h oz 99g
350 lbs 159 kp
Two-way in-head shackle ---
023
Single wiwivel
3h' 89mm
h"h0z 99g
350lbs 159 kg
024
Singk wlwivel & becket
4h' 114mm
401 113g
350lbs 159kg
025
Oouble
3' 76mm
5lhoz 156g
700lbs 318kg
026
Double w l b c k ~ l
4 102mrn
6 02 1709
700 Ibs 318kg
027
Cheek
2% 70mm
2'hoz 71 g
350 lbs 159 kg
l~ludesfastenen
046
mm-deck
3' 76mm
402 1130
350lbs 159 kg
063
Traveler control
3 83mm
5% oz 156g
700 lbs 318kg
075
In-line erat
5%'
7 01
500 Ibs
88(4 mm) RHHfasteners Fits big bmt 557 &515travekn 18 14 mm1
047 Cutout
1
001 002
T h i s is the original Harken block and is still the most popular in the Harken line. It is compact, good looking, and exceptionally free running with a high load carrying capacity. 2.25" blocks are used for main and jib sheets on course racing keel boats, scows and dinghys with large mains. They are often used on mainsheets of daysailing catamarans and for spinnaker halyards and sheets on small offshore boats. You'll find a use for 2.25 blocks on boats of all sizes. Special Features Common Specifications Sneave ola - 2' 1 (57 mm) Tnree-#ay nead system Max lhne s~ze- 7 6 (12 mm! Adl~stabe cam arms ~ h e r s i b l ecam cleats Additional Information- See pages 16 and 17 for an explanation of Special features.
Shackle Maxlmum
Dus~dpllon Lnr: Single Singk wlbecket
Wnight
4W 4x02 1MImm 1289 5 01 - 1 2 7 m m 1429
Pi;
Working
DlamntEt
Load SW lbs 227kg
25W lbs
5mm %6'
5WlbS
5 mm
227 kg
25W lbS 1134 kg
strommh
1134kg
1
3.00' ball bearing racing blocks are used on scows, catamarans, iceboats and small offshore boats. The large diameter sheaves reduce the friction caused by bending line over a small sheave. For offshore keel boats and applications where the load is substantial, use the stronger cruiser blocks which have heavy-duty shackles and head posts. Examples are mainsheets on boats to 35 ft (10.5 m) and spinnaker sheets on boats to 29 ft (8.8 m). 3.00" wire blocks feature Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated sheaves for W re halyards or control lines. The ,arge aiameter Geave prevents wire breakdown. Tney are ideal for sir~ationswhere a lignrweiaht bloc6 s rewired to carrv wire. - ~ i - l o a d3.00' wire blocks use ~ o i o ball n bearings for a higher working load and are used for applications such as halyard lead blocks on masthead boats to 30 ft (9.1 m). Special Features Common Speeilisatlons Three-way head system Sheave dia- 3" (76 mm) Removable beckeis Max line size - 7 i 6 " (12 mm) Aluminum wire sheaves Additional InfmatIon- See pages 16 and 17 for an exDlanation of special features. 26
.~~ "
v
zo ?,L
64 l 9 E l 6 4 P P sq1000E sql OWL
UW9
6P82 zo 01
6YPPb 68 L9El Sql WOE Sql 0001 ped g $ l g c l 68 98E s l a u a ~ s e u S~ ~ OOOE I S ~ 058 I
W 9
s l a u a w m s q OWE ~
sal WOL
68 C9El 68 99E sq1 OWE s q ~ o s g 6~ 19F1 Sql OOOE L:IO I~ 08 19E1 OOOIM asn S ~ OOOE I
BY 98E S91 0 W
P U!M P~OI.!H SLZ WW6S1 @ Y ~ W M ~ I ~ U ! S .%9 U!M Peal-!H 812 a16u!s 669Z UJWEEL S al!M PEOl-!H L12 20 U16
.% .%
-
10?,L
BE12
U"Z01 .P
yaau3 aj!M
WW 9
.
6 P8Z zo 01
UJW 651 .%g
14384IM a!6u!s al!M
UJW 9
6 691 20 V16
"W
6019
WUJ r a t
ZOWLLZ
.%L
,%
6 ~ 0 ~ 9U J W V, 31WEI
~
wz
EEL
S
alBu!s a ! M
102
w 9 i M aldw 6u!s!n13
OLO
T h e little Hexaratchet is a smaller version of the Hexaratchet 11+2. It is ideal for small boat main, jib, and spinnaker sheets. It allows the crew to hand hold sheets with up to l0 to 1 holding power. The special reverse ratchet, 043,rotates in the opposite direction from the standard little Hexaratchet. It is paired with the 019 for applications like spinnaker and jib sheets where ratchet rotation must be in opposite directions and it is desirable to have the onloff switch on both blocks face up. Harken little Hexaratchets feature an eight-sided sheave which is machined from solid aluminum for the ultimate in strength and corrosion resistance. Hexaratchets run on Delrin ball bearings so friction is virtually nonexistent when trimming under either high or low loads. The onloff switch will operate under load. Special Features Common Specifications Solid aluminum sheave Sheave dia - 21/4" (57mm) Three-way head system Max line size -W (10 mm) Switch operates under load Max working load -500 lbs (227kg) Reversible cam cleats Breaking strength -2000 ibs (907kg) Fits 061 stanchion base Holding power wI18U wrap - 10:l Addilionailnformatlon- See pages 16 and 17 for an explanation of special features. 28
017
Cheek (stbd)
018
Cheek (port)
019
Single
020
Single wmeckel
041
Singb whecket 8 reverse rolation
043 187 188
Single wlrevarse rotali~n Singlew/lSO
Cam-Malic
Single w/lSO Cam-Malic 8 becket
3%' 95 mm 3%' 95 mm
4'iI oz 128 g
Turns clockwise. Supplied
4% 02 128 g
Tumscounlerclockmse. Supplied wnastenen 8 pad
4W
502
lO8mm
142g 5'h 02 156g
5' 127mm
5' 127 mm
S'h or 156 g
4 108 mm
5 oz 142 g
4 108 mm 5' 127 mm
whstenen 8 pad
Turns in opposite diection from 020 Turns in opposle direction from 019
10%m Use for leeward 2980
cleating jib sheets
11 02 3120
Use for2:l jibsheelsan Prindle 16 6 18 Hnhie l 6 l R I nthcrs
Ratchet blocks are truly hand and crew savers. With their uniquely shaped sheave they grip loaded sheets with up to 15 to 1 holding power, yet allow a line to be eased instantly with complete control. Thev oermit the crew to hand hold main. iib and s~innakersheets with &ly a fraction of the effort that a regular block requires. The special reverse ratchets, 044 and 045, rotate in the opposite direction from the standard Hexaratchet 11+2. They are paired with the 009 and 050 for applications like spinnaker and jib sheets where ratchet rotation must be in opposite directions and it is desirable to have lne on ott swltch on boln o o c ~ lace s Lp Har~enHeraralcliers feal,re an elgnl-S oed sneave n h cn 1s mach neo from so o alLmlnLm tor tne L [.male n srrenath and corrosion resistance. Hexaratchets run on Delrin ball bearings so friction is virtually non-existent when trimming under either high or low loads. An onloff button allows the ratchet mechanism to be turned ofl in light air. ~~
~~
Common Specifications Special Features Sheaved a - 3 (76 nlmr Solid aluminum sheave Max line size - 7A6' (12 rnml Three-way head system Max working load -750 ibs'(341 kg) Removable beckets Breaking strenqth - 2000 lbs (907 kg) Adjustable cam arms ~ o l d i n i o o w e ~ w / l 8wrao W -1 5 1 Reversible cam cleats Holdin; bower w/12W wrap - 9:l Fits 144 swivel base Additional information - See pages 16 and 17 for an explanation of special features.
E.' 009
Description Single
Length
Weight
5 127mm
8'4 02 241 g
015
Cheek (stbd)
4 102 mm
7% or 213 g
Turns clockwise. Supplied
016
Cheek (port)
4'
Turns counterclockwise
102 mm
7% o i 213 g 8% 02 241 g
044
Single wireverse rotation
5' 127 mm
045
Snqle wlbecket & reverx rotation
152 mm
050
Single wlbecket
6" 6"
152 mm 090 091
S n ~ l e~ 1 1 5 0 Cam-Matic Single ~ 1 1 5 0 Cam-Matic 8 b ~ k e t
wlfasteners 8 pad^Supplied wlfaslenen 8 pad
Turns in opposite direction from 009 9 oz Turns in opposite 255 g direction from 050 9 02 Use for 2:1 jib sheets 255 Q - .on catamarans
13'h oz
3439
Cam on adjustable arm
127mm
6"
14W oz
152 mm
411 Q
Use for 2:l self-cleatln~ jib sheets
5
1LITTLE FIDDLE BLOCKS I L d l e fiddle blocks are ideal for mainsheets and vangs on dinghys and cruising boats to 24 feet (7.3 m) or wherever a small three or four part tackle is required. Little liddle blocds are avai.able in a variety ol conf~g~ratlons. These l n c l ~ d efiddles with llttle nexararchers ano wirh Cam-Mat c cam cleats on adi~srabe arms -in e fiddle olocns acceor [he 111 snap shackle which makes them easy to remove forstorage. 7~
~
part NO.
Dmeripllon
053
Fiddk
054
Fiddle wlbecket
055
Fiddle w1Hexaratchet
056
Fldle w1Hexaratchet & tecket
~
Special Features Common Specilications Three-way head system Large sheave dia - 214'' (57 mm) Solid aluminum sheave Small sheave dia - 11R" (38 mm) Switch operates under load " mm) Shackle pin dia- 3 ~ 6 (5 Removable beckets Max line size--% (10 mm) Adjustable cam arms Max working load - 500 lbs (227 kg) Reversible cam cleats Breaking strength -2000 lbs (907 kg) Additionallntormation- See pages 16 and 17 for an explanation of special features. 30
Lanmth
WslpM
6' 152mm
6% oz 1849
Use wLmO2 lor3:i
BA' 171mm
7 or 1989
Use wN53 lor4:t
6' 152mm
701 198g
UswmO2 for3:l
6%' 171 mm
7801 2139
U~w053 lor4:l Use wrOO2 for3:i
057
Fiddle wi150 Cam-Maic
6' 152mm
12 or 3409
058
Rddlewll50Cam-Matic B teckel
P/*' 171 mm
12% 02 3549
059
Fiddle w/Hexamlchet & 150 Cam.Matic
6' 152mm
12 oz 3409
Use wlW2 for3:l
060
Fiddk wlHexaratchet, 150 Cam- mat^ & becM
@A' 171 mm
1301 3670
UsewIC53 tor4:l
Use ~ 1 0 5 3 for4:l
-
1 FIDDLE BLOCKS I Fiddle blocks are used to build simple three and four part purchases for mainsheets, vangs and other applications. The large sheavelsmall sheave configuration prevents line chafe and forms a very neat low friction tackle. Harken fiddle blocks are available in a variety of configurations. These include fiddles with Hexaratchets and Cam-Matic cam cleats on adjustable arms. Fiddle blocks accept the 112 snap shackle which makes them easy to remove for storage.
Spacial Features Three-way head system Solid aluminum sheave Removable beckets Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats Additionallnlofmallonof special features.
Common Specitications Large sheave dia - 3 (76 mm) Small sheave dia - 13/4" (44 mm) Shackle pin dia- 1/4' (6 mm) Max line size -W (10 mm) Max working load - 750 lbs (340 kg) Breaking strength - 2500 lbs (1134 kg) See pages 16 and 17 for an explanation
Pan
Desription
NO.
Lenuth
Weight
028
Fiddle
7%' 184mm
11 oz 312g
Use w/Offi for3:l
030
Flddle wlbecket
8 241 mm
11'4 01 326 g
Use wl028 for4:l
032
fiddle wlHexaratchet
7%' 164 mm
12Moz 354 9
Use wIOffi for 3:l
034
Fiddle wmexaratchet beckel
8'h' 241 mm
13 oz 367g
Use wi028 for4:l
038
Fiddle wll5O Cam-Matic
7%' 184 mm
16%: 02 4689
Use ~ 1 0 0 6 for 3:1
Rddle wil5O Cam-Matic % . becket
8%' 241 mm
16'4 oz 468 g
Use wl028 for 4:1
040
Fiddle wiHexaralchet & 150 Cam-Matic
71~' 184 mm
17'h 02 4989
Use ~ 1 0 0 6 for 3:1
042
FiddlewiHexaratchet, 150 Cam-Matic 8 becket
8'h" 241 mm
l 8 oz 510g
Use w1028 for4:l
038
31
h i e Hexa-Cats combine a little Hexaratchet with big bullet blocks to make powerful, multi-purchase systems for mainsheets on small catamarans and keel boats. They also make ideal vangs on boats to 25 feet (7.6 m) and are useful for tackles such as split backstay adjusters on boats to 28 feet (8 m). For best results, little Hexa-Cats should be matched with the blocks shown. Special Features Common Specifications Three-way head system Lower sheave dia - 2lW (57 mm) Solid aluminum sheave Upper sheave dia - 114" (38 mm) Switch operates under load Max line size- W (10 mm) Adjustable cam arms Shackle pin dia- 1 W (6 mm) Reversible cam cleats Breaking strength - 2500 lbs (1 134 kg) Additional tnlormation- See pages 16 and 17 for an explanation of special features. 32
Maximum
Ossaiplion
Lane
WeigM
Working
Five-pall Hexa-Cat
8h' 206mm
1602
Use ~ 1 1 2 8
4549
9W lbs 408 kg
Six-part Hexa-Cat
9 232 mm
16'haz 468 Q
9W Ibs 408 kg
Use ~ 1 1 2 9
Sevewpall Hexa-Cat
8%' 219mm
18 02 5109
1000 lbs 454 kg
Use wn30
Eight-pad Hexaxal
9% 238 mm
18 02 5109
1200 ibs 544kg
Use w h 127s or one 129 & one125
5%'
12 02
5W ibs
For building special
bad
Hexa-Cat base
Hexa-cats were designed to provide powerful mainsheet tackles for catamarans which, because of their trampoline decks, are limited to a single attachment point. They soon became just as popular on offshore boats where they allow large mainsails to be sheeted without a winch. Today they are used for mainsheets, vangs, backstay adjusters and other tackles on a wide range of boats. A Hexa-Cat consists of a Hexaratchet block with 150 Cam-Matic and 2.25" blocks mounted on top of it with a swivel. The 112 heavy duty snap shackle can be used forfast, easy removal of your Hexa-Cat. For best results, Hexa-Cats should be matched with the proper blocks on the boom. See the chart for the correct combination. Special Features Threeway heao system m Sol 0 al-m n ~ sneave Adjustable cam arms Reversible cam cleats Removable beckets
Common Specifications Loker sneabe d a - 3 (76 mm) llooer sneave dia - 21 1 ,57 mrnl M& line size - 7 ~ 6 " (12 mm) ' Max working load - 1500 lbs (680 kg) Shackle oin dia- lX(6 mm) ~reakingstrength- 3000 lbs (1361 kg) AdditionalInformation- See Daaes 16 and 17 for an ex~lanation of special features.
"'1
/
152
L o w profile triple ratchet systems are useful on catamarans which carry their booms very close to the deck and for powerful mainsheet and vang systems on offshore boats. All blocks with cams feature a becket eyestrap over the cleat to allow very close sheeting. All cams can be reversed for up or down release and all cam arms are adjustable to suit your precise needs. Small catamarans can use the light duty models which feature a single swivel post but larger catamarans and all offshore boats mustuse the heavy duty models which have a coupler joining the three posts for greater strength. Special Features Allows close sheeting Becket evestraos on cam arms Adjustabie cam arms Reversible cam cleats Additional Information- See pages 16 and 17 for an explanation of special features. 34
Part NO.
Max Line Sim
Max Workiw Load Stnn@'h
7
15001bs 3000 lbs Usew/008for 680 kg 1361 kg 5:l: wm491or6:l
Sheave
Lanuth WeigM
Triple wiHeraratchet &cam
3' 76mm
518 2701 138mm 7658
12mm
052
Triple wlHexaratchd. beckd 8 cam
3' 76mm
63%' 29 oz 171 mm 8229
%a" 1500 lbs 3000 lbs UsewD49 12mm 680kg 1361 kg for6:l
084
Triple wfflddie Hexaratckt 8 cam
051 --
065
Oescripli~n
DiamBter
l 7% 3302 76mml44mm 184 mm 9369
W lOmm
Llght dutytnple wiswivel post &-b~ket Llght duty triple wNexaratchet. cam 6 swivel post
2%' 57mm 76mm
5' 127mm 5%' 133
153
Light duty triple wisl~velpost
2%' 57 mm
4'8 1001 '/l< 114 mm 2849 12 mm
194
Light duty triple wmeraratchet, cam &swivel post Triple wiHeraratchet 6 cam
?'A' 57 mm
4 1802 114 mm 5109
lOmm
57 mm
4'h' 2002 114 mm 5679
lOmm
Triple w1Heraratchet. cam & becket
Z1N 57 mm
6'N 21 02 159 mm 5959
lOmm
152
195 196
3'
7501bs 2500Ibs UsewD65 340 kg 1134 kg lor7:l
11 02 %S' 750Ibs 20001bs Use wD64 3129 12mm 340kg 907kg for7:l 2502 6 ' 750lbs 2000lbs Use wm04for 7 0 9 - 1 2 mm 340 kg 907 kg 5:1: wi153for6:l
W W
W
750lbs 20001bs Usew1153 340 kg 907 kg f0,_61 500lbs 2000lbs Usewm04for 227kg 901 kg 5:l; wIM81or 6:l 1OOOlbs 3000lbs Usewm04for 454 kg 1361 kg 5:l; wm481or6:l 1000lbs 30W lbs Use wm48 454 kg 1361 kg for 6:1
Wrap-amund head construuion imu!es great strength and safety.
allowed to SWkl.
ThnbWW Hand
by unfair leads.
Hollow sheave allows lar diameter wkfminimd weight. @ l al
e*remely low "lction under low Imdsds.
kvef8lbl0 Cams Cams m moo-ran Iodler and sm e ratcnets can be reversed SO tnat D%I(s may be get?areiner uo 01 down reka* Adlurt 10 t o s t s ~ WJI r specnc needs
\
Wls carry load of sheave and isolate sheave fmm sideplate.
RmwabIe B ~ k e l a Mid-raw6 b l a b feature removable beckets to allow attachment of spliced line.
OwbIes and Trl#ler W v e l Oo~oleand lno e m d m o e D o c s feature rmve posts Blocks can be .oc& n lrord or sde shackle posnom or leftto save freph,
WmpJuwnd Head Slmg ThesldBpIaIe Strap wrapssmsstk head of the black for increasadstrsngth and safety.
b l q u e R a h b lS b n r m e memed. e htsaed rlexaralcnelsnmw 1s macmed from sol d 6061 16 al,mm~m 101 J.?mate strenmh and camslon reslsfance Thetneave pops temc#o~slyDUI a mm ane 10 oe easeo smomhly
1MID-RANGE BLOCK FUITURES I There's a strong renewal of interest in fast, fun, easy to sail boats like the Wyliecat (page 35). The modern evollrtion of the catboat feat~resa state of the art underoooy an0 powerful rig. Wh e they're s~mpleboats, good hardware is req~iredto control tne large sailplan and truly make sailing the great experience 1can be when all the e,ements are workina toaetner Mid-ranae Olocm are ideal for sheets. halvards. and contro lines on offshore boats because their robust construction is strong enough to handle highloads while their ball bearing s&aves'redu&friction to a minimum. Breaking Strength Tne loao at which fastening bolts will shear. shacltles will break, or the b ock will experience some other catastrophic failure At this load y o ~ can expect permanent deformation of the sneave, sideplates and bearings. Shackles and bo ts must be replaced with suost lutes with the same strength in orderto maintain rated breaking strengths. Safe Working Load A rating based on 50% of the breaking strength of the hardware. Safe working load provides a margin of safety and should never be exceeded 36
Maxlmum Workinn Load A rat ng whicn tel i t h e maxim~moad at which the bnock works freely Maxim~mwork ng load is a per sneave rating so genera ly a dOJble block wil nave a maxtmLm worklng load twlce that of a single. MaximLm working oad should not be exceeded as In some cases 111s atso the safe woiing load of the hardware.
.
I
I
Mainsheet
I Single Attachment -
End-Boom System
~
~~
500 ft2 (46 m') ~~~
~
Multiple Attachment
540 it2(50 m')'
Single Attachment
450 ft2 (42 m2)
Multiple Attachment
so0 n2(46 m2)+
~~~-
p~~~~ ~
~~
Mid-Boom System
I
Maximum Mainsail Area
-
Maximum Genoa Area
Genoa
180' Deflect~on
Turn~ngBlocks
qnDnPflPrt~nn
Maximum Spinnaker Area Standard Blocks Hi-Load Blodts
Spinnaker Plain
Sheet Blocks
1300ft2 (120 m2)
l100 i t 2 (100 m2)
-.
~~~~
900 it2 (83 m2)
-
1100ft2 (100 m2)+'*
1250 ft2 (115 m2)
900 ft2 (83 m2)
-
Maximum "I" dimension 48 ft (14.6 m)
Maximum "I" dimension 5311 (16 m)
Standard Blocks
Hi-Load Blocks
Main Halyard Lead Block
Max " P dimension 48 R (14.6 m)
Max " P dimension 52 R(15.8 m)
Genoa Halyard Lead Block
Max "I" dimension 46 n (14 m)
Ratchet
I
Mounted Amidships
Afterguy Blocks
Mounted on Transam Masthead Halyard Block
Mast Base -
~7
~p ~
Running Backstay
Max "I" dimension 51 f t ~(155m) Max "I" dimension 53 R (16 m)
Max "I" dimension 48ft (14.6 m)
Spinnaker Halyard Lead Block
-
-
Standard Blocks 4600 Ibs (2086 kg)
3600 lbs (1633 kg)'
2800 lbs (1270 kg)
2:i Becket
Deck Block
4400 Ibs (1996 kg) -
Vano
I
~
Maximum Mainsail Area
I
350 ft2 (33 m2)
t F i d a Blocks p
"
M ~ lple t anachmenr assLmes more lnan one oaa carrylng shack e on oorn [he ooom ano rraveler car or oec6. " ' Ass~rnesmax m ~ aef m ecr on of 45 ASSlmeS max m m apparent W nd speea of 35 knors
1 MID-RANGE USE CHART 1 Hardware specificatians are for monohulls of moderate displacement. Multihulls and heavy displacement monohulls should reduce the maximum sail areas shown by as much as 25%. Please contact Harken if you have any questions regarding hardware suitablility.
37
B
S
Mid-range blocks are used extensively for mainsheets, halyards, spinnaker sheets and control lines on medium and large offshore boats. The 3" (76 mm) diameter ball bearing sheave accepts %6' (14 mm) line and has a working load of 1800 lbs (816 kg). Hi-load mid-range blocks use Torlon balls and have a working load of 2300 lbs H043 ~ - ko\.Mid-range blocks canebe ~ s e for d mainsneets on boars wtth mainsails as larae as 450 ft2 142 m2\.Thev are oerfect soinnaker sheet blocks on'boats to 36 feet (ll'm) a i d are used askast base halyard lead blocks on boats to 37 ft ( l 1 m). ~
LUII
1540
Single
1586
Hi-loadsingie
1542
Single wlaluminum sheave HI-loadsingle wlaluminum sheave Single wlbedcet
~~
Special Featurns Common Specifications Three-way head system Sheave dia - 3"(76 mm) Removable beckets Max line size - 916" (14 mm) Aluminum wiresheaves Max wire size -%6" (5 mm) Wide sheaves Shackle pin dia- %6" (8 mm) AddltionalNllormafion- See page 36 for an explanation of Special features. See page 37 for suggested uses.
l588 1541 1587
Hi-load single wlbecket 1543 Single wlaluminum
6 156mm A ' 156mm 6%' 156mm 6%' 156 mm A ' 184 mm 7% l84mm
71A' 184mm
1589
71' Hi-load single whluminum sheave & beckel 184 mm
1301 3679 1302 3678 15 02 425g 15 02 425 g 1402 3978 14 oz 3979 16 oz 4549 1601 454 g
18Wlbs 816 kg 23Wibs 1043 kg 18Wlbs 816kg ZlOOlbs 1043 kg 18Wlbs 816kg 23W lbs 1043h 18W lbs 816 kg 23W lbs 1043 kg
5000lbs 2266 kg 50001bs 2268 kg 5000 lbs 2268 kg 5000 Ibs 2268 kg 5000lbs 2268 kg 5000 Ibs 2268 kg Wlbs 2268 kg 5WO lbs 2268 kg
Todonballs For wire habards orcontmk For wire habards orcontmls
Torlon balls Forwire halvards orcmtmls' Forwire halyards or m t m l s
L"."
1544
Double
7M' 191 mm
25Moz 7239
2800lbs 1270kg
7000lbs 3175kg
1545
Doublewlbecket
BM' 216mm
26% oz 751 g
ZBW lbs 1270 kg
7000 lbs Use ~ 1 1 5 4 6or 3175 kg 15551or5:l
1546
Triple
7%' 197 mm
36 oz 1.02 kg
38W lbs 1724 kg
8500 Ibs Use ~ 1 1 5 4 7or 3856 kg 1556 for6:l
1547
Triple wlkcket
8Yi 222mm
37 oz 1.05 kg
38W lbs 1724 kg
8500 lbs Use wll546 3856 kg tor6:l
3
MID-RMGE HEXARATCHETS
Mid-range Hexaratchets are larger, stronger versions of the Hexaratchet 11+2. The uniquely shaped ratchet sheave offers a gripping power of 15:l at 180' of wrap, yet allows the line to be eased instantly. Incorporated into highly loaded systems like mainsheets, they allow the crew to ease sails safely and with complete control. For the first time, crews of boats as large as 33 feet (10 m) can hand hold spinnakers in light to moderate air. Mid-range Hexaratchets feature an eight-sided sheave which is machined from solid aluminum for the ultimate in strength and corrosion resistance. Mid-range Hexaratchets ride on two rows of Delrin ball bearings so friction is virtually non-existent when trimming under high or low loads. An onloff switch allows the ratchet mechanism to be disengaged in light air. This switch operates under load. The 1571 and 1572 are special reverse ratchets. They are paired with the 1549 and 1550 for applications like jib and spinnaker sheets where ratchet rotation must be in opposite directions but it is desirable to have the onloff switch on both blocks face up. Mid-range triples with ratchets and cams are used to build powelful, low profile 5:l or 6:l tackles for mainsheets, vangs or backstay adjusters. These blocks feature the 280 Cam-Matic cleat on adjustable cam arms so the angle can be changed to suit your precise needs. Common Specllications Special Featuras Solid aluminum sheave Sheave dia-3" (76 mm) Three-way head system Max line size -%s' (14 mm) Removable beckets Holding power w1180 wrap - 15.1 Adjustable cam arms Holding power wI120'wrap - 9:1 Reversible cam cleats Addilionallnformation- See page 36 for an explanation of special features. See page 37 for suggested uses. 40
LW"
1549 Single 1550 Single wlbecket 1551 Ckek(stW)
B'A'
1402
156mrn 7%' l 6 4 mm
3978 15 02 425 p
W
1302 3698
1800lbs 816kg 1800 lbs 816 kg 1500lbs 680 kg
1302
1500lbs
Illmm 1552 Cheek (port)
5000lbs 2268kg 5MIO lbs 2268 kg
42Wlbr 1905 kg
Turns ckkwire
4MOlbs
Turnscountw-
Lengih WeiuM
Maximum Brsatinl Wonin0 smn,,,,,
1554 Single wf280 Cam-Matic & becket
7W 184 mm
1800 lbs 816 kg
5000 Ibs Usew11541 2268 kg for 2:l
1555 Triple WlHexaratchet 8 280 Cam-Matlc
7% 49 or 197 mm 1.39 kg
3800 lbs 1724 kg
8500 lbs Use ~11545 3856 kg lor 5:1
834 51 01 1556 Triple wIHexaratchet, ZW Cam-Maic & becbt 222 mm 1.45 kg
3800 Ibs 1724 kg
8500 1bs Use wl1546 3856 kg lor6:l
1571 Single wlrevene mtatian
14 oz 397 g
l8OOlbs 816 kg
5W(l lbs Turns opposnl 2268 kg from 1549
15 02
1W0 1 h
SOW lbs Turnsoppositl
Description
8 -4 ."S"
1572 Sinole wibecket &
6%' 156 mm
7
2702 765 g
I
3
BIG BOAT BLOCKSJ
Stlinlsss nylack nuts prevent vibration from lonsening fasteners
'h
Plastic washers isolate p a s to prevent cormsion.
Shackles are high strength 174PH stainless steel, polished 10 a high luster.
\
\
stainless s t a s w e i paat.
Shaaves and sideplatesare machined M stamped from solid 6061-T6 aluminum for T@hmight stmgth. All aluminum partsare Hardkote anodned with Tefhm impreonidionf a the ulmale In cormsion resistance.
Delrin bslk u w side loads, keeping sheamfmm rubblq againstthe sidepi&
Set SUem may be tightened to Secure the ShacUe in elhera tmnt Or Side position or may be left loose to allow the block to swivel.
,
S ~ p e hlph r slsngln Tot on ro l?, beannos carry ire non lad al lmos
m mnglng olocu ano I o n o b c u
Shaves are desipnsd for easy maintenance. Afreshwater rinse and omsiond squirt with a liuhl spray lubricant is all that is rwuired.
Stainless b o b have low profile heads and are polished and passivatedto increase corrosion resistance.
1 BIG BOAT BLOCK FEATURES I A top-flight program is a blend of great design, construction, crew, sails and hardware. State of the art boats like Fetch, the Vallicelli 73 shown
on page 43, are built to exacting standards of luxury and performance. Their hardware must be lightweight, free-rolling, and reliable. That's why the best boats ovewhelmingly choose Harken hardware for their deck gear.
Sideplates are removable for easy maintenance.
\
Flushlng . , . holesallow fresh water rlnse w~thoutdisassembly of block.
\
7
-
Creep resistant plastic bushing isolates swivel post from head.
L Foot blocks have large swallows to pass sheets and twists freely.
An attractive hanoino tab is standard on all spreacner b ocksani can oe f~ttedto any o ~ g Doal olock Spreachers are deslgnea to pass snackles (except 596 and 597)to lac Itale running new sheets
The foot blocks specially shaped housing accommodates a wide ranae of lead anoles. Bolt spaclng 1s des gned liproperly spread oaos 10 the oecr slructure
Teardrop far ead o ocds are excel ent mast oase nalyard Qadsas lney hola nes extremely close to the deckand have limited articulation on their padeye.
T 1ani.m b b c 6 .se 6 4 A - 4 V manidm for tne
W re ano rope rlggtnq s
proleclea oy acomblnat~on groove which supports both materials extremely well.
((er ar an0 Speclra l ne s prolecleo oy largea ameter sheaves with special grooves whichallow the line to flatten to avoid stress concentration.
nest poss b e strengtn to we gnl rat OS Tne surface of titanium blocks is chemically treated after machinina and vaoor honed to flnlsh Ba Is an anract re corros~ohres~s~ant on r.nner b ocrs keep lnes on sheaves and me ba Is on stand "p and hanglng o ocrs are sDecially desianed to allow blocks to articulate close to becks. Runner blocks are offered Hltn a variety of neaa posts an0 tangs for anachment ot r.nners ana cnecrslays
Choose the Right Bearing for the Job Big boat sheaves and blocks are offered with three types of bearing systems. Match the sheave type to your application. Ball bearings are the freest running system, but they have the lowest load carrying ability. Use ball bearing blocks whenever the load will permit. Roller bearings can carry more load than ball bearings, but they have more friction at low loads. We combine rollers with balls, which carry the twisting side loads of sheaves, in our standard big boat hardware. This is a very free rolling system for moderate and high loads. Sometimes the load is too high even for roller bearings. This is usually the case when the size of a sheave must be kept to a minimum and will not permit enough rollers to carry the load. Good examples are masthead sheaves and runner block sheaves. For these very high load applications we use aTeflon impregnated bushing combined with side load balls in our hi-load combination bearing. These bearings produce more friction than balls or rollers at low loads and should only be used when space will not permit a roller bearing sheave.
Stand dp b oc<s can p vot n al olrecr ons an0 swlve free y, or oe ocreo In fronl or soe pos.1 ons L n que attract ve stana .D device allows blocks to follow even lioht loads freely.
Breakina Strength The loabat which fastening bolts will shear, shackles will break, or the block will experience some other catastrophic failure. At this load there may be permanent deformation of the sheave, sideplates and bearings. For hardware where customers may provide mounting hardware, breaking strengths are based on type 18/8 stainless steel. Shackles and bolts must be replaced with substitutes with the same strength in order to maintain rated breaking strengths. Sate Working Load A rating based on 50% of the breaking strength. Safe working load provides a margin of safety and should never be exceeded. 2%Friction Loss Load This rating, which is a Harken exclusive, defines the performance of big boat hardware. It is the load at which a sheave will roll freely. When the load is increased beyond this point, the sheave will still roll, but friction loss will exceed 2% of the load. On double blocks, 2% friction loss load is per sheave.
System Mainsheet Traveler Track Mainsheet Traveler Car Mainsheet Blocks
Small Boat Blocks'
Small Boat Blocks* Mid-rangeBlocks"
Mid-range Blocks" Bigc "Boat 3.00' , coo
S~ngleGenoa Foot Blocks
511 552 653 1548
508 511 512 653
508 509 512 513
Double Genoa Foot Blocks
528 553 654
528 529 530 654
529 530 531 532
Genoa Lead Cars
249 1537
587 1537
587
Genoa Lead Track
154 1510
516 680 1510
516 680 758 759 1847
217 1540 1542
551 646 670 671 1540 1541 1710 1711
549 551 646 647 670 671 672 673 1712 1713
21 9
Mid-Range Organizers
724 725 726 1867 1868
P
S
I
Spinnaker Masthead Spinnaker Sheet and Afterguy Blocks Deflection Block
Lead Blocks Halyard Lead Blocks
Mtd-RangeOrganizers
--
Narrow Masthead Halyard Sheaves
691
691
691718692
Runn~ngBackstay Fly~ngBlock*"
737 738 1540 1541 1586 1587
696 697 737 738 1540 1541 1586 1587
696 697 737 738 1853 1854
Runn~ngBackstay Deck Block * * * *
1540 1541 1586 1587
504 642 1540 1541 1586 1587 1710 1711
504 588 642 649 1712 1713
BIG BOATBLOCKh
-
-
46-50' (14-15.25 m)
-
51-55' (15.5-16.7 m)
56-60' (17-18.3 m)
61-65' (18.6-19.8 m)
66-70' (20-21.4 m) ---
Maxi
516 560 758 1847
516 560 758 1847
516 560 758 1701 1847 1848
1701 1848
660 1701 1848
660
558 21515s
558 21515s
21515s 21558s 1700 1704 1705 1708
1700 1704 1705 1708
665 678 679 751 Custom 1700 1704 1705
665 678 679 751 Custom
Big Boat 3.00 4.00 586
4.00 4.50" 586
4.50
4.50 5.50 1708
5.50' 681 751 1708
5.50 7.00 681 751
539 541 588 649
539 541
539 541 543 545
543 545
543 545 604 684
604 684
556 583
593 594 596 597
593 594 596 597
593 594 596 597
Custom
Custom
672 673 1720 1721 1722 1723
672 673 674 675 1722 1723
674 675 676 677 1722 1723
676 677 1724 1725
676 677 1724 1725
Custom
508 511 512 653
508 512
508 512
508 509 512 513
509 513
509 510 513 514
539 541 549 647 672 673 674 675 1712 1713
539 541 674 675 1714 1715
539 541 543 545 674 675 676 677 1714 1715
543 545 676 677 1716 1717
543 545 604 676 677 684 1716 1717
Custom
724 725 726 1867 1868
511 653 724 725 726 1867 1868
511 653 724 725 726 1867 1868
508 511 512 653
508 509 512 513
508 509 512 513
692 693 718 719
692 693 694 718 719 720
693 694 719 720
693 694 695 719 720 721
694 695 720 721
695 721
-
P
-
H a r d w a r e specifications are for masthead boats of modern configuration. Fractionally rigged boats or boats with heavy or light displacement may require different hardware. Boats at the upper end of each size range should use the larger of the blocks shown. Please contact a hardware consultant at Harken if you have questions regarding the suitability of any hardware for your boat. Hardware is specified by part number where possible. Your needs may require a similar block of a different configuration. Blocks with polished stainless sideplates are available for many big boat applications. See pages 57 through 61. * Choose from blocks shown on pages 15 through 34. " Choose from blocks shown on pages 35 through 42. "' Running backstay blocks must be matched to the breaking strength of the runner wire. * + * * Assumes that runner purchase is 2:l with runner tail deadended on a separate padeye rather than on a becket block.
k
~P
fj
r
p'c
3
2.25" HI-LOAD BIG BOAT BUCKS
2.25
hi-load blocks are designed for applications where the need for a small, light big boat block outweighs the need for low friction at low loads. Hi-load blocks use a special bearing system which combines side load carrying balls with a Tefion composite bushing to carry the radial loads. While not as free rolling as the standard Harken balllroller bearing system, this hi-load bearing system is extremely durable and well suited to applications where a small diameter block must carry high loads. 2.25'hi-load blocks are well suited to applications like spinnaker tweaker blocks and genoa barberhauls where size and weigM are the primary considerations. They should not be used for applications like mainsheets. The sidepiate on the 1754 and 1755 opens to accept lines and they are perfect for tweakers or barberhaulers. Special Feafums Three-way head system Hi-load bearing system Removable beckets
Common Speclllwtlons Sheave dia - 2 1 X (57 mm) Shackle pin dia - 5/16" (8 mm) Max line size - In'' (12 mm) Max wire size - 5/16" (8 mm) AddlllonallnlormaNon- See pages 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features. See pages 46 and 47 for suggested uses. 48
1746 Singk 1747 Singk
Kwlar Specin
51/1/ld 13Bmm
1748 Siwle wlbeckel 1749 Single whecket
Kevlar Spectra Wire 1750 Ooubk Rope 1751 Ooubk KevIar Specln 1752 Fairkad Wire Rope Kevlar 1753 hirkad Spectra 1754 Fairlead wlopming Wlre sideplate Rope 1755 fiirkad wlopening Kwlar sideplate Spectra 1767 Stnd up Wire Rope 1768 Stand un Kwlar
6%' 169mm 5%~' 138mm 51/16' 138 mm 3%' 89mm 3%' 89mm
3%' 89mm 3M' 89mm 5% 132mm 5%'
1302
30W lbs
ww lbs
1501
3WOlbs
Wlbs
15 01 4259 21 m 5950 21 01 5% g 902 2559 902 2558 9m 255~ 901 2558 21 m 5959 71 m
3WO lbs 1361 kg 30W lbs 1361kg 30W Ibs 1361 $ 25Mllbs 1134 kg 25Wlbs 1134 kp 25Wlbs 1134 kg 25Wlbs 1134kg 30W lbs 1361 kg
Wlbs 2722 kg W lb 2722kg Wlbs 2722 kg 5OWlbs 2268 kg 5OWlbs 2288 kg 5WOlbs 226Bkg 5WOlbs 2268$ 60001bs 2722$
R M n Ihr
MMlhc
3,OW BIG BOAT BLOCKS 3.00big"boat blocks are extremely popular on smaller offshore boats where they are used on mainsheets, running backstays, halyards, and spinnaker sheets and guys. They are also used extensively on larger boats for such applications as reefing blocks and traveler control blocks. Special Features Three-way head system Roller/ball bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot
Common Specifications Sheave dia -3" (76 mm) Shackle pin dia- 5N6" (8 mm) 2% friction load -3000 lbs (1361 kg) Max line size - M' (12 mm) Max wire size -s/is' (8 mm) Additionallnformation- See pages 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features. See pages 46 and 47 for suggested uses. See pages 57 through 61 for blocks with stainless steel sideplates.
I
Dotelipion 549
1 4.00" BIG BOAT BLOCKS I
588 589
Special Features Threeway head system Rollerhall bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot 17-4 PH stainless shackles
Common Sp~cIflcatIons Sheave dia - 4' (102 mm) Shackle pin dia- 5/16"(8 mm) Max line size -'R" (12 mm) Max wire size -5/16" (8 mm) 2% friction load - 3600 lbs (1633 kg) Safe workino load -4950 lbs 12245 ka) Breaking strength- 9900 lbs (4491 k i j Additional Inlormatlon- See pages 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features. See pages 46 and 47 for suggested uses. See pages 57 through 61 for blocks with stainless steel sideplates.
Single Sinpb wlbecket
Wire Rope Wire Rope
647
Fairlead
Kwlar
649
Singk
Rope
Spectra
Kwlar Spectra
Single wmecket
651
Double
652
Double wlbecket
672
Stand up
673
Stand up
20 oz 5679 24m 6809 26 oz 737 Q
7M' 191 mm
8%'
Double w1beckBt
650
5%' l46 mm
222 mm
591
Double
WOI~M
Wire
Rope Wire Rope Wire
590
4.00" big boat blocks are used when an exceptionally free rolling block is required for moderate loads on offshore boats. 4.00" big boat blocks have many applications on mainsheets, running backstays, spinnaker sheets, afterguys, halyard leads and reefing blocks.
Fairlead
~snm
Kwlar Spectra Kwlar Spectra Kwlar Spectra Wire Rope Keviar Spectra
7W l64mm 8%' 222 mm 5%' 146 mm 7'W 191 mm 8%' 222 mm 7'X 184 mm
Kts WO padeyes
3802 %S' (8 mm) 1.08 kg Mslshackle 4001 %8'(8 mm) 1.13 kg twist shackle 20 oz Rls 689 6 690 567 g padeyes
24 01
680 g 2 6 h oz
751 g 3801 %6' (8 mm) 108 kg twist shackle 8%' 40 oz %s' (8 mm) 222 mm 1.13 kg fwist shackle 7' 33 oz Uses four k6' (8 mm) 178mm 9360 mfastenen 7' 32% 01 Uses four k s ' (8 mm) 178 mm 921 g M fasteners
-
4.50" BIG BOAT BLOCKS
I
4.50" big boat blocks are extremely useful for a variety of applications on offshore boats over 45 feet (13.7 m). They are used for mainsheets, running backstays, spinnaker sheets, foreguys, afterguys, halyard leads and reefing blocks. Special Features Three-way head system Rollerlball bearing system Removable beckets Stand-uus swivel and oivot 17-4 PH stainless shaikles
Common Specifications Sheave dia-4th' (114 mm) Shackle pin dia- 13/32" (10 mm) Max line size - W (16 mm) Max wire size- 5/16" 18 mm) 2% friction load - 6600 lbs'(2994 kg) Safe working load - 8250 lbs (3742 kg) Breakina strenoth - 16500 lbs 17484 ka) AddNlonal Intormation - See pages 44 a d 45 f a i an exp anation of special Ieal~resSee pages 46 an0 47 lor suggested uses See pages 57 through 61 for blocks with stainless steelsideplates.
Cyrnrum - Santa Cw 70
539
Single
1 540 Sinolewlbecket ~~~
-
541
Single
542
Singlew/becket
674
-. Stand up
675
Stand uo
Kevlar Spectra
9%" 248 mm
Kevlar Spectra Wire Rope Wire Rope Wire Rope Kevlar
lill 46 02 292 mm 1.30 kg 9%' 4601 248mm 130kg 11th' 47 02 292 mm 1.33 kg 8 222 mm 8
45 01
1.28kg
Use fourW(10mm) Ri fasteners 54M02 Use four W H0 mm1 5602
1.59kg
I
1 5.50" BIG BOAT BLOCKS I 5.50
big boat blocks are useful on mainsheets of very large offshore boats and for halyards, backstays, reef lines, afterguys and sheets on racing and cruising boats over 50 feet (15 m). The large diameter sheave protects wire and rope while the very high breaking strength makes 5.5W big boat blocks suitable for extremely heavy loads. Special Features Three-way head system Rollerhall bearing system Removable beckets Stand-ups swivel and pivot 17-4 PH stainless shacldes
Common Specifications Sheave dia - 51h" 140 mm) Shackle pin dia - 1&2" (12 mm) Max line size-3/q" (19mm) Max wire size -5/16" (8 mm) 2% friction load - 8800 lbs (3992 kg) Safe working load - 10500 lbs (4763 kg) Breaking strength -21000 lbs (9256 kg) Addilional hfomralion- See pages 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features. See pages 46 and 47 for suggested uses. See pages 57 through 61 for blocks with stainless steel sideplates. 52
E,'
~escript~on
543
Single
544
Single wlbeekel
tz: Kevlar Spectra Kevlar Spectra
Wire
b n g ~ h Waight
11' 279mm
1.79kg
13'
6802
6302
330 mm 1.93 kg
546
Singie wmcket
Wire Rope
11' 65oz 279mm 1.84 kg 13' 69 02 330 mm 1.96 kg
676
Stand up
677
Stand up
Wim Rope Keviar
9% 7202 UsefourW(10mm) 248 mm 2.04 kg FH fasfeners 9%' 7002 Use four W (10 mm]
545
Single
Rope
ZOO" & 800"BIG BOAT BLOCKS These enormous blocks were originally designed for use on offshore racing catamarans over 70 feet (21 m) and are ideal for use on very large cruising boats or wherever an exceptionally free running block capable of handling extreme loads is required.
- . ~ ~ ~
Snecial Features Ro ler~balDearlng system Three-way nead system 17-4Prl sta n ess snackles Removab e beckets Stand-uos swivel and Divot ~ommo~s~ecifi&tions 7.OO"Blocks 8.00"Blonks Sheave dia 7"1178 mm) 8"(203mm) Shackle pin dia%"(l6 mm) 25/32' (20mm) % (19 mm) 74" (19mm) Max line size %g (8mm) W (10mm) Max wire size 13000 lbs (5897kg) 19000 lbs (8618kg) 2% friction load Safe working load - 16500 ibs (7485kg) 24250 lbs (11000 kg) Breakino strenoth - 42000 lbs (19051 kg) 61500 lbs (27896ku) .. ~ddltioialintirmation- See pages 44 and45 for an explanat on of spec al feal~res.See pages 46 an0 47 for s~ggestedLses.
Shaava
Groove
Laqth
Weight
604
7.00'single
Kwlar Spectra
14W 3M1mm
143 az 4.05%~
605
7 W s i n g l e wbecket
Kevlar Spectra
16%' 425 mm
151 02 4.28 kg
684
7W'single
M15
7 . W single wibeckef
Wire Rope Wire Rope
14'X 368mm 1%' 425 mm
145 m 4.11 kg 15301 4.34 kg
6ffi
8W'singie
Kevlar Spectra
16W 413 mm
234 02 6.63 kg
607
8Wsingle witecket
Kevlar Spectra
18' 457 mm
241 02 6.m kg
686
8.00'single
Wire Rope
16'/i 413 mm
237 02 6.71 kg
687
8 W s m g l e w/becket
Wire Rope
18' 457 mm
244 02 6.92 kg
~
I
-53
'
3
BIG BOAT FOOT BLOCAS
T h e loads on foot blocks are some of the highest that the running rigging can impose on a piece of marine hardware. Because of the magnitude of these forces, energy lost in the form of friction can be substantial. Free running Harken big boat foot blocks use the Torlon balllroller bearing system to substantially reduce friction. Small foot blocks with lockoffs allow sheets to be locked off to free winches temporarily during sail changes. 2.25" foot blocks use the hi-load combination bearing system and are designed for installations where the need for a compact foot block outweighs the need for very low friction. Special Features Polished bols and washers Large swallows pass hackles B o l pattern spreads load Addilionallnlormation- See page 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features. See pages 46 and 47 for suggested uses. See pages 57 through 61 for blocks with stainless steel side~lates.See oaae 77 for foot b l o c hole spacing
Shaaw Diametlr Gmow 1756 S i q k 1757
Siwk
1765
Single wflockoll 1758 Ooubk
1759
ooubk
1756
Double w~lockall Single
511
2%' 57mm 2%' 57mm 2'h' 57 mm 2Vi 57mm 2%' 57mm 2W 57 mm 3'
MaxirnurnSiza Lino Wire
W 12mm Kevlar 'W Spectra 12mm Kevlar 'W Spectra 12 mm Wire %r' Rope 12mm Kevlar l i ' Spectra 12mm Kevlar '8 Spectra 12 mm Wire 'a Wire Rope
5/16'
8mm
Ns' 6mm
%
Ovsrali Lan~th
Halohi
W,pi h,
3'X 89mm
l 29mm
3'h' 89mm 3 89mm 3M' 89mm 3~ 89mm 3 89mm 4W
I
702 1980 7 02 198g 8 02 226p 13 01 3699 1302 3698 14 01 397 kg 12 02
29mm l
29mm 21~' 54 mm 2 54mm 2 54mm 13/16.
21b Frldion LOP Load
-
3000 ibs
"ls
I
Bmkiq Qtnlwlh
3000 ibs 1361 kg 3~ ibs 1361 kg 3W0 ibs 1361 kg
6000 ibs 2722 kg 6000 ibs 2722 kg 6000 Ibs 2722 kg
2WO Ibs 907kg 2000 ibs 907kp 2000 ibs 907kp 4950 ibs
4000 ibs 1816kg 4000 ibs 1816kg 4000 ibs 1816kg 9900 ibs
Fastmen lrludlld lSee Pam 77 lor Fadaner 8oarlnml . -. 2- %'(E mm) x3' (75 mm) 1 -39'(10 mm) ~ 3 ' 1 7 5mm) 2- 5/16'(8 mm) x 3 ' (75 mm) 1 - W (10mm)x3'(75mm) 2-%e'(8mm)x4'(1Wmm) 1 -Ja'(l0 mm) (100 mm) 2-%< (6 mm) x 4 ' (1W mm) 1 -3A'(10mm)x4'(100mm)
I 2-5~6'(8mm) x3'175mm) 1 -%' (10 mm) X Y(75 mm)
2-5Ae' (8 mm) x 3' (75 mm) 1-3A'(10mm)~3'(75mm) 2-5/16'(8mm)x4'(100mm)
Sheaue 535 536
Siwle Sinoie
537
Double
538
Double
601
Single
602
Double
8' 203 mm 8' 203 mm 8' 203 mm 8' 2Wmm 10' 254mm 10'
Mallmum Size Kevlar Spectra Wire ROW Kevlar Spectra Wire Rope Wire ROW Wire
W lgmm %' 19mm %' 19 mm
Vi 19mm 1' 25mm 1'
h' 8 mm
5%.
8mm
h' 12mm %6'
DYerall 11% 302 mm 11W 302 mm 1lW 3Mmm 11% 302 mm 151/16' 397 mm 15338'
HellM 1%' 44 mm,
ivi 44mm 3 3W glmm % 1' 44mm 3'/i
Welgkt
14702 4.17kg 14702 4 17ki 2 -6- ~2 -~ 7.43 ko 26201 7.43 kg 23001 6.52 ko 42701
2410 Frialon
F a n n s n lncludol IS40 P a e 77 tor FnrtslrSusclml
-
~
~~~~
19000lbs 30000lbs 8618 ko 13609 kg ignnnlhr ---- -- RnnnnIhr 8618 kg 13609 kg l9nOnlbs ~-.. 200nnlh~ ~ 8618 ko 9071 kg l9OWlbs 200001bs 8618 kg 9071 kg
WWDlbs 27218 ko 1 -1X (12 mm) x 3 W (W mm) ~ m n ~ h . 6-'8(12mm)x4'X(114mm) 27218kg 18144 kg dWOOlbs 18144 kg
1 -rh'(12mm)x3W (90mm) 6-'h'(12mm)x8'(152mm)
240001bs 10886kg 24WOlbs
BMIOOBs 38969kg 57333lbs
1 - W (16mm)x3W(90mm) 6-%'(16mm)x4W (114mm) 1 - W l l S m m l x 3 W 1Wmml
----- -- ----- --
430001bs 19484ko 286671bs
MMOlhq
1
I
I
Stainless steel blocks bring the reliability and performance of Harken big boat blocks to cruising sailors who prefer the rich look of polished stainless steel blocks. Stainless steel blocks are standard Harken big boat blocks with all of the features of their aluminum counterparts. They feature Torlon rollerlball bearingsfor low maintenance performance. Sheaves and head pieces are 6061-T6 aluminum which is ~ardkote anodized with Teflon impregnation for lightweight strength and maximum corrosion resistance. Sideplates are 316 stainless steel hand polished to a high luster. We offer the most popular Harken big boat hanging and foot blocks in sizes suitable for boats from 33 to 90 feet ( l 0 to 27 m). Other sizes and configurations are available through our Custom Division. Stainless steel big boat blocks are offered with sheaves scored for wire or rope. KevlarlSpectra sheaves are available by special order. Special Feafuras
Hand polished stainless sideplates Rollerlball bearing system Additional Infomation- See page 77 for foot block hole spacing. Refer to pages 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features. See pages 46 and 47 for suggested uses.
Onralpllon
Lsnpth
W8lpM
1837 2.25' (57 mm) Single 1769 2.25'(57 mm) Stand up
5x6' 138mm 51/18' 132mm
18 02 5109 26 02 7269
1838 2.25'(57 mm) Fairlead 760 3.00' (76 mm) Single 761 3.00' (76 mm) Single wlbecket 1735 3.00. (76 mm) Stand UP 1745 3,00'(76mm) Fairlead 578 Two sheave deckorwnizer 579 Threesheave
3'n' 12 01 89mm 3409 6 27 oz 165mm 7709 7%' 31 02 197 mm 870 g 6% 36 02 165mm 1.02kg 411' 21 oz 114mm 5959 7%' 2902 156 mm 822 g lW16' 4102
dark n m m i n r
767 mm
I 16 kn
Maximum Slm 2XFri*ion LOIs Raps Wlm h'
M'
%B'
12 mm 8 mm 6 . M' 12mm 8mm 8 ' M' 12mm 8mm M' Me' 12 mm 8 mm
W i 7 mm
%c'
8 mm
Brealdnp Aluninum Slnnpth Equlval~m
30001bs 1361 kg 3000 Ibs 1361 kg
%6'
12mm 8mm 'X %6. 12mm 8mm M' %S' 12mm 8mm M' % 12mm 8mm
W ia~Ip Load
3000 lbs 1361 kg 3000 lbs 1361 kg 3000 lbs 1361 kg 30W lbs 1361 k~ p
-
SOW lbs 1746 2722 kg 6000 Ibs 1767 2722 kg
2500 Ibs 5000 lbs 1134 kg 2268 kg 3650 lbs 7300 lbs 1656kg 3311 k~ 3650 lbs 7300 lbs 1656 kg 3311 k9 3650 lbs 7300 lbs 1656kg 3311 kg 4950lbs 9900lbs 2245 kg 4491 kg 4950 Ibs 9900 Ibs 2245 kg 4491 kg 74251bs 148501b 3368 ka 6736 k0
1752 504 505 670 551 724 725
NO. 764 765
twraiption 4.50 (114mm) Single 45(1(114mm) Single wbwkel
Lenpth
W~IUM
9%' Mloz 248mm 1.95 kg 11W 7702 292 mm 2.2 kg
% 6' 74 01 1737 4.50 (1 14 mm) Stand up 222 mm 2.1 kg 11' 95 or 766 5.50' (140 mm) Single 279mm 2.71 kg 767 5.50'(140mm) 13' 10302 Single wtbwket 330 mm 2.92 kg 1738 550'1lb3rnm> 9%' 10402
M ~ x l m ~Size m L,,ad
%
h'
16mm 8mm
58'
%G'
16mm 8 mm
58'
%8'
16 mm 8 mm 3/i ks' 19mm 8mm
%'
%8'
19 mm 8 mm %' ks'
Lmd
7 ndh
Alumlnum EqUiMlml
6600lbs 2994 kg 6600Ibs 2994 kg
8250lbs 165001bs 3742 kg 7484 kg 8250Ibs 165001bs 3742 kg 7484 kg
541
W O IbS 2994 kg
8250 IbS 3742 kg 105Wlbs 4763 kg 105Wlbs 4763 kg 105Wlbs
674
8800 lbs 3992 kg 88Wlbs 3992 kg 8BWlbs
165W IbS 7484 kg 210Wlbs 9256 kg 210001bs 9256 kg 210001bs
542
545 546 676
Lmllh 1839 2.25' (57 mm) Foot block 1840 2.25' (57 mm) Double foal black 768 3.00' (76 mm) Fod black 769 3.00' (76mm) Double f w t block 1739 3.00' (76mm) Fml black wlstopper 1740 3.W (76 mm) Double fool blmk wlslopper 770 4W(114mm) Foot b b d l 771 4 5W (114 mm)
WllWhl
3%' 89mm 3%; 89mm 414' 114 mm 4'4' 114mm 4Ih' 114mm 414' 114 mm 6'4' 165mm 6'4'
1702 4829 27 01 7859 21 01 5959 34 02 970~ 22 01 6249 36 02 1.02 kg 55 oz 155kg 91 oz
IW mm
?CIR kn
--. . .-.
lbdrnurn Slm Rope Win
2XMnlDnWortinp LOS
,W.
'h'
k6'
12mm
8mm
H'
IAe'
12mm
8mm
H' 12mm
H' 12mm
6
'
8mm Sns' 8mm
H'
Ms'
12mm
8mm
'h' 12 mm
M' 16mm
M'
ifimm
A
8 mm 6
'
8mm 6
mm
3WOlbs 1361 kg 3000lbs 1361 kg 3000 lbs 1361 kg 3WIbs 1361 kg 7400 ibs 3357kg 7400lbs 2767kn
LW0
3olbs 1361 kg 2WOlbs 907 kg 4950lbs 2245 kg 3250lbs 1474kg 4950ibs 2245kg 3250Ibs 1474 kg 123751bs 5613kg 8050lbs h
Bmatlng Strene
Uurnlnum Epulnlenl
6WO lbs 2722 kg 4Wlbs 1816 kg -
1756
9900Ibs 4491 kg 6500ibs 2948kg 9900lbs 4491 kg 65001bs 2948 kg 24750 Ibs 11226kg 161Wlbs
511
n n ~ k n
1758
528 552 553 512 530
Fnlemn lndud8d 1 % ~Roe 77 for FWnm Spadnnl . -.
I
2 -%S' (8 mm) x 3' (75 mm) 1-%'(lOmm)x3'(75mm) 2-%e'(8mm)x4'(100mm) 1 3K(? mm) x 4'(1W mm) 2 -h'(8 mm) x 3' (75 mm) 1-W(lOmm)x3'(75mm) 2 -%S' (8 mm) x 4' (100 mm) l-H'(lOmm)x4'(100mm) 2 - %6' (8 mm) x 3' (75 mm) 1-%'(10mm)x3'(75mm) 2-M'(8mm)x4'(100mm) 1-%'(lOmm)x4'(1Wmm)
-
(10
3W (89 mm)
5-w(10mm,x4,4'(114
mm)
Spreachers are ideal spinnaker sheet lead blocks for offshore boats. The double in-line sheave configuration permits use of the block for blooper and reacher sheets and simplifies inside-out spinnaker changes. Harken spreachers feature large diameter sheaves riding on our exclusive Torlon rollerlball bearing system for minimal friction and maximum sheet protection. The secondary sheave on the 722 and 723 uses a high load bearing which insures that, despite its small diameter, the sheave can handle even the high loads of reaching in heavy air. Spreachers are designed to pass shackles Through tne swa ows of ootn sheaves (except 596 and 597) to fac lltate eao ng new sneets during sail changes. Special Features Hanging tab Thrre-wav head svstern Ro lerhaii Dear no system dev ar1Speclra or W retrope sneaves Addltlonallntomation- See Daaes 44 an0 45 for an explanallon of spec al features. S& pages 46 and 47 lor sLggested Lses See pages 57 tnrO~gh61 for blocks w l h stainless steel sideolates.
7
722,723
I
I
Part No.
Safa
Sheave Sheave Diameter Groom Pdmary Sncondary
WuilM
,,."a"
2% Frldion loss load Brealdnp Rimary Sscondary Sifundh
555
Wlre Rope
4 102 mm
3 76 mm
12 305 mm
3601 1 02 kg
4950 Ibs 2245 kg
36001bs 1633 kg
30001bs 1361kg
556
Kevlar Spectra
4'h" 114 mm
3' 76 mm
14%' 362 mm
6002 1.71 kg
825Olbs 3742 kg
66001bs 2994 kg
30001bs 165001bs 1361 kg 74&1kg
503
Wire Rope
4% 114 mm
3' 76 mm
14%' 362 mm
6002 1.71 kg
82501bs 3742 kg
66001bs 2994 ku
3000ibs 1361 kg
593
Wire Rope
5 140 mm
4s ' 1 101 02 114mm 470 mm 3 6 kg
10500lbs 6600 Ibs 3992 kg 4763 kg
6600 Ibs 210001bs 2994 kg 9526 kg
594
Kevlar Spectra
5'h' 140 mm
4%' 114 mm
16'W 470 mm
9802 2.76 kg
105001bs 88001bs 4763 kg 3992 kg
66001bs 210001bs 2994 kg 9526 kg
596
Wire Rope
5lW 140mrn
1%~' 4th' 114mm 411 mm
96oz 2.72 kg
105001bS 88001bs 4763 kg 3992 ko
6MlOlbS 21000ibS 2994 kg 9526 kg
597
Kevlar Spectra
518 140 mm
4 114mm
163Af 411 mm
94 oz 2.66 kg
105001bs 6BM)ibs 6MlOlbs 21000 Ibs 4763 kg 3992 kg 2994 kg 9526 kg
658
Kevlar Specira
4 102 mm
Y 76mm
12' 305mm
36 oz 102 kg
4950 Ibs 2245 kg
3603 lbs 1633 kg
722
Wire Rope
3' 76 mm
?M' 57 mm
9%r' 241 mm
25oz 708 g
4950lbs 2245 kg
30W lbs 1361 kg
7300 lbs 3311 kg
Kevlar Spectra
3' 76mm
2 57 mm
9'~' 241 mm
25 oz 708 g
4950 lbs 2245 kg
30W lbs 1361 kg
7300 lbs 3311 kg
723
3WO lbs 1361 kg
I
99001bs 4491 kg
165001bs 7484 kg
9900 Ibs 4491 kg
-63
8
TITANIUM & STAIIYLESS RUMER BLOCKS Running backstay blocks must be extremely strong and reliable but they must also be as small and light as possible. Harken's runner blocks offer reliability and strength in lightweight, compact blocks. Titanium runner blocks are state of the art hardware for serious offshore boats. After years of effort in our Custom Division, we have perfected the art of machining and welding 6-4 titanium to the point where we can offer production fittings of this high-tech material. Titanium has uniaue wooerties which make fi eminentlv suitable for sailboat hardware. lt'is virtually corrosion proof and has amazing strength coupled with low weight. Even mass produced, however, the cost of titanium cannot be justified for every fitting. Runner blocks are one case where titanium's advantages are cost effective. The lightweight sideplates allow us to use larger sheaves to protect rJnner tails and still produce tne l~gntestolock poss~ble. The a l ~ m i n ~sheaves m have liahren~naholesand o ~ hfah r load composite/ball combination bearing. Stainless steel runner blocks are designed for IMS boats and boats that prefer the rich look of polished stainless. They are computer designed to optimize weight. All blocks are sold without heads. Choose a tang plate or shackle post head to suit your needs. Choosing Runner Blocks Runner blocks must be sized according to the runner and checkstay wire or rod size. Match the breaking strength of the runner wire or rod to the breakina strenath of the block. When a checkstay, or lower runner, is used, aid 25% of the breaking strength of the checkstay to the breaking strength of the runner For deck mounted runner blocks, calculate load plus the multiplier factor based on the angle of deflection, usually 164% of load based on 110'of deflection. See page 194. See page 195 for common wire and rod breaking strengths.
I
Special Features Hi-load sheaves Computer designed sideplates 17-4 PH stainless shacldes Additional lnfomalion- See pages 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features. See pages 46 and 47 for suggested uses. 64
Shaclde Posts
Pemmdiwlar
Panllel
Tang Plae
I
Sab LOlld
Sheam DercriplanDlameter
Sheave
Wownu ; : : : B
WelpM
737
Stainless
738
Stainless
Wire Rope Kevlar
50Wlbs 2268 kg 50001bs 2268 kg
14oz 3979 14 02 397 g
740 747
Shackle post front or slde YSta~nless
3' 76mm 3' 76 mm
737,738 737.738
6roova
Specha
701 1989 3 oz
lOOWlbs 4544 kg lOWOlbs 4544 kg
-
Dlamekr
Dlamltsr
%6'
%'
-
-
---1853 Stainless single 1863 Stainless becket 1854 Stainless single 1864 Stainless beck* 1855 Stainless single 1865 Sbinless becket 1856 Stainless 1866 Stainless
4'
102mm 4'
102 mm 4' 102 mm 4'
102mm S
127mm 5' 127mm 5' 127mm S 127mm
Wire Rope Wire Rope Kwlar Specfra Kevlar Spectra Wire Rope Wire Rope Kevlar Spectra Kevlar Spectra
6250 lbs 2835 kg 6250lbs 2835 kg 6250lbs 2835 kg 6250 Ibs 2835 kg 95OOlbs 4310 kg 95W lbs 4310kg 9504 lbs 4310 kg 95W lbs 4310 kg
12500 lbs 5670 kg 125001bs 5670 kg 125001bs 5670 kg 125W lbs 5670 kg 19OWlbs 8618 kg 190001bs 8618 kg 19000 Ibs 8618 kg l9000 lbs 8618 kg
21 02 5950 2702 768 g 21 02 595 g 27 oz 7689 44-31 1.25 kg 5702 16100 44 m 1.25 k~ 57 m 16109
. -. ....
1858 Tang p!ae
-
-
1859 Perpendiwlar shacMe post 1860 Parallel shackle pod 1861 Perpendicular shackle pod 1862 Parallel
18541864 1855 188-5 18-56 1866 1853 1863 1854 1664 1853 1863 1854 18M 1855 1865 1856 1866 1855 1865
1569 902 2559 1002 280 Q 1Ooz 280 g 13 02 369 Q 1302
W
'h'
l 6 mm
11 mm
-
-
-
Rmnmr
796 Tianium
Diammr 797 Titanium single 6% Tbnium siqle 697 Tltanium sinple 705 Ttanium becket 706 Titanium becket 698 Tlanium single 699 Tianium siwle 707 Titanium beckef 708 Titanium becket
4' 102 mm 4'
1 M mm 4' 1 M mm 5' 127 mm
5' 127 mm 5'
127 mm
5' 127 mm
5OOOlbs
tW00Ibs
llm
739 Taw plate
Kevbr
6250lbs
12500lbs
15m
Wire
6250Ibs 2835 kg 6250lbs 2835 k9 6250lbs 2835 kg IWOO lbs 4944 kg 10900lbs 4944 kg 10900lbs 4944 kg 10900lbs 4944 ka
12500lbs 5670 kg 125001bs 5670 kg 125001bs 5670 kp 218001bs 9888 kg 218W Ibs W 8 kg 2lWX)lbs 9888 kg 218Wlbs MRR ko
15m 4259 1702 482 g 1702 482 kg 2802 7949 2802 794 g 3302 9369 3302
798 Perpendicular 796,797 shaale post mS Parallel 796,797 shackle post 741 Perpmdiwlar 696.697 shackle post 705,7m 742 Parallel 696.697 shackle post 705,706 743 Perpendicular 698,699 shackle post 707,708 744 Parallel 698.699 shackle post 707,706 748 Tang plate 696,697 705,706 749 Tang plate 698,699
ROB
Kevlar ~pectra Wire Rope Kevlar Spectra Wire Rope Kevlar Spectra Wire Rooe
03fi n
796,797 12 mm 6 mm 5m 1429 5m 1429 7 01 198 g 7m 198 p 14 m 397 g I 4 02 397 g 3 01 %B', W.'ne'. M' 85 g 8 mm. lOmm. 12 mm W, %<, 36'. 'AB 4 02 W, G~., 6 mm. 8 mm. 707 ~ N I 112" I I lomm, t 2 m m
-
-
-
-
-
-
6 152 mm
Sale
Braal;ing Strength
g lM
6486 kg
12973 kg
1.13 kg
Rope Kevlar Spectra
?&kg 143W lbs 6486 kg
12973 kg 28600 lbs 12973 kg
1 13 kg 48 oz 1.36 kg
Wire Rope
14300 lbs 6486 kg
28600lbs 12973 kg
48 oz 1.36 kg
Wire Rope
242501bs 11000 kg
48500 lbs 21999 kg
58 02 1.64 kg
Kevlar Spectra
24250 lbs 11000 kg
48500 lbs 21999 kg
58 oz 1.64 kg
Sheave
Sheave Dlameter
Grow'
Laad
Spectra
6' 152 mm 6' 152 mm Titanium beckel 1726 Tltanium single 710
6' 152mm
8' 203mm
8'
-
1727 Titanium single
203mm
1728 Titanium becket
203mm
Wire Rope
24250 lbs 11000 kg
48500 lbs 21999 kg
70 oz 1.98 kg
1729 Titanium
8'
Kevlar
24250 Ibs
48500 Ibs
70 02
6'
1
3
~ ~ M i SWIVEL l ~ ~ M
Ttanium swivel blocks are designed for nocompromise boats which are looking for the ultimate in high-strength, lightweight hardware. Titanium has unique properties which make it eminently suitable for sailboat hardware. It is virtually corrosion proof and has amazing strength coupled with ow weight. The lightweight sideplates and heads are 6-4 tilani~mfor the oest strenath. The bails are shaped to hold sheets on the biocks while permitting the block to articulate close to the deck. Shackle heads are designed to swivel to insure fair leads and feature the three-way head system which allows the block to be locked in a front or side shackle configuration to prevent twists. The aluminum sheaves have lightening holes and our hiah load comoosite/ball combination be&ing. Titanium swivel blocks are available in four sizes with eRher wirelrope or KevlarISpectra grooves. They are used for many functions on boats from 33 feet (10 m) including, running backstays, mainsheets, spinnaker sheets and guys, halyard leads and control lines. Special Features Hi-load sheaves Computer designed sideplates KevlarISpectra or wirelmpe sheaves 17-4 PH stainless shackles Additionallnlormation- See pages 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features. See pages 46 and 47 for suggested uses. 68
76mm
spectra
1Mim
. .. . 3979
3' 76mm 4' 100mm 4' 100 mm
Wire Rope Kevlar Spectra
6%' 1Mmm 8%s' 208mm
14 oz 3979 2302 6529
Wire Rope Kevlar SWClra Wire
8%~' 208mm
23 oz 6528
~~~
1711 1712 1713
~-
..
. ." 8mm
1zmm
5/16'
'h'
%6'
8 mm
12mm
8 mm
W
'h'
lOmm
12mm
1352' lomm
W
%a'
12mm
8mm
2268 kg
4544 kg
SWOBs 2268kg 6250 lbs 2835 kg
l0WOlbs 4544 kg 12.W lbs 5670 kg
62501bs 2835 kg
-
12.Wlbs 5670 kg
109W lbs 218Wlbs 4920 kg 9890 kg
Rope Kwlar Spectra Wire MO" h
41076 Cn
3
TITANIUM STAND UP BLOCKS
Ttanium stand up blocks are designed for state-of-the-art boats which need the strongest, lightest gear possible. The titanium sideplates and heads are 6-4 titanium for ultimate strength. The block swivel heads are captive on a titanium padeye for the lowest possible lead with full articulation and the stand up device allows the block to follow leads even in light air. Bails are sha~edto hold sheets on the blocks while pe;mitting the block to pivot close to the deck. The aluminum sheaves have lightening holes and our high load composite/ball combination bearing. Titanium stand up blocks areavailable in four sizes with either wirelrope or KevlarISpectra grooves. They are used for many functions on boats from 33 feet (l0 m) including mainsheets, running backstays, spinnaker guys, halyard leads and control lines. Special Features Hi-load sheaves Computer designed sideplates KevlarlSpectra or wirelrope sheaves Stand up base Integral padeye Additional Information- See pages 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features. See pages 46 and 47 for suggested uses.
E a r l y in the 1992 America's Cup campaign we were approached by a syndicate that wanted high load blocks that were very lightweight. The traditional answer to that would be blocks with hi-load composite bearings, ~ L thI s synd~catealso wanted blocks thar were exiremelv free rollino and eff cient to soeed sail handling and allow use of"smaller winches. ' Harken's custom engineers started with a clean design pad. They knew that a large diameter sheave would be required to spread the load over enough rollers to achieve good efficiency. The challenge was to cut out weight but still be able to transfer the loads to the sideplates. It took an open mind and state of the art design tools like Finite Element Analysis software to develop AirSheaves". Their centerless design, computer optimbed sideplates and unique attachment method was so effective that the original AC syndicate used them for virtually every function on their boat. Before the America's Cup was sailed in May, 156 AirBlocks had been delivered to five AC syndicates. AirBlocks are clearly superior to other big boat blocks, both in weight and efficiency. Harken offers standard AirBlocks in three sizes for sheets, halyards, running backstays and control lines of offshore boats. Sideplates are aluminum, stainless steel, or titanium to suit any application and rating rule. Special Features
Large diameter, centerless sheaves Torlon rollers with Delrin balls Swivel shackles Sheaves scored for rope or wire 70
Dascfiption 1876
1877
Aluminum
Slainlm steel
,
Len~lh
Titanium
1879 Stainless steel 1880 Titanium
Mar Line
~ira
4' 102mm 5'
127 mm 1878
hWBi
5' 127mm 6' 152mm
6'
24 02 €809
8'h' 216mm 10M" 257 mm
4602
W
1.3 kg
19 mm
l 0 257mm
4202 119kg
%'
5/~s'
19mm
6mm
11%' 298mm 1
'6 12mm
Mar Wira Siza 5/18'
8mm We' 8 mm
1.73kg
%'
%a'
19mm
5402
4 '
8mm Ws'
61 02
Safa Wodiq
~osd
Bnakin@ 'rang'h
14400 ibs 3266kg 6532 kg 109M)Ibs 218001bs 4944 kg 9888 kg 109+lOlbs 2660Olbs 4944 kg 9888 kg 143Wlbs 286001bs M86 kg 12973 kg 7200 lbs
143DOIbs
286Wlbs
1 SNATCH BLOCKS I \N;th their opening sideplates and snap shackles, snatch blocks are versatile performers on offshore boats of all sizes. The snap shackles mean they can be attached to any free padeye or bail while the opening sides mean that the sheets may be inserted without reeving a free end through the block. They are perfect for applications like mast base reefing blocks or changing sheets and are often used for deflector blocks on spinnaker sheets or to pass halyards to a free winch. Harken snatch blocks feature low friction sheaves and a unique one-hand opening latch. Sheaves roll on rollerlball races for ease of adjustment under high loads and instantaneous release under low loads. The 1600 uses Delrin roller bearinas while the hi-load 1601 usesTorlon rollers. The push-button latch allows the blocks to be opened with one hand, a definite advantage on a pitching boat. Trip buttons are protected to prevent accidental release. Sideplates are urethane to prevent damage to decks, spars, and cabin houses. An integral bail permits hanging the blocks from lifelines with shock cord. Snap shackles are sized for block loads. They will fit most appropriate padeyes and bails, but should not be fitted directly to toe rails which do not permit proper articulation. Snatch blocks may be used for genoa leads, but should not be used as genoa foot blocks. Special Features One-hand latch Rollerlball bearing sheaves Urethane sideplate Snap shackles
Common Speciticatlons Sheave diameter - 21/2'(64 mm) Max line size -W (16 mm)
"' no.
tmrcription
~enpth
A
1600 Snatch block
5%' 146mm
$8' 16mm
6 159mm
$8' 16mm
1601
Hidoad snatch block
B
%' 19mm l 26mm
Sale Worklnp Load 2250 lbs 1021 kg 3500 lbs 1588kp
'2::;
~eiah~
4850 lbs 2200kg 7000 ibs 3175 kQ
21 oz 582g 22 oz 620g
71
3 BIG BOATSHEAYES I B i g boat sheaves are the foundation upon which big boat blocks are built. They are offered separately to give boat owners high quality sheaves for special applications. Big boat sneaves feature the Harken oall/ro..er bear~nasvsrem :n wh ch Torlon rollers carry the h g h radial loads while Deirin balls support side loads. Groove shapes are available to properly support KevlarISpectra, rope or wire running rigging. Wide sheaves feature combination grooves which will handle any material. When choosing big boat sheaves, care should be taken to choose a sheave based upon load carrying capability rather than physical dimensions. Spedal Features Torlon rollerhail bearing system Hardkote anodized, Tefion impregnated 6061-T6 Aiuminum KeviarISpectra or wirehope grooves AddltlonalInformation- See pages 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features. 72
~ ~ a mwil,m
~mave
Center nole
W $#:
Fanenom Far'ener circle
Weioht
p -
503 520 521 522 600
7' l 17cmm 29 mm 7' l 176 mm 29mm
Kevlar Spectra Wire Rope
8' l'/a 203 mm 32 mm
13000 lbs 5897 kg 13000lbs 5897 kg
26500 lbs 12020 kg 265Wibs 12020kg
4
530W lbs 24041 kg 53000ibs 24041 kg
l 38 mm 1M' 38mm
Wire Rope
19000lbs 44000lbs 88000lbs 8618 kg 19958 kg 39917 kg
54 mm
8' 1 203 mm 32 mm
Kevlar Spectra
19000 lbs 44000 lbs 88000 Ibs 8618 kg 19958 kg 39917 kg
54 mm
12 mm
10' l 254 mm 32 mm
Wlre Rope
240001bs 5OOOOlbs lOW001bs 3 " h i 1m86 kg 22680 kg 45360 kg 34 mm
2 2
2'4 64 mm 2'h' 64mm
43 02 1.22 kg 4502 128kg
3 83 mm
6502 1.84 kg
3 83 mm
63 02 1.79 kg
12 mm
4W 121 mm
10202 2.89 kg
-
1002 284 g
4% 121 mm
10402 2.95 kg
12 mm 'h'
12 mm
W 12 mm
M' W
1% Combination 76mm 40mm
7000 1bs 3175 kg
38'
%
l 0 mm
10 mm
633
10" 11N 254 mm 32mm
240W lbs 500001bs 1000W lbs 31qA2" 10886 kg 22680 kg 45360kg 34mm
'W 12mm
640
2lh' Iln' Combination M m m 32mm
1200 1bS 544 kg
8mm
603
657
1 1539
Kevlar Spectra
4950 Ibs 2245 kg
9900 Ibs 4491 kg
2000 1bS 4000 lbs 907 kg 1814 kg
8mm
4 1%' Combination 130001bs 148501bs297Wlbs 5897 kg 6736 kg 13472 kg 114mm 41 mm ---
19mm
2U.
% '1
Combination
3000 1bs
30001bs 60001bs
%ss
%s'
%' %c"
10mm
M,'
-
6 02 1709
1% 2502 35mm 7099 ~-
~701
1
Hi-load sheaves are the heart of our standard running backstay blocks and big boat deck organizers. They are offered separately for replacements and for use in special applications which require a very strong, compact sheave. They are popular for use in masts and booms and for through-the-transom running backstay installations. Hi-load sheaves use a special bearing system which combines side load carrying balls with aTeflon composite bushing to carry the radial loads. While not as free rolling as the standard Harken balllroller bearing system, this hi-load bearing system is extremely durable and well suited to applications which must carry very high loads in a restricted diameter. Breaking strengths are based on the use of solid 304 stainless steel shafts. Speclal Features Liahtenina holes ~iyloadbearing system Additionallnlormation- See pages 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features. See pages 46 and 47 for suggested uses.
Diameter Width
Wnlght
Gloave
"'P?
"le
Liw
Wire
l.2'
8 '
Sale Working Load
'Inaking Fits
4950 lbs 2245kg
9900 ibs 724,725 4491 kg 726
4950lbs 2245 kg
9900lbs 4491 kg
7000 ibs 3175 kg
16500Ibs 738,796. 7484 kg 1710, l718
7003 lbs 3175kg
16500 ibs 737.797, 7484kg 1711,1719
12000 1bs 5443 kg
32000 1bs 696.705. 14515 kg 1712.17M
120001bs 5443 kg
320001bs 697,706, 14515kg 1713.1721 .
150001bs 6804 kg 1500Oibs 6804 kg
510001bs 23133 kg 510001bs 23133 kg
698,707. 1714.1722 699.708, 1715,1723
18004 ibs 8165 kg l8WOlbs 8182kg
510001bs 23133 kg 5100Oibs 23133kg
7W. 7W. 1716.1724 701.710. 1717.1725
37WO lbs 16783 kg
100000 lbs 1727.1729 45360 kg
37000lhr
lnn0Onlhx 17% 177R
Stmqlh
Block
--
727 728
22mm
2'/a' 57mm
X 4 oz 22mm 113g
3'
W
76mm
22mm
753
713 ~
714 715 716 1733 1734
%
Wire Rope
lOmm
Kevlar Speclra
N'
IN
lOmm
12mm
5 01 1429
Kevlar Spectra
W
'h'
12mm
12mm
1 2 m m 8mm
- ~ -
3'
X
5 oz 1429
Wire Rope
W'
l.2'
ke'
22mm
12Zm
12mm
8mm
4' X 102 mm 22 mm
10 02 284g
Kevlar Spectra
"AB''
l&''
18 mm
12 mm
1002 264g
Wire
"4s'
'A'
%c
102mm 22mm
Rope
18mm
12mm
8mm
S" 1' 127 mm 25 mm
1602 454 q
Kevlar Spectra
W
W
_
22 mm
18 mm
5' 1' 127mm 25mm
1701 481 g
W~re Rope
M
W
22mm
16mm
6' 1' 152 mm 25 mm 6" 1' 152mm 25mm
2201 2302 652g
Kevlar Spectra Wire Rope
M
W
%
22mm
16mm
lOmm
42 02 1.19 kg
Kevlar l Spectra ~ - 3 2mm
22mm
4'
712
-
4 or 113g
76mm
754 711
M
2 57mm
M
p -
8 1 203mm 35 mm 1%
,
4601
Wire
%S' 8mm
W 22 mm
1
16 mm
7
?/a
p
l,+'
p
NARROW HALYARD & STEERING SHEAVES Harken's narrow halyard and steering sheaves are specifically designed for masthead and steering system installations where size and weight are critical considerations. Narrow halyard and steering sheaves are computer designed, use 6061-T6 aluminum, and feature lightening holes for maximum weight savings. The use of these sheaves in mastheads improves sail handling remarkably, speeding sail changes and allowing the use of smaller, lighter halyard winches. When used in steering systems, these sheaves return crucial "feel" to wheel steered boats. Because halyard and steering sheaves are subjected to very high loading, they feature a special bearing system which combines side load carrying balls with a Teflon composite bushing to carry the radial loads. While not as free rolling as the standard Harken ball/roller bearing system, this high load bearing system is extremely durable and well suited to masthead and steering installations. Breaking strengths are based on a solid shaft of type 304 stainless steel. This strength will vary if other shaft materials are used. Spaclal Features Liohtenino holes ~Gload6aring system Narrow width Addlflonallntormafion- See Daoes 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features. See pages 46 and 47 for suggested uses.
Steering sheaves are designed to put the "feel" back into boats with wheel steering. They lead the steering cables from the wheel to the quadrant and reduce friction in this highly loaded system to a minimum. Since steering sheaves are placed in the weight sensitive an end of the boat, we use our 692 and 694 lightweight narrow sheaves. These sheaves feature a hi-load bearing system which combines side load carrying balls with aTeflon composite bushing to support the radial loads. There are four stainless brackets available for mounting steering sheaves. Pivoting brackets will lay over 45'to simplify alignment of the steering cables with the sheaves and quadrant. Fixed brackets are lighter and lower. All brackets feature bolt slots so that they can be twisted up to 10'for better alignment after installation. S~ecialFeatures 3i6 stainless steel bramets -arge a arneter sheaves Hi-bad bearings Addlllonal lnfomtation- See pages 44 and 45 for an explanation of special features.
"' No. 785 786 787 788
Description
4' (102 mm) Steering Sheave wnix6d brahet 4' (102 mm) Steering sheave wlpivoting bracket
6' (152 mm) Steering sheave wifixed brackel 6' (152 mm) Steering
HalgM
Length
Wldlh
WeipM
4%' 11Omm 4'%d 125 mm 63% 162mm
3%' 95mm 4W 114 mm 48A8' 116mm
3'46' 78mm
1902 539g 21 oz 595 Q 40 m 1.1 kg
3% 79 mm
3?4' 95mm
Mar Wire Size %B' 8mm %S
8 mm
W 10mm
Sal8 WorMnp Load 50WIbs 2268 kg 35W lbs 1588 kg 7500 Ibs 34Mkp
",::!: lOOOOlbS 4535 X Q 7W0 ibs 3175 kg 150001bs M04kg
firtsners 692 692 694
6xSA6'HH 6x8mmHH 4 x5nd HH 4x8mmHH 6xWHH 6xlOmmHH
firtsnsr Qaclnp 2Wx2W 67mmx54mm 3WXP Wmmx51mm 33x X 2%' 86mmx65mm
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
l
2.25"(57mm), 3.0V (76mm) Foot Blocks 511,528,552,553,653 654,768,769,1739,1740,1756,1757,1758,1759,1765,1766
-
F
-1
8 00" (203mm) Foot Blocks 535,536,537,538,776,777 1000"(254 mm) Foot Blocks 601,602,1742,1743
C
1 4.50(114 mm), 5.50"(140mm). 7.00"(178mm) Foot Blocks 508,509.510.512.513.514, 529,530,531,532,533,534, 770,771,772,773,774,775
part
1
no.
1756,1757,1758. 1754 1765 1766 552,553,653 59,1739,1740
A
B
% lnmm
2% 6omm
'As' 11 mm
76 mm
2.25'(57mm), 3.00" (76 mm). 4'(100 mm), 4.50" (114mm). 5.00' (127mm), 5.50 (140mm), 6.00'(152mm) Stand Up Blocks - 670,671,672,673,674, 675,676.677.1718.1719,1720 1721,1722,1723.1724,1725,1735,1736,1737,1738,1767.1768,1769
3'
C
D
E
F
14mm
htl
NO.
H
76mm
A
49/16' 116mm
24mm
C
B
--
~
670,671 1735
3' 76 mm
672.673 1736
76mm
674,675 1737
-
?mm
3'N
2' 51 mm
3W 79 mm
2' 51 mm
94 mm
4W 105mm
2% 70 mm
3'%s' 94 mm
4%' 108mm
29% 67 mm
1716 1719
3' 76 mm
3%' 83 mm
2' 51 mm
1720 1721
3'Ki 94 mm
37A' 98 mm
1722 1723
94 mm
4%' 124 mm
1724 1725
4'/i 107mm
1767.17MI 1769
76 mm
676,677 1738
3' ~
~
3"%6.
p
3'
I
2%'
_
llmm
G
-
25A f 59 mm
- -
2%' 73 mm
5%'
3'
- 137mm
76 mm
Z1%6' 75 mm
1%' 48 mm
77
1CUSTOM
-
7I
The Harken Custom Division complements our standard products. As racing and cruising boats become more sophisticated, customers are demanding hardware that not only fills a specific need, but also meets the exacting standards they expect when building a custom yacht. The need for custom blocks, traveler cars, sheaves, rudder bearings and other components continues to grow. Harken has always been attracted to this market as an outlet for our creative talents. The ability to blend production hardware with custom gear has Sewed us well in a market once dominated by specialized custom manufacturers. This year our custom department produced over 400 different parts. Projects ranged from America's Cup and 78
IOR boats to Whitbread syndicates and luxury cruising boats. Personnel from our office in Newport, Rhode Island work with designers, project managers, captains, and owners to develop the parts they require. Their sailing experience insures that Harken custom hardware will be functional, attractive, and reliable. Our engineers and designers in Pewaukee turn those needs into parts. Usually, we can supply the hardware from our portfolio of existing custom designs, but sometimes a new part must be designed. Manufacturing custom parts uses state-of-the-art manufacturing processes including EDM and CNC machining. However, some parts still require careful hand finishing to produce the luster and shine our customers expect.
C2617 - Aluminum low lead block with 3.W" (76 mm) hi-load sheave. SWL 5000 lbs (2300 kg); weight 1.86 lbs (840 g).
C2657 - Stainless steel fixed halyard lead block with 4.50 (114 mm) roller
C2977 - Mid-range genoa lead car with integral pin stop. SWL 2800 lbs (1270 kg); weight 1.54 Ibs (700g).
C2911 - Maxi outhaul car with stainless steel carrier and 6.00' (152 mm) hi-load sheave. SWL 14,000 lbs (6360 kg).
C2998 - Stainless steel low lead block with 6.0W (152 mm) sheave. Ideal for mainsheets or wherever a low line height is desirable. SWL15,000 lbs (6800 kg).
C2932 - Stainless steel block with 60W (152 mm) hiload sheave. SWL 26,000 lbs (11,800 kg). Valuable information learned during the development of custom parts is used to refine and improve the performance of our standard parts. Many of the designs developed by the custom department go on to become standard catalog items. New developments in the custom department include lightweight steering systems, high load clew blocks, and lightweight genoa lead cars and tracks. Many examples of custom work could be seen during the America's Cup. The Custom Division worked very closely with AC syndicates to develop parts for their needs. Parts as diverse as rudder bearings and headstay fittings were designed and manufactured. Engineering these parts required ucn of such tools as Finite Element Analysis software and a clear understanding of each part's function on the boat. Many parts
cinaerella 2. ?pp ILK
which were originally fitted by other hardware manufacturers were replaced with Harken parts as the races became more important and syndicates began to look for an edge. Information learned working on America's Cup projects is being applied to new custom and standard parts. An example is the patented Airsheave" which is finding its way onto IMS, IOR and Whitbread boats. You will also see the sheave featured in our line of standard AirBlocksr" shown on page 70. These pages highlight a number of custom products we have produced over the last year. If you're involved in a project that might need some special gear, contact our Custom Division to discuss your needs - we'd enjoy working with you.
C2918 - Lightweight big boat outhaul car with integral leech cord control. SWL 9000 lbs (4100kg); weight 3.W lbs (1.38 kg).
9 fi
-.-. .C2946 -Whltbread 60 class hl-load alununum w ~ v block e SWL 6250 lbs (2840 kg), we1ght204Ibs(93Og)
C2611 - Large diameter, lightweight self-aligning rudder bearing with integral shaft seal.
-
C2669- Lightweight aluminum quadrant. Weight 6.44 lbs (2.92 @l.
C2866 -Titanium spreacher block uses 8 . W (203 mm) and 2.50" ( M mm) roller bearing sheaves. Weight 9.50 lbs (4.31 kg).
A
-
L
C2840 - Mini-maxi athwartships genoa lead car with multiple block t i i i u m carrier for staysail and genoa sheet. SWL 8750 ibs (4000 kg): weight 10.89 lbs (4.94 kg).
C2940 - Big boat gems slider car with hi-lmd alurninum block developed for the Whitbread 60 class. SWL 5600 lbs (2540 kg): weight 3.61 lbs (1.64 kg).
.,--.4010
121
3
COMPLEMENTARY HA------ 7E
Rounded leath will not cut or tear line -mey hold by squeuing, notcuninp into h.
Super stmw cams made of Hardkote TeRm impregruled
diBcaR aluminum.
A special spring made
ofmennest m r i a in me wor~d.Completely ncn-xfmsive.
Harddote TBflon mpepnated o e cast a Jmnrm bare has fasop for -Smmtn entrv,of-line and e - - ~ raised so wu can oull the line in wimouiscrapinb knuckles ~
Thres mws of C%lriPMl bearings distribute high l a d s evenlyand allow cams to rotate smoathly and easib.
3
~~~~
BAU BEARING CAM-MATIC"CLEATS
The Cam-Matic ball bearing cam cleat is the most significant product design since the ball bearing block. They open so freely, grip so securely, and release so easily that they are 'fully automatic." Ball bearings allow the jaws to open smoothly even under high loads so lines can be engaged or released without the need to draw the line through the cleat. Lack of friction allows the use of light springs so the cleats open even more freely and the teeth do not have to be sharp so line lasts longer. There are four sizes of Harken Cam-Matic cleats for boats from the smallest dinghys to large offshore boats. The 279 micro Cam-Matic is designed for small control lines. The aluminum teeth wear well with the hard, small linesfavored by dinghy sailors. The 11/16' (27 mm) hole spacing allows cleats to be spaced close together and is perfect for use where many control lines lead to a small area. The all-plastic 200 low profile Cam-Matic is a lightweight cleat for small or medium sized line. Use it when the load is low and adjustment is infrequent. Avoid the 200 when line is drawn through the jaws during adjustment. 82
The 150 Cam-Mat~c1s ~ s e for d hlgh loads and for appl~cat~ons where the line IS ao~ustedotten or is drawn tnrouoh iaws * the~,~ during adjustment,ihe aluminum base and jaws make it a strong, durable cleat. The 280 offshore Cam-Matic was designed to complement the mid-range series of blocks. It will accommodate line to 518' (16 mm) and will give rugged service in high load s&uations. Cam Klts Each cam is available in a packaged set which includes a cam, wedge and appropriate fairlead. See page 84 for wedge and fairlead specifications. ~
Special Features
Delrin balls for smooth adjustment Rounded teeth protect line Drain holes in base Rounded raised base for clean line entry
I
Cam Kits & Assemblies DsscriPtion
Cam
Wsdgs Falrlead Welqhl
315
Micro Cam kit
279
297
316
Cam- mat^ k t
150
145
284 137 -
317
Mfshore Cam k't
280
283
282
325
Micro Cam-Maic witairlad Law profile CamM i c wlfairbad Cam-Malic wllairtead
279
-
284
326 327
2W l%
298
-
296
1% 02 34 9 31A 02 9 3 9 6'h oz 1849 1 or 28 9 202 57 9 302 85 9
Cam-MaticQ Cam Cleats I FmnL
MO. 150 200 279 280
I.
Description
HslqM
Lonplh
Wldm
WslgM
Sm
Cam-Matlc Low Proflle Cam-Mats MIUO Cam-Matc
13/ls' 30mm l%S' 27mm ?N 19mm
2% 65 mm 2%' 65mm 113~6' 47mm
1W 32mm 1h' 32mm
Oflshore CamMatlc
114 32mm
34% 85mm
2'haz 71 g l'hoz 439 % 02 _21 g 5% 02 1489
1YlOFH 5mm FH YlOFH 5mm FH #E RH 4mmRH 1%' FH 6 mm FH
W 22mm 1W' 38mm
Fa Spaclnq
1% 38mm
fx
l
38mm 1'Ad 27mm 2%~' 52mm
Maximum
g: 'h'
12mm 5%6'
8mm
Mlnlmum Llm Sla 'K 3 mm 'K 3 mm
'W
'K
6mm
3 mm
W
Vi
16mm
6mm
Maximum WWWnq Load 300 lbs 136 kg 150 1bs MI kg 1501bs 68 kg 5001bs 227 kg
Brsa11111 Maarial 750 Ibs 340 kg 500 Ibs 227 kg 3001bs 136 kg 1000 lbs 454 kg
Alumlnum Plastlc Plast~ca alumlnum Alumtnum
83
Eyestraps & Fairleads I
I WalgM
201 281
Low profile eyestrap Micmeyeslrap
282
Large eyestrap
284
Micm wirefaidead
298
Wim fairkad
I
Fauemr Swdno
Fib
l'h.
150.200
,1601 4.5~ 160z 4.5 a .8 oz 23 a .24 oz 70
38 mm 1%~' 27 mm 2x6' 52 mm i%6' 27 mm l'h'
279 280 279 150.200
Wedges & Rlmn I
There are four eyestraps to provide a fairlead on cams and to hold the line at the cleat when not in use. The 284 and 298 wire fairleads can be used with the 150,200 and 279 cleats to place a fairlead ahead of the cam. The 201 may be fitted to the 150 when a low profile fairlead is desired and the line is no larger than 5/16' (8 mm). A wedge kit is available for each cam so cleats can be angled 15'for better leads in special situations. The 150,200 and 279 cleats can also be fitted to either flat or 15' angled risers to provide proper leads. Each wedge and angled riser includes an under-deck shim to provide a properly angled mounting surface for nuts when the cam is through-bolted. 84
i
wedge kii
283
294 295 296
wedge k l Mfsnore cam wedge kii Flat micro 1SAngkd micro cam riser Flat Cam-Mac ISAngkd Cam-Matic h e r
1.5 oz 43 a .5 oz 7 5 oz 21 0
1.25 oz 35 P
27 mm 2%6' 52 mm 1%~' 27mm 1~6. 27mm 1% 38mm 1%' 38mm
279 16mm
an'
279
19mm
'A'
150.200
22mm 1' 25mm
150.2W
-
1 CAM BASES I H a r k e n cam bases provide a variety of mounting possibilities for blocks and cam cleats. The patented ball bearing swivel bases, 144, 205, and 1574, ride on two rows of ball bearings to insure smooth, easy pivoting under load. As you change positions in the boat, the base will swivel freely to insure a fair lead even under high loads. The 205 and 144 are provided with the 145 wedge kit so the cam may be angled to best suit your specific needs. The lightening hole on all swivel cam bases may be used to pass the sheet when the cam is reversed for a downwards release. The 205 is perfect for dinghys and small offshore boats where the base is mounted at deck level. It is used with big bullet blocks, dinghy blocks, 2.25' blocks, and little Hexaratchets. The cleat is the 150 Cam-Matic. The 144 is a more upright base and is ideal for mounting on the cockpit sole or on heavy course racinq keel boats and small offshore boats wherea larger block is desired. The 144 accepts 2.25" blocks, 3.00" light duty blocks, and the Hexaratchet llt2. The 150 Cam-Matic cleat will handle line to 1R' (12 mm). The 1574 is desioned to acceot mid-ranae blocks and is suitabie for use onthe mainsheet of boats as large as 43 feet (13 m). It is fitted with the 280 offshore Cam-Matic cleat which will accept line as large as SA" (16 mm). The 240 and 241 swivel bases with cams are useful for control lines on boats of all sizes and are frequently used for mainsheets and jib sheets on boardboats and small dinghys. The 238 and 239 are used when your direction of pull is not always directly in line with the cleat. The bullseye fairlead holds the line at the cleat when not in use. Special Features Smooth pivoting under load Cam-Matic ball bearing cam cleats
F;.'
Dsrcriplion
Maximum HalgM WslsM Worklng Fastsners Load
-
;;2:
y:: ~
Yi
Swivel base
559' 1301 143mm 3699
205
Little swivel base
411' 120z 114mm 3409
238
Cam on plate wlbullseye
l 32mm
4 01 1139
30Olbs 136kg
#l0 5mm
l &1 'h'-'h" Aluminum 150 38 6 2 5 m m 3-12mm Cam-Malic
239
Cam on plate wibulkeye
1 32 m m
301 85 g
150lbs 68 kg
#l0 5 mm
1 1 'X5/ld Plastic2W Cam-Matc 38 S 25 mm 3-8 m m
240
Bullseye wiswlvel base 6 cam
llrAs' 71hoz 49 mm 2139
3001bs 136 kg
X1OFH 5 mm
11M 26mm
'X-%r' Alumlnum l 5 0 3-12mm Cam-Matic
241
Bullseye wlswivel base 6 cam
% 1' 6Maz 38 mm 184 Q
150 lbs MI kg
l 1 0 FH 5 mm
1101' 26 mm
3-8 mm
1574 Mid-ranoe
515/1e'
23 oz
~
WM.
144
H 0 FH 5 mm
19 mm
Use wiZ.2S'. 3.00 light 3-12 m m duly S Hexaratchels
# l 0 FH 5 mm
%' 19mm
%-W Usewblg bulM.dinghy, 3-12mm 2 2 S & l l t t k H ~ c h e t s
IA'FH
1
1XY16 PIaslic2W Cam-Malic '4%
Use wlmld-mnge
-
1ROPE CLUTCHES I R o p e clutches are indispensable on a modern offshore yacht. They hold highly loaded halyards, sheets and wntro, lines and can be released under load. They allow a single winch to handle multiple llnes to simplify deck layouts. From the~r~ o l ~ s h estainless d sideolates to their unioue patent-pendingaction, Harken clutchks set a new standard of performanceand appearance. They are the result of several years of design and testing done in coniunction with Rutaerson Marin ofSweden whdproduces the clutches on thei; giant presses. They are kind to line due to their double-action parallel jaws and feature roller bearings for ease of release. Line slippage during loading is minimal and there is virtually no friction during take up. Lines can be eased under load and the clutch re-locked without having to com~letelvrelease the load. The uniaue mechanism aiows a very wide range of line diameters i o be used and lines are very easy to feed into the clutches. Handles release from the rear, which is the most natural movement. Harken rope clutches are available in single, double and triple configurations and are shipped with color coding and function labels to make identification easy. 86
Special Fe-m Narrow desion for stack no Roller bearings Patent-pending mechanism Stainless steel body
Common Sp8cltkiilont
Lenorh - 67/18' (164 mm) Heiiht -31/4'~(02 mm) ' Fasteners -%em (8 mm) FH Fastener spacing -4W (114 mm) Minimum line diameter -%6' (8 mm) Maxlmum linediameter - W (16 mm) Safe working load (per unlt) --2040 lbs (925 kp) Breaking strength (per unit) 4075 lbs (1850 ~ g )
-
..-. 1605
Siqls
lsOB
Daub!+
1%~' 30 mm
2Ja' W mm
1607
Triple
21 oz Wog 42 oz 1.2kg
Requires trm fasteners
W 01
Rsquira six farteners
Requlm iourlasteners
I
1STAND UP BASES I S t a n d up bases allow a variety of blocks to be held upright, yet swivel freely and pivot to provide fair leads under load. The 010 is often used on the mainsheet of small dinghys. Its ball and socket design allows blocks to swivel freely and to pivot to a 45' angle. Blocks may be fitted with springs, but even without springs, blocks will not hit the deck. The 010 accepts all Harken blocks with W (10 mm) swivel posts. These include big bullet blocks, dinghy blocks, 2.25' blocks, little fiddles. the 005 and 006, liffle Hexaratchets, and Hexaratchet 11t2's. Use care when selecting blocks as the maximum working load of the 010 is often less than that of the corresponding blocks. The 029 is similar to the 010 except that it accepts Harken blocks with 7A6" (11 mm) swivel posts. These include 3.00 cruiser blocks and fidole bocks. Many of tnese oloca nave wording oads in excess of Ine maxlmJm workina load of tne 029 and s mdsl be se ectea wnh care. The 061 stanchio; mount base permits easy attachment of a variety of blocks to 7 8 or 1"(22 mm or 25 mm) stanchions or pulpits. It is frequently used for leading furling lines afl to the cockpit. The block is free to swivel and pivot to give the fairest lead
F: 010 029 061
~escripti~n Ball 8 socket base Large ball &socket base -. Stanchion mount base
1573 Mid-mnge stand up base
Height
WelgM
Oiamder
Inside SocM Diametar
W
while a rubber stand up device keeps the block from hitting the deck or stanchion. The 061 accepts Harken blocks with W (10 mm) swivel posts. These include big bullet blocks, dinghy blocks, 2.25' blocks, little fiddles, the 005 and 006, little Hexaratchets, and Hexaratchet 11t2's. The 061 is also sometimes used for flag halyards and light air spinnaker sheets. The 1573 is a stand up base for mid-range blocks. Blocks are supported by a spring, but are free to pivot to permit fair leads under load. The 1573 has a very low profile design which keeps the sheave close to the deck, making it ideal for use as a mast base halyard lead block. The safe working load of the 1573 is such that it may be used with any single, ratchet, or fiddle mid-range block. Mid-range double and triple blocks may be fitted to the 1573, but their safe working load is higher than that of the base. Special Features Bases accept a variety of blocks Blocks will not hit deck Block can swivel and pivot freely
pi, Size
13%' 44 mm
3 01 85 g
2'N 54 mm
10 mm
2' 51 mm
4 02 1139
2W 54mm
%S'
h'
12mm
1%" 32mm
2 01 57 g
-
4a'
l'%#' 49mm
7 02
198g
2% 73mm
Maximum Worldno
Load
E/:
Faslman
400lbs 181 kg
13W lbs 590 kg
II1OFH 5 mm
1' 25 mm
6mm
400Ibs 181 kg
1300lbs 590kg
Y10FH 5mm
1' 25mm
%G' 5 mm
3501bs 159 kg
Use wiliddle, 3.00" cruiser8Hexa-Cats Use wibullet. big bullet. 2.25" 8 Hexaratchets
k6'
%s' 8 mm
1800Ibs 816kg
1%' 41 mm
use wimid-range blocks
15 mm
10 mm
6
5 mm
5000Ibs 2267 kg
'h' RH
6mm
_
UsewO.25', M e fiddle. aliexaratchets
87
3
SMALL BOAT DECK ORGANIZERS
D e c k organizers are used when a large number of lines need to be led in a small space. They are often used to run halyards and control lines aft from the mast to winches near the cockpit. Deck organizers are also ideal for many other applications which require multiple sheave cheek blocks. Small boat deck organizers feature llh" (38 mm) ball bearing sheaves. They are intended for use on rope halyards on boats under 26 feet (8 m) or for lightly loaded control lines on larger boats. Small boat deck organizers are available in double or triple sheave configurations. Stacked double and triple organizers are used when it is necessary to lead a large number of lines aft in a small area. Special Features Self-contained sheaves Compact length Low profile construction
Common Specifications Sheave dia - llh' (38 mm) Fasteners - # l 0 ( 5 mm) FH Max line size -3h" (10 mm) Max working load (per sheave) 300 Ibs (136 kg) Breaking Strength -2000 lbs (907 kg)
3
MID-RANGE DECK ORGANIERS
R u n n i n g halyards and control lines aft allows the crew to operate the boat from the security of the cockpit. Deck organizers are used to lead multiple lines from the mast. They are useful for halyards, reef lines, outhauls, pole lifts and other control lines. Deck organizers are also ideal for many other applications which require multiple sheave cheek blocks. Harken mid-range deck organizersfeature 2" (51 mm) ball bearing sheaves. Sheaves are available in plastic for rope halyards or controls and in Hardkote anodized aluminum for wire halyards. They are intended for use on halyards on boats to 37 feet (1 1.5 m) or for lightly loaded control lines on larger boats. Special Features Self-conta ned sheaves Large diameter sheaves Compact length Low profile construction Aluminum wire sheaves
Common Specifications Sneave dia - 2 151 mm\ Fasteners - 1 ~(6" mm) ' Max line size -W (16 mm) Max wire size (alum sheave) 7/52' (5mm) Max worldng load (per sheave) 5W lix (227 kg) Additional Intormation- See pages 37 and 46 for suggested uses. 90
-
Single height ma-range deck orpanizersare available with six sheaves by special order 1
.
3
BIG BOAT DECK ORGANIZERS
D e c k organizers are used to lead multiple lines to halyard stoppers or winches. They are used for halyards, reef lines, outhauls, pole lifts and any other control lines which must be lead aft from the mast base. Organizers are also perfect for many other applications which call for a multiple sheave cheek-mounted lead block. Speclal Features Sell-conrafnedsneaves Compact length Low profile construction Hardkote anodized aluminum
Common Specilications Sheave dia - 2l/4' 157mm1 Fastener spacing -'23/4' (70 mm) Max wire dia-%E'' (8 mm) Max line size - W (16mm) Height - 1 1 8 (29mm) Safe working load per sheave 4950 lbs 12245 ko) Breaking strkngth pi; sheave 9900 lbs (4491 kg) Additionallnformation- See pages 46 and 47 for suggested uses. See page 57 for blocks with stainless steel sideplates.
Big boat deck organizers areavailable M h up to len sheaves by special order.
NO.
Deocriptlon
724
Two Sheave
725
Three sheave
726
Foursheave
1867 Five sheave 1868 Six sheave
Total Lenplh WaigM Sala Working Load 7%' 19M oz 4950 lbs 156 mm 553 g 2245 kg 10 %6' 271h oz 7425 Ibs 262mm 7609 3368 kg 13'/rs' 35 oz 9900 lbs 332 mm 992 g 4491 kg 15'%6' 34 oz 12375 lbs 402 mm 9649 5613 kg 16%6' 4002 14850 lbs 471 mm 1134g 6736 kg
Total Breakinp Slraqth 9900 lbs 4491 kg 14850 Ibs 6736 kg 19800 lbs 8981 kg 24750lbs 11227 kg 29700lbs 13472 kg
Faslmm Indudad 2- W (1Omm) x3'(75mm) 3-k.
(10mm) x3'(75 mm)
4-k.(IOmm)x3"
(75 mm)
5-W
(10mm)x3'(75 mm)
8-W
(10 mm)x3'(75 mm)
91
Harken rudder bearings bring steering out of the Stone Age. Multiple races of balls and rollers reduce steering friction to a minimum allowina the use of tillers on boats to 45 feet and optimizing "feei;' on wheel steered boats. These bearings are designed to handle both radial (side) and axial (vertical) loads. The axial load carrying ability allows the bearings to carry the weight of the rudder. Rudder bearings are machined from solid 6061-T6 aluminum which is Hardkote anodized with Teflon impregnation. A plastic liner on the inner race bears directly on the rudder snall to insure proper fit and to elim~nateany ~osslbiliiof electrolvs~s.Tnls orov des a strona liohlweioht bearing that is nearlyimpenious to corrosion. iorlGn balland roller bearings require no lubrication and are designed to operate either immersed or dry. Production rudder bearings are offered in seven sizes for boats from one designs to offshore racers as large as 50 feet (15 m). Minor variations of inside diameter are Nominal smn DerrripUon a ~ i l a b l eon a s~ecialorder basis ~
~~~
~
~
616 Madilication to standard ID is part number 641.
,
NO.
at slight additional cost. Fiberglass rudder tubes which are sized to exactly match our larger bearings are available to simplify installation. The inside surface of these tubes is gelcoat for a smooth, waterproof finish. Polyester resin is used so that the tubes mav be bonded to your boat without using evntio ,"*,,,... rncine ""v..v
Common SpeslllcaUons 611425 FaslmersFlange thiCknsSS-
1m rl62,rm l761
'/Cm YB m 6mmFd 4 m m m A' 6mm
%S'
5mm
1761
X8 m 4mmW '/C 6mm
1.425' 2.642' ~ ~ i ~ h 3.620' ~ 91.95 mm 36.2 mm 67.1 mm
92
1760
1
A
B
c : . -
c
D
E
F
Weight
1' Flame 25.4 mm 1761 1' Plain 25.4 mm 1762 114 Flange, 31.8 mm hub up 1763 1%' Flange, 31.8 mm hub down If# Plain 17M . 31.8 mm 611 2' Flanoe, 50.8 mm hubip 612 2' Flange. 50.8 mm hub down 2' Plain 613 50.8 mm 2'h' Flange, 614 63.5 mm hub up 2%' Flange, 615 63.5 mm hub down 616 2%' Plain 63.5 mm
WorMnp Load
" WUIBI
-11,
7W lbs 318 kg 7Wlbs 318 kg 51001bs 2313 kg 51001bs 2313 kg
350lbs 159 kg 3501bs 159 kg 4Wlbs l81 kg 4Wlbs 181 kg
-2..
0,'C
3.250 2.813' 82.55 mm 71.45 mm
3.500' 3.125' 88.90 mm 79.38 mm 3.500' 3.125' 88.90 mm 79.38 mm
6.000' 5.375' 15240mm 136.23 mm 6.000' 5.375' 152.40 mm 136.23 mm
6.503' 5.750' 165.10 mm 146.05 mm 6.503' 5.750' 165.10 mm 146.05 mm
-
2.140' 1.0%' 1.026' 54.36 mm 25.55 mm 26.06 mm 2.140' 1.006' 1.026' 54.36 mm 25.55 mm 26.06 mm 2.500' 1.256' 2.138' 63.50 mm 319 mm 54.31 mm 2.500' 1.256' 2.138' 63.50 mm 31.9 mm 54.31 mm 7snn.
i7sv
7 inn.
63Gim 3.990" 101.35 mm 3.990' 101.35 mm 3.990' 101.35 mm 4.490' 114.05 mm 4.490' 114.05 mm 4.490' 114.05 mm
3l:imm 2.006' 50.95 mm 2.006' 50.95 mm 2.006' 50.95 mm 2.506' 83.65 mm 2.506' 63.65 mm 2.506' 63.65 mm
sQ3iim 2.718' 89.04 mm 2.718' 69.04 mm 2.780' 70.61 mm 2.718' 69.04 mm 2.718' 69.04 mm 2.780' 70.61 mm
1.430' 36.32 mm 1.430' 36.32 mm 2.640' 67.06 mm 2.680' 68.07 mm ?MW -. - .-
67.06 mm 3.620' 91.95 mm 3.620' 91.95 mm 3.620' 91.95 mm 3.620' 91.95 mm 3.620' 91.95 mm 3.620' 91.95 mm
502 142 g 402 113 g llMm 326 9 11Moz 3268
inn7 .- --
284g 261b 1.2 kg 261b 1.2 kg 2.4 1b 1.1 kg 2.9 Ib 1.3 kg 2.9 Ib 1.3 kg 2.6 1b 1.2 kg
. .-.-.I ssfa
-s l.-n-n.l-h- ~ ~ m.--l
2313 kg 181 kg 143751bs 1650 lbs 6520 kg 748 kg 143751bs16501bs 6520 kg 748 kg 143751bs 1650 lbs 6520 kg 748 kg 171001bs 2025 lbs 7757 kg 919 kg 171001bs 2025 lbs 7757 kg 919 kg 171001bs 2025 lbs 7757 kg 919 kp
h ~
-
3
RUDDER BEARING I~TAUATIONGUIDE
Every installation is different but the suggestions below should help determine the best method for your boat. Tiller Steered Boat The upper bearing is normally a flanged bearing which is bolted to the deck or the cockpit sole (A). The tiller head rides on the inner race to transfer vertical loading to the bearing (B). Note: set screws are intended only to keep the shaft from turning inside the bearing and are not intended to carry vertical loading of the rudder. The lower bearing is normally secured to the shaft with set screws (C) and raised into the fiberglass tube carrying the shaft through the hull. The lower bearing is typically secured in one of two ways. Some people like to drill and tap the thick glass where the fiberglass tube is bonded to the hull (D) and secure the lower bearing with set screws. Other people like to use a sealant like 3M 5200 on the exterior surtace where the bearing meets the hull (E) to keep the bearing from turning. Do not bed the lower bearing with a sealant as this may make removal very difficult. When installing the lower bearing, make provision to prevent the bearing from migrating up the shaft. Many people will put a physical stop like a collar or a bolt through the tube above the lower bearing. Wheel Steerad Boat The upper bearing is normally aflanged bearing which is bolted to the decd or the cockpit sole (A) To transfer the vertical load of tne rudder to rhe bear na, rhe emergency tiller head is often fitted to the shaft and rideson the inner race of the bearing (F). On some boats the top of the shaft will be fitted with a collar or a nut to transfer the vertical load of the rudder to the bearings. The lower bearing is normally installed like the bearing on a tiller steered boat, but provision should be made for a stuffing box to keep water from entering the boat. In many cases, the fiberglass tube is cut off a few inches above the lower bearing (G) and a stuffing box (H) is bonded to this tube to provide a watertight seal. Always use Loctite 242 on set screws. ~~
1
l
~
~~
~~~~
~
~~~~
Because afailure cannot be tolerated in a steering system, we will not sell rudder bearings without a consultation to determine the suitability of the bearing for your application. Please call or write our rudder bearing department with the following information so that we may do a computerized load analysis and specify the correct bearing for your boat. 2) Length overall 1) Boat model 3) Length waterline 4) Displacement 5) Rudder length (vertical depth of the blade) 6) Surface area of one side of the blade (or dimensions . profile . and we will calculate) 7) Distance between upper and lower bearing points 8) Exact shaft diameter at each bearing point '
Part NO. 634
635
Fib Bearinor 611 612 613 614 615 616
Inside Dialneter
4.W6'
Wsipht Psr Foot
101.75 mm
1702 482 g
4.506' 114.45mm
22 02 624 8
636
617 618 619
5.005' 127.15mm
26 02 737 0
637
620 621 622
55W 139.85 mm
30 az 851 g
638
623 624 625
6.006' 152.55 mm
35 02
992 Q
-
Tubes available intheseiengths: 2' (610 mm); 3'(914 mm); 4'(1.22 m); 5' (1.52 m)
3
SE1F-CON TAIUED SHEAVES
M o s t small Harken sheaves are not self-contained and cannot be Supplied loose. We offer the sheaves which are self-contained'for applications where you need to add a free rolling sheave to your own special configuration. Consider loading carefully and remember that halyard sheaves carry twice the load of the halyard. Self-contained sheaves are sensitive to overtightening. Use lock nuts on the fasteners and avoid applying squeezing loads on the sheaves. The micro, bullet and big bullet self-contained sheaves are Delrin with Delrin ball bearings. They are scored for rope and should not be used for wire. Mid-range sheaves are available in either Delrin or aluminum. Use aluminum sheaves for wire. Self-contained wire sheaves are Hardkote anodized aluminum with Teflon impregnation. They ride on a hi-load composite bearing. The 1 1 4 " (38 mm) and 2 (51 mm) sheaves have ball bearings to minimize friction between the sheave and the sideplates caused by twisting loads. The 1" (25 mm) wire sheave uses low friction thrust washers for this purpose. The 161 dual sheave universal lead includes two 160 sheaves and is used to divert a line which must turn in either direction. It is often used behind the traveler car on a self-tacking jib orto lead a catamaran traveler control line to a cleat.
F'an NO. 277
Sheave Wldh t ~ e ~ r l p t l o n Diema,BT Micro sheave
W 22mm
160
Bullet sheave
265
303
Big bullet sheave Dual sheave unlvenal kad wire sheave
307
Wire sheave
161
l
1M2' 10mm
W
29mm 12mm l 38mm i 4 m m 11~' M 29mm 22mm 1' %i. 25mm 7mm
I'n'
'W
38mm 10mm 311 Wire sheave 2' 'W 51 mm l o m m $533 small mid-range 2' sheave 51 mm zzmm 1534 Small mid-range 2' M aluminum sheave 51 mm 22 mm
MOOZ
39 oz 79 1hoz 14g lor 289 fhoz 79 loz 289 l'hoz 43 g lh oz 439 21*1oz 71 g l/r
M u Mulrnum Size Centar Line wira DiamMar Hole Worklng Load 'X 3~8' 2-30 lbs 6mm 5mm 91 kg "la' %' 3001bs 8mm 6mm 136 kg W %' n'lbs lomm 6mm 136 kg she' h' n' Ibs 8mm 6mm 136kg M2' Me' lOOOlbs 2mm 5 mm 454kg '8 %' 1500ibs 3 mm 6 mm 680kg 3/16' 20001bs 5 mm 8 mm 907 kg ~ns' X 5001bs 14mm 6 mm 227 kg %6' 1/16' 1~ 500 I ~ S 14 mm 5 mm 6 mm 227 kg
-
-
95
Eyestraps are useful accessories. b hey form light duty mounting bases for blocks, serve as lash down points, and several are used on Cam-Matic cleats as fairleads.
rib
cam 073 074 137 201 281 282 1558
,1602 4.5 g 6401 18 9 .32 oz 90 ,1602 4.5 g ,1602 4.5 Q ,802 23 9 1 01 28 g
XlORH 5mm %'RH 6mm %'RH 6mm #10RH 5 mm 16RH 4mm %' 6mm 'h.
6mm
1WOlbs 726 kg 4WOlbs 1814 kg 3WOlbs 1361 kg &O llbIs 726 kg lWOlbs 454k9 3WOlbs 1361 kg WOlbs 2722kg
l"A6' 43mm 3% 83mm 2' 51 mm 17# 48mm lAe' 36mm 21%~'
71 mm 2%' 57mm
'h.
12mm
M' 19mm 3A'
19mm 10mm 'h'
12mm '546' 23mm
%V 16mm
1%' 32mm 1W' 38mm % '1 38mm 1W' 38mm l'A6' 27mm 2'Ae' 52mm % '1 45mm
'nd
%S'
11 mm
5 mm
'A< 11 mm
M'
M'
%8'
16mm
16mm
14mm
M'
M'
16mm %6' 14 mm
16mm %' 6 mm
$46' 14mm '4 8' 11 mm
'n6'
W
'At
11 mm
10mm
11 mm
2%' 70mm
-
W
W
M'
-
22mm
19mm %6' 11 mm
19mm 1H' 29mm
-
M' 16mm
'Venical pull. Eyeslraps lmll distort at much lower loads.
Padeyes are great for mounting blocks and are also used as attachment points for staysails, reefing blocks, and hundreds of other items. Harken offers a range of stainless steel padeyes. The diamond shaped padeyes, 688 and 689, are 316 stainless and are often used at mast bases where the diamond shape allows them to be mounted vely close together. The 627,628,629, 648 and 690 padeyes are 17-4 PH stainless. The 702,717, and 729 toggle padeyes are designed for extremely hiah load a~~lications. They will acceDt Harken t i t a n i ~ m a n d bboat'blocks i~ only with custom head posts available by special order. For maximum strength, always align padeye bails to the load. 96
-
627.688: Use 1A" (6 mm) FH 689.690: Use 516' (8 mm) FH 628.648: Use W (10 mm) FH
150 & 200 150 & 200
-
279
-
280
M'
-
16mm
I
B
C
0
E
F
G
h,
,
S"
Wwkinp Load 2 3
1
Brsatlnm Smnmh 2 3
I
Accessories are useful items which complement the product line. The 082 hand hold is popular on boats like Solings to help hiking crew re-enter the boat and is often used as a comfoitable handle for engine covers, etc. It has a drain port. Springs suppolt blocks on bases, eyestrap, pdeyes, and traveler cars. The 077 is used to attach a HexaraWet to the steerino oost of DN iceboats. The 093 and 1598 U-adapters attach swivel post blocks to other posts or tangs. Snap shacldes fit a wide varlety of small boat blocks to make them removable. The 237 bullseye is used as a fairlead when there k little deflection. The 630 hanging tab rephces a washer on big boat blocks to form a shockcord altachment point tor suspending blocks from the lifelines. Polished and machined bolts are attractive fasteners for use with Harken blocks or any other mounting needs on your boat. Sail chafe protectorsare rollers to ease genoas over lifelines or oast shrouds and to help large roach mainsails clear backstays. They are pre-drilled to fit 4%' (5 mm) wire, but can be drilled to fit wire as large as W (10 mm).
-.
D
Cars accept a variety of blo* to match your boat's needs.
I
Pwotlng Shackle allows car to ion heelyew under non-vemcal loads
Control block assemblies mount ontrack for edsy insfallation.
lall bearingsheaves !mtraveler adiustmem.
I
Recirculating Torlon bails ride directly m track so cars won't bind under nonvertical or twisting load
Trim caps dress track ends and prevent sharpedges.
CamMatic cam cleats engage and release easily under all laads.
Ho*omal bearing races allow avery IOW pmlile car design.
Pivoting cam arms perrnl lraveler adiustmem fmm a variety of positions in the m c l p t
Hi-Bsam Traok
I
I
Rises allow easy mtmlt of cabin top travelem.
4
155.560 and 1511 hi-beam tracks are designed t o span cockpits or companionways without a suppolt bridge. 560and 1511 tracks usea oatented ~ slding bolt attachment process which allowsvariable bollspacing. ~~
End Slops Every car, end stop and control
~
~~~~~
7
~
assembly features e n e w a b s a r b ing bumpen t o cushion the high shmk loads of accidental jibes.
1 TRAVELERFEATURES I Hardware that works properly greatly enhances the sailing experience. Fast, fun and responsive boats like the F-27 shown on page 95 need free rolling travelers to make mainsail handling easy. Harken travelers introduced recirculating plastic ball bearings. They are designed to move freely under even high non-vertical loads. They also offer a multitude of other unique features that make them the lowest, freest running and most versatile travelers in the world. Five ranges of Harken travelers are available to fit any boat from the smallest dinghy or beach cat to the largest maxi boat. 100
~
-
~
-
Adjustable Stops stoos are Adiustable ~ , available for ~ many tracks for .se where control lnes are not des~reo ~
~
~
Ball B s a r l n ~Conlrol Blocks Ball bearino control blockassemblies ~ ~ ~ are aval aba to l11sma I m d-range ana b ~ goat trards
Track risers articulate SO thatekher straight or curved tracks can be lined to any cabin house.
Track avalable in low profile or high beam conf~ourat~ons
Malnsheet Sheave Carriers Mainsheet sheave carriers Divot forward to allow fair leads when the boat is running. Windward Sheetlno Traveler Can W~ndwardsheet ngcars a Ion sa ors 10 p.1 tne car above tne cenler. ne W th0.t re easlng the leewaro control lne Tne car stays n posltlon d.nng a lac< ano can then oe p.1 ed above tne centerllne n me other d recllon
Swlvel Ears and Low Plvotlnn Shackle Swivel ears allow a choice of control blocks and the low pivoting shackle allows load to be applied at severe angles without binding.
Cars with Cam Cleats Small boat and mid-range travelers are offered with cam cleats on the cal for simple mult~plepurchase systems.
Breaking Strength The load at which fastening bolts will shear, shackles will break, cars will come off of the track, or the hardware will experience some other catastrophic failure. At this load you can expect permanent deformation of the sheave, sideplates, car bodies, track, and bearings. Breaking strength is determined in a static condition on straight track and may be less on curved track or when cars arerolling.
Tnveler Car Couolers Couplers are ads 'ao~eto ,o n some cars, ncreaslng loao carry ng aD ly wh le ma nta nlng tne ab Iry to ro on Ignl rad I
Safe Working Load A rating based on 50% of the breaking strength. Safe working load provides a margin of safety and should never be exceeded. Free Rolling Load The load at which cars will roll freely. Cars should not be used at loads higher than free rolling load. 101
Dinghys B Light Daysailers Mainsail Area Under 70 ft2 Under 6 mZ 7 0 - 100ft2 6-9m2 100-130ft2 9-12m2 130 - 160ft2 12-15m2
Monohulls End-Boom Sheeting Mid-Boom Sheeting
Multihulls End-Boom Sheeting Mid-Boom Sheeting
156 157 171 209 211
156 157 171 209 211
156 157 171 209
156 157 171 209
156 157 171 209 211
156 157 171 209 211
156 157 171 209
158 159 172 210
156 157 171 209 211
158 159 172 210 212
158 159 172 210
214 215
158 159 172 210 212
156 159 172 210 247
214 215
-t
1508
214 215 + 1508
Small Offshore Boals & Heavy Daysailers Under 90 ftz Under 8 m2 90 - 135ft2 8-13m2 135-17OW 13-16m2 170-225f12 1 6 - 2 1 mZ 225 285 fP 21 - 27 m2 285 - 325 fP 27 - 30 m2
-
158 159 172 210 212
158 159 172 210 212
158 159 172 210
158 159 172 210
158 159 172 210 212
158 159 172 , 214 215 210 212 247
158 159 172 210
214 215
1508
1508 + 1509
212 215 247
214 215 247
1508 1575
1508 1575
-,
1508
1509 1578
1576 1509
1509 1576
515 606
515 608
1509 1509
-
515 584 608 558 584
+
515 558 584 608 -t 609 558
;:15y~/517
, 586 609 21515s w1517
21515s w1517
2615s ~1517, 1700 1704 2/558s wn52 1705 1708
1700 1704 1705 1708
1700 1704 1705 1708
1700 1704 1705 1708
1700 1704 ,665 678 1705 1708 679 681 751
665 678 679 681 751
665 678 679 681 751
-
51 5
515
515
515
Large Oflshore Boats 325 - 400 ft2 30 - 37 m2 400 - 600 ft2 37 - 56 m2 600 - 750 ft2 56 - 70 m2 750 - 900 ft2 70 84 in2 900-1100ft2 84 - 102 m2 1100-1400ft2 102 - 130 m2
515
+
515
-
558 584
+
558
558 584
558 * %5s 2/558s
-
wl517
558 586 21515s w1517 2 / 5 1 ~ ~ ~ 5-'1 2/558s 7
1700 1704 1705 1708
1704 1704 1705 1708
-
1700 1704 1705 1708 1700 1704 , 665 678 1705 1708 679 681 751
665 678 679 681 751
665 678 679 681 751
Custom
custom
1 TMVELER USE CHART I This chart shows proper travelers for three categories of boats: l Dinghys and small daysailers. S m a l l offshore boats and heavier keel daysailers. l Large offshore boats. Traveler specifications are based on mainsail area and the position of the sheet on the boom. Where an arrow is shown, use the larger traveler if your sail area is at the upper end of the range. 102
I Purchase RBcOmmendatiOns for Tmeler ColrlroIs ss11 Afsl
Under 150 ft2 150 -275 ftz 275 -450 ft2 450 -600 ft2 Over 600 It2
caurol PUDhat4
2:1 3:1 4:l 6:l
Winch
-
C-SCOI0, mmon80dl MORI
HorlzonlalBend- In a hor~zontalbeno. lne track stays flat an0 tne ends c.rwe to the oow or slern of me boa! nor zonra oenos a ,oa the traveler ro 10 low the rad us of the boom as it swinos across the boat, but are sometimes used for boom vangs and occasionally for staysails, especially those with booms.
~ l r m 3- S r q ~.rcnmoDID VerticalBend. Ends Down- Th s IS lne most common bend I s us-a J .sea for matnsheel trave ers mo.nteo orer tne cao n nouse The curve matcnes tne crown of the cabin house for esthetic reasons and allows the track to clear the cornDanionwav hatch while minimizing the height of the track risers.
VerticalBends. Ends Uo- Some racino boats use a vertical bend with the ends uo to relieve leech tensibnino which occirs when the traveler car is moved off of the center ne. a pnenomendn "h ch 1s ekaceroaleo Icnen pall of tne mainsheet tackle .S paced on of the trave er car. These oends are a so freq.ent 1 .sed for stavsails. The track is bent to a radius eoual to the LP of the sail plus the distance froim the clew to the track. The track is then mounted on risers aid angled forward to face the clew of the sail.
--
~
~~
~
~
~
~~~
~
~
~~~~~
~
~
~~~~~
~
~~~~
~
~
CompoundBend- Compo.no oenos are a comb nal on of a venlca and a hor~zontaloeno A common examp e wo.10 be wnen a track IS curved n the horizontal plane to follow the radius of the boom and is mounted to a deck which has a slight vertical crown.
€wopc Dinghy by Vanward namw SaUboaD
3
I
CURVED TRACK
1
T a v e er traca S oHen oenl 10 follow the curve of the caoin h o ~ s eor tne r a d i ~ sof lne boom Occas ona lv, tracas are oenl vert cally wltn tne ends up to re1 eve tenslonlng of'rhe eech as tne traveler car IS moved otl of the cenlerllne ol tne ooar Vely shaf,ow c L n e s in low pro1 e traclts can otlen oe Den1 our ng insla arton. b ~,f tnecessarv Harken WI bend rraveler track ro voJr specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or compound bends can be made. Bends cannot be extended completely to the track end, but typically leave 2 to 5" (50 to 125 m m ) unbent at each end depending on the type of track. Harken traveler cars must be matched to the radius of your track. The load carrying ability of a car is diminished in relation to the severitv of the bend. Consult the charts on the traveler track pages for lne'mln m J m rao us a car WI I ride on. When yoJr loads oemano a ono car an0 traca neeos to oe bent in a t oh1 raolus, y o may ~ need to use two short cars joined by a coupler. Standard Harken mini-maxi and maxi traveler cars cannot ride on vertical bends with a radius under 50 feet (15.25 m). Orderino Inlormation- To order C U N ~traveler ~ track, pkase specity the following information: 1. Part number of track 2. Lenath of track or length of chord 3. ~irdctionof bend: ' 0 Horizontal 0 Vertical, ends down 0 vertical; ends up 0 Compound horizontal and vertical up D Comoound horizontal and vertical down 4. Chord depth or radius of bend Communicate the information carefully to Harken or your Harken dealer to insure that your track is bent correctly. To determine the price of a bend, see chart for part numbers.
\ -.-+---
/cy Radius
\
-r
Chord Length
Length Simple Major Compound Bends Bend Bend Simple Major Patno, ParlNn. Pan No. Part No. 274 275 276 286 142.143, 154 0,155 15x535 1527 1528 1529 1581 1511 1530 1531 1532 1582 516,680, 758,759 789 790 791 576 560.1701 or 1706 792 793 794 577 660 or661 795 795 795 795 Slmpre Bend-Track Length of 6' (1.83m) or less and chord dqlth less than 8' (200 mm). MajorBend-Track length of T(2.13 m) or greater or chord depth 01 8' (200 mm) or grater Compound Bend- Bend in both horizontaland vertical planes. Compound Simple Bend- Both bends are slmple bends. CmpoundMaiorBend-One or both bendsare maior bends. Tla&
~
~
p
103
3
S M M BUT TRAVELER CARS
Harken small boat traveler cars are used on boats from rhe smallest dinghys to offshore boats as arge as 27 feet (8 m). A wide varietv of cars nsLres that vou w ~ lfind l exactlv the riahr svstem for your boat. Dinghy cars use Delrin ball bearings while hi-load cars use Torlon balls for greater working load. 1250 series cars feature a longer body and Torlon balls for maximum load carrying ability. Travelers with fixed sheaves and eyestraps are designed for situations where the mainsheet load is within 10 degrees of vertical. Cars with pivoting shackles are designed to accept loads up to 40 degrees from vertical without binding, though load carrying ability is decreased proportionally to the angle of loading. 209 and 210 traveler cars with fixed sheaves and adjustable cam cleats allow a very simple installation. The cams can be adjusted to suit a variety of cockpit arrangements. The 139 traveler kit is a packaged traveler system suitable for small offshore boats to 27 feet. Maximum mainsail area is 170 ftz (16 m2)for end boom sheeting and 135 W (12 m2)for mid-boom sheeting. The kit includes a 215 car, two 083 blocks, and 259 and 260 control bloacks for a 3:l system. You need to add track from page 101 and control lines.
- .
Common S clffcatlons Width -2 g 8 '(56 mm) Breaking strength - 2500 lbs (1134 kg) Car body height - l%s" (24 mm) Ball dia - 1A" (6 mm) Track - 142,143,154,155 No. of balls -42 (214 and 215 use 64) Additional Intonnal101- See pages l00 and l01 for an explanation of special features. See page 102 for suggested uses. See pages 198 and 199 for suggested traveler systems. 104
Special Features Recirculating ball bearings Pivoting shackles Choice of control blocks
part
no.
156 157 158 159 171 172 209 210 214 215 175 176 177 139
llldlum L a hP*lh Carwlplvoting shackle 2 4Moz 500bs Useforvangs. 73 mm 1289 227 kg self-lackingjibs CarwRxed shsaves (L 2 5% oz 500 b s Use only l1 load WSlraP 73mm 156g 227 kg isvetiial HHoad car wlpiwling 27. 4M 01 850 Ibs Use for vangs, shackle 73 mm 128 g 386 kg sell-tacl6ng jibs Hiioad car wflixed sheaves 2 5M 01 850 lbs Use only Iload (L eyearap 73mm 1569 386$ isvertical Car wlp'lting shckb a A 5 m 500 lbs use 0 8 2 t o r ~ : l : swivelcontml blockflngs 73mm 142 g 227Q 083 for 3:l Hi-load car wlpivoting shackle 2 5 m 8501bs Use 082lor 2:l: (L swivel mntrd blockittinps 73 mm 142 g 386 kg 083 for 3:l Car wflixed sheaves (L @A' 14% 02 5001bs Use only Iload adlustable cam cleats 171 mm 411 g 227 kg is vertical Hi-load car wnixed sheaves 6%' 14% oz 8501bs Use only Iload (Ladjustablecam cleats 171 mm 411 g 386 kp isvertical 1254 car wflixed sheaves 4%' 8 02 12501bs Use only Iioad (L e m r a p Illmm 2270 567kg isvertical 12Mcarwlp~otingshackle 4% 7% oz 1250 lbs Use 125 for 2:l; (L swiwl control blcckmtings ill mm 213g 567 kg 126for 3:l Car coupler 4% 02 1500 Ibs Joinstwo 158 cars to 128 g 680 kg increase walking load F I 158,157.171.209. 211 cars 21 Replacement Delrin balls F I 158, 159,172.210.212,214.215.249cars 21 Replacement Torlon balls Srmll boat Pumhase 142,143,154 Or 155 lrackard conlml travekr ki lines seoaratelv Vasalpllon
:;:f
W.lltit
-
Fasteners Not Included
I
SMALL BOAT TRACK & ACCESSORIES
S m a l l boat tracks are available in low profile or high beam configurations. Low profile track should be used when the track can be supported at each fastener hole. Hi-beam track should be used when spanning a cockpit or other unsupported area. See chart below for spanning capability of small boat track. Either track will accept any small boat car. The first fastener hole on 154 and 155 track is located 2" (51 mm) from the end. The first fastener hole on 142 and 143 track is located 50 mm (llV16'') from the end. End Stops and Trim Caps All track is supplied without end stops. 173 and 174 ends are designed for small dinghys and low load situations. 263 and 264 heavy duty end stops are designed to absorb ihe shock loads of unintentional jibes and are for use on larger dinghys and small keelboats. 261 and 262 trim caps are designed to finish the ends of track when control block assemblies are used. Curved Track Harken will bend any track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or compound curves can be made. Refer to page 103 for information regarding track bending. Common Specifications
Track width - 7 N (22 mm) Hole spacing - 154. 155: 4" (102 mm) 142, 143: 100 mm ( 3 1 % ~ " ) Fasteners - X10 (5 mm) FH Weight - 142.154: 4.93 odft (459 girn) 143,155: 6.5 odft (607 gim)
"" 6
iOW8
io
io
h
160
152
127
$0 1 S2
Span (nchesl meters)
I
I
Track Bending
173
Light duty end s t o ~
154.142
174
Llghtduly end StDp
155, 143
261
Trim Cap Trtm Cap
154.142
262 278
Spilce Llnk
154.142
Minimum Radius
Invelar Car
4 2 (1.07 m) 156 - 159.209 - 212, 171.172,2~158~/175 214.215
80" (2 03 m)
155,143
~p~~
~~
-
Metric T r a a j L y t h l M e l e n l
American Track (Lengthnnches)
~-
Low Proiile Part No. 154-24'
Hi-Beam Pan No. ~
154-40"
~~
-
I. ~~
100 mm Faslener Spacing
C Fastener Spacing
Length
Low Prolile Part No.
~
~
~
Hi-Beam Pad No.
Length 600 mm (1'11%%"")
-
24'(610 mm)
155-40"
40" (1.02 m)
142-600 mm 142-1 m
143-1 m
1 m (3'33/<)
143-1.2 m
1 2 m (3'111,0
~-
~
P
~~
154~40"
155-48
4 8 (1.22 m)
142-1.2 m
154~60"
155~60"
60" (1 52 m)
142-1.5~
143-1.5 m
1.5 m (4'11")
154-72'
155-72'
72'(1 83m)
142 1 8 m
143-1 8 m
142-2 1 m 142-2.5 m
143-2 1 m
1.8m(5'103&! 2 1 m (6'1O5X)
143-25m
2.5 m ( W 3 4 )
154-84
155.84'
84'(2.13 m)
154~100"
155-100"
100" ( 2 5 4 m )
154-120" ~ -
- 154.144" -
155~120" -
~
155~144"
~
120"~(3.05 ~ m) 144 (3.66 m)
~
142-3m
143-3 m
142-3 6 m
143-3.6 m
P
3 m (9'1O1A0
P -
142-6 m
3 6 m (11'93,%"1 6 m (19'8',~")
L
5
S m a l l boat traveler controls make Harken small boat travelers com~letesvstems. Control blocks allow simple installation of purchases from 2:l to 4:l. Assemblies secure to the traveler track itself so no additional holes in the boat are required. Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so that control lines can be engaged or released from a variety of positions on the boat. The 255, single sheave control, is often used with the 21 1 or 212 windward sheeting traveler car to build a 3:l purchase. It is also used on boats to 25 feet (7.6 m) to build a 2:l purchase for the 249 genoa lead car The 258 1s used on boats to 28 feet (8.5 m) to b ~ i l ad 3 1 tack e for me 249 genoa leaa car. Special Fealures Ball bearing sheaves 200Cam-Maticcam c!eat Pivotina cam arm Shock absorbing bumper Fasteners included
Common Specifications Length - 41/4 (108 mm) Width - l % 6 " ( 4 0 mm) Track- 1 4 2 . 1 4 3 . 1 5.4~,. 1 5 5 Fasteners :4ji "$ mm) Max line size - $46" (8 mm) Sheave dia- 1 1 8 (29 mm) Additional Information- See pages 100 and 101 for an exDlanation of s~ecialfeatures. See Daae 1 0 2 for suggested uses. See pages 198 and 199 61 suggested traveler systems.
' 255 256 257
Trawler Control Purchase Rscommendalions Sal1 h a under loon? Under l 0 m2 100-175v 10-16m2
Purchase
258 259 260
Desedpllon
Weiohl
Single sheave Iravelercontml Single sheavetmveler mntrol wROO cam (port) Single sheave traveler mntrol wROO cam (stbd) Double sheave trawler conlml
7 01 1989 ll'hoz 3260 11Moz 3269 8 02 227 g
Double sheave trader control w12W cam (poIi) Double sheavetraveler m W d wRW cam lstbdl
1302 367 g 13 02 3670
Hnlphl Mow Track 1 44mm 2' 51 mm 2' 51 mm
211' 64 mm
2 ' 73 mm 2 ' 73 mm
Sale
WorUnp Load Wlbs 136 kg 3WIbs 136 kg 3W lbs 136 kg
WOlbs 272 kg WOlbs 272 kg WO lbs 272 kg
2:l purchase
WO lbs 272 kg 600 lbs 272 kg 600lbs 272 ko
1200 lbs 544 kg 12W lbs 544 kg 12Wlbs 544 kn
3:l or4:l purchase 3:1 or4:l purchase 3:1 or4:l
2:l purchase 2:l purchase
"tmhau.
MID-RANGE TRAVELER CARS & CONTROL BLOC& Mid-range traveler cars are designed for use on offshore boats from 27 to 34 feet (8 to 10 m). Four cars are available with a variety of track and control accessories. The 1508 car is suitable for end boom sheeting on mainsails as large as 240 ft2(22 m2). The 1509 car is suitable for end boom sheet ng on m a m a S as <argeas 275 tt' (25 m2j. 1508 and 1509 m~d-rangetraveler cars are s o d wirh no control b ock f ~ x t ~ r eout s , a varlery of spec al conrrol blocks attach to the cars to allow tackles from 2 : l to 4:l purchase. 1594 and 1595 cars include control blocks and cams for simple 3:l control systems. They are popular on boats with the traveler in the cockpit. The 1557 coupler joins two 1508 cars to provide a high load assembly which will still roll on radii as tight as 70" (1.78 m). The coupler assembly offers a very low attachment point. The coupler may be used in conjunction with mid-range control blocks. The 1536 traveler kit is a packaged traveler system suitable for offshore boats to 34 feet (10 m). Maximum mainsail area is 275 ft2(25 m2) for end boom sheeting and 225 R2 (21 m2) for mid-boom sheeting. The kit includes a 1509 car, two 1515 blocks, and 1520 and 1521 control blocksfora4:l system. You need to add track from page 108 and control lines. Common Specilicaiions - Cars Breaking strength - 5000 lbs (2268 kg) Width - 2%'' (70 mm) Car body height - 11/4" (32 mm) Ball -~ dia - 5/16" 18 mm) Track- 1510, i s i i , is35 Additionalln/ormaIion- See pages l 0 0 and l 0 1 for an explanation of special features. See page 102 for suggested uses. See pages 204 and 205 for suggested traveler systems. Special Features Recirculating ball bearings Pivoting shackles Choice of control blocks
~
~
hscriptbn
E
Maxlmum
Description
Lenglh
WeigM
Load Capaclw
4 108 mm
10 02
1800 lbs 816 kg
48
230Olbs
60
-~
1508
Mid-mnge car
No. ol
1509 Long mid5 1 ~ range car 133mm 1557 Mid-range carcoupler 1594 id-range car 9% wlcams - - 232mm 1595 Long mid-range 9lN ~arwlcams 232 mm
2848 12 oz 3509
ball?
1043kg
~mn@h
y:it
A~WB
1000 lbs 2000 1bs 1:l our-
1512 Control tang ~
s
working
Track Load *=lgM
~
End-boom sheeling on mains to 240 R2(22m')
1513 Single control blocks (sold as pair)
End-bwmshseting on
1514 Single control blocks
malns to 275 n' (25 m")
wlkcket (sold as pair)
2%' 2'4 oz 67 mm 71 g 2 3 oz 67 mm 85 g
300 lbs 2000 lbs 2:l pur138 kg 907 kg chase l 300 lbs 2000 lbs 3:l pur44 mm 1364 907 kg chase 1%"
32 mm
- Joins two 1508 can -
2602 737g 28 oz 794 g
1800 lbs 816 kg 2300 lbs 1043 kg
48
4% (11 mm) wide
(sold as pair) 1526 25 Replacement V l s
67 mm
113 g
48 mm
272 kg
-
907 kg chase Fit mid-range cars
P -
60
438' (11 mm) wide
-
Purchase 1510, 1511.1535or1596trackand
Bolt Slides Included. Fasteners No1 Included.
11
1538
~
P -
Mid-range traveler track is available in either low profile or high beam configurations. 1510 and 1535 low profile track is ideal where it's supported for its entire length. 1596 track has W (10 mm) holes spaced on 1%'' (34 mm) centers to accept 1597 adjustable pin stops. 1511 high beam track is designed to bridge cockpits and companionways without expensive bridge structures. It mounts with bolts riding in a channel in the bottom of the track. Bolt spacing is flexible, but at least three bolts should be placed together at each span end. The fastener hole on 1510 track is located 2' (51 mm) from the end. The first fastener hole on 1535 and 1596 track is located 50 mm (11516") from the end. End Stops and Trlm Caps 1522 and 1523 end stops are energy absorbing polyurethane to absorb the shock loads. 1524 and 1525 trim caps finish trackends when control assemblies are used. Track Rlsers 1849 track risers are sold by the pair They permit easy installation of mid-boom travelers which need to be raised to clear companionway hatches. Risers articulate to allow use with either straight or curved track and to fit most any cabin house. Curved Track Harken will bend any track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Horizontal, vertical or compound curves can be made. Refer to page 103. Common Spmiticafions Track width- 11As" (27 mm) Hole spacing -1510: 4" (102 mm) 1535,1596: l00 mm (31516") Fasteners- 1510, 1535,1596: V ' ' (6 mm) FH 1511: 1/4"(6mm) HH Weight- 1510.1535: 7 odfl(655 g/m) 1511: 16oz/ft(l.5kglm) 1596: 6 1 4 oznt (620 g/m) 108
Soan (inches / meters)
Components, Track and Line NO^ Included
B Trach Bendlng Trawler Mlnlrnum Radius
I
A m t l t a n Track (LenpUIIFeat)
I .Fananar Spacing
Variabla Faslensr Spacinp
Replar p a t NO.
ui-~aam h d NO.
1510-3
1511-3
1510-4 1510-5
1522
End stop
1510.1535 1596
1523 1524
End stop rim cap
1525 1538
Trim cap S p l ~ elink
1511 pail 1510.1~~5 1596 1511 1510,1535 1596 Joinsfwo tracks
1849
Track riser
-
1511
Pair
Matrlc TmcA (Lan~lhMdsrs) 100 mm Fartener Spaolng
Lsnpth
Lanpth wIStop Holes Parl no.
3'(914 mm)
Rlgular pad NU. 1535--900 mm 1535-12m
1511-4
4'(1 22m)
1535-1.5 m
1596-ism
1 5 m (4'11')
1511.5
S'(1.52 m)
1535-1.8 m
1596-18m
1 8 m (slw,')
1510-6
1511-6
6'(1 83 m)
1535-2.1 m
1596-2 1 m
2.1 m ( e l m )
1510-7 1510-8
1511-7 1511-8
T(2.13 m) V(2.44 m)
1535.2.4 m
1596.24 m
2.4 m ( ~ i m h ' )
1510-10
1511-10
lO'(3.05 m)
1535-3 m 1535-3.6 m
1598-3m 1596-3.6 m
3 m (9'10h6') 3.6 m (11'9%")
-
WOmm (2'11%)
1596.1.2 m
1.2m (3'1l3x)
MID-RANGE TRAVELER Mid-range traveler controls make Harken mid-range travelers complete systems. Traveler controls allow simple installation of purchases from 2:l to 4:l. Assemblies secure to the traveler track itself so no additional holes in the boat are required. Ball bearing sheaves insure that cars can be adjusted under load and released instantly in a gust. Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so that control lines can be engaged or released from a variety of positions on the boat. The 1597 pin stop is used on 1596 track to provide a positive adjustable stop for genoa leads, traveler cars, or self-tacking jibs and staysails. Special Features Ball bearina sheaves 150 cam-~aticcam cleat Pivoting cam arm Shock absorbing bumper Fasteners included
Common Specifications Lenoth - 4%'' (114 mm1 ~ i d ih 1%' (44 mm) Track- 1510, 1511.1535 Fasteners - 5/16'' (8 mm) Max line size -W (10 mm) Sheave dia - l lh' (38 mm) Additionallnformation- See pages l00 and l01 for an explanation of special features. See page 102 for suggested uses. See pages 198 and 199 for suggested traveler systems. ~~~
E.t 1516 1517 1518
Travaler Contmi Purchase Remmmandalions
-
Soil Area End-Boom Shsstino Mid-Boom Sheelino Under 150 itz Under 125 tt2 Under 12 m' underl4m2 1~-235n~ 125-ZOO+ 14-22m2 12-19m2 200 -250 f12 235- 275 l? 19-23mZ 22 -25 mZ
1519 Purchase 1520
2:1 3:l
1521 .-
4:l
1597
HeipM
Sale
WeipM
Above Track
Workin# Load
Single sheavetraveler contml Single sheavetraveler contmlw/150 cam (port)
9 02 2559 15 02 425 Q
% '1 38mm ll'As' 43 mm
300 Ibs 136 kg 3M)lbs 136 kg
1500 Ibs 680 kg 1500 Ibs 680 kg
2:l Purchase 2:l Purchase
Singlesheavetraveler control wit50 cam (stbd) Double sheave tmveler control
15 oz l'%< 425 g 43 mm 10lhoz 2% 2989 54mm 161h oz 2% 468g 60 mm 16koz 23X 468 Q 6 0 mm 502 1429 35mm
3001bs 136 kg 60Olbs 272 kg WO lbs 272 kg WO lbs 272 kg
15Wlbs 680 kg 15001bs 680 kg 1500 Ibs 680 kg 15001bs 680 kg
2:l Purchase 3:l or4:l purchase 3:l or4:l purchase 3:l or 4:1 purchase FIs 1596 track
Darrriplion
Doubie sheavetraveler control ~ 1 1 5 0cam (port) Oouble sheave traveler conlrolwi150 cam (stbd) Mid-range pin stop
lx
-
109
3
BIG BUT TRAVELER CARS
Harlien big boat traveler cars are known as the best big boat travelers in the world. They have earned their reputation as the most sought after racing and cruising travelers because they roll freely under high non-vertical loads. Where others have failed, Harken has succeeded in bringing the ease of dinghy traveler control to the offshore yacht. Variations of the big boat traveler cars are available to fit boats from 32 to 65 feet (9.8to 19.8 m). Big boat traveler cars are used primarily for mainsheet travelers, but they are also frequently used for self-tacking jibs, outhauls, and vangs. Big boat cars ride on recirculating Torlon ball bearings. They feature pivoting shackles which allow them to accept loads up to 40 degrees from vertical without binding, though load carrying ability is decreased proportionally to the angle of loading. Big boat cars will ride on curved tracks, though load carrying ability is decreased proportionally to the tightness of the radius. See page 112 for minimum radii. Each car will accept a variety of control blocks allowing a modular selection of controls ranging from 1:1 to 6:l.See page 1 1 1 for car couplers and control blocks. The 561 traveler kit is a packaged traveler system suitable for offshore boats to 43 feet (13m). Maximum mainsail area is 400 ftz (37m2)for end-boom sheeting and 300 ft2(28mZ)for mid-boom sheeting. The kit includes a 515 car, two 1515 blocks, and 564 and 565 control blocks for a 4:1 system. You need to add track from page 112 and control lines. Special Features Common Specifications Recirculating ball bearings Car width-35/16" (84 mm) Pivoting shackles Car height - 1%' ( 4 3 mm) Choice of control blocks Track- 516,560,680, 758,759,1847 Addltlonalln/ormation- See pages l00 and l01 for an explanation of special features. See page 102 for suggested uses. See pages 198 and 199 for suggested traveler systems.
110
133 mm
1361 kg 1500 Ibs 680 kg 4500 lbs 2041 kg
557
15W Senescar
558
45W Seriescar
547
25 Torlon replacement balls Bi h a t Purchase 516.560. 758.759 or 1847 trackand
84mm
561
4259 35oz 184mm 9929 Rt 515,554,557,558,559. 587 car$ 7
3175 kg 5000 lbs 2268 kg 90W lbs 4081 kg
3
BIG BOAT CAR COUPLERS & CONTROL BLOCB
B i g boat car couplers join two big boat cars to form a high load assembly which will run on curved track. The 517 coupler is used to join two 515 cars. It accepts a wide variety of standard blocks for control lines. The 580 coupler is used with two 515 cars when 1797,1798, or 1799 control blocks are used. It forms an assembly which is useful on boats with mainsails to 650 f? (62 m2) and end boom sheeting. The 752 coupler is used with two 558 cars for boats like 12 meters and Formula 40s which have very high sheet loads. It accepts a variety of standard blocks for control lines. 515 and 558 big boat cars will accept a variety of control blocks offering a control purchase from 2:i to 4.1. Car mounted control blocks will not hit the track or end stops. Use the 659 swivel bracket for 1:l controls or when you wish to attach your own selection of control blocks. All control blocksand swivel brackets are sold by the pair and are shipped complete with installation instructions, Loctite" 242, and fasteners when required. Special Features Modular attachment to big boat cars Control blocks do not hit track or end stops Free rolling roller sheaves Addilional lnlormation- See pages l00 and l01 for an explanation of special features. See page 102 for suggested uses. See pages 198 and 199 for suggested traveler systems.
CarlComol Block Sslacllon Gulda Comol Purchasa
~a&rlplion 659
Swlvel brackets ~palr)
Length
Welght
Safe Working Load
Breaking
Track
Height
Abwe
"lh
1% 35 mm
2or 57 Q
2Vi 70 mm
IOOOIbs 454 kg
20001bs 907 kg
1512 Controltangs (pair)
248' 67mm
1hor 14 g
V' zomm
1OOOlbs 454 kg
20001bs 907 kg
1514 Slngle control blocks wlbeckets (palr)
248' 67 mm
3 02 85 g
% 1' 44 mm
300 Ibs 135kj
2000 Ibs 907 kg
4 02 1139
48mm
6 W lbs 272kg
2000 lbs 907kg
1515 .-
Double control blocks (pal11
2% 67mm
1797
HI-loads~nglecontml blocks (pair)
76mm
4 oz 1139
4r~; ; ; ; ;3'
HI-load slngle conlml blacks wlbeets (pad
76 mm
113 g
6 0 ~ -
1798
3.
l
Car Palt NO 557 515
2500 1134 lbs kg
l
558
2x515 wfl17
2x515 wfl80
2x558 wfl52
1512
659
1797
1797
2x1746
1797
1512
1514
1798
2x1748
1798
2x1748
1515
1799
2x1750
1799
2x1750
D i t i o n
I Weight
517
Couplerfor 515 can
8% 225 mm
23 02 652 g
580
Coupler for 515
7f/a 184 mm
21 02 595 g
1"
2x1746
6000 lbs 2722 kg
120001bs 5 4 4 9
6000 lbs 2722 kg
12000 lbs 5443 kg
Curved Track Harken will bend any track to your spec~fications. See page 103 for information. Common Specifications
Track width - l'i4 (32 mm) Hole s~acino- 516. 680: 4 1102 m m ) . .. , . ... . . . .
100 mm (315/16") Fasteners - 516.680. 758. 759,1847: 5/16" (8 mm) FH 560: V 1 6 H H We~ght- 51 6 . 758: l l 4 ozlfi ( l 0 6 k g i m ) 560: 35.3 ozlfi (3.29 k g i m ) 680, 759: 10.8 ozifi ( l 0 1 k g l m ) 1847- 8.3 0z/fi (775 Q / m ) 112
American Track (LengthAeet) Variable Fas+ener spacing
Metric Track ( L y g ~ l M e l e r s ) ~
--
~
Regular Pad No. -. 516~3
Hi-Beam PaMo.
Pad p
680~3 680-4
-
p
3 ( 9 1 4 nlrnl
p
~~p~ ~p~~ ~p
516~4
~p~~
Lenplh
",",;H": --
100 mm Fastener Spacing -~
p~
p~
560-4
P
Lenglh
P
758V 2 m
759-1 2 m
758-1 5 m
759-1 5 m
1
~
4'11 2 2 m )
l 2 m i3'11%") 1847-1 5 m p
516-5
680-5 680-6
560-5 560-6
680-7
560-7
~
516-6
5' il 52 m)
758-1 8 m
759-1.8 m
6' 1183 m)
758~2.1m
7 5 9 ~ 21 I ! - _
7' (2.13 m)
7582s
7 5 9 ~ 2 4m
p
p -
51"s
6806
5608~
680~10
560~10
p
516~10 .516-12
8' 12.44 m)
p~
758-3 m
~
p
18472.4 m
p~
680-12
p -
560-12
1 2 (3.66 m j
7 5 8 ~ 6m
18"I (S10?4") 2 1 m (6'10%) 2 4 m (1'10%)
p~
7 5 9 ~ 3in
p
759-3.6 m
3 m 19'10$1<) ~
p
1 0 (3.05 m) 758~3.6m -~
1 5 m (4'11 1
~~p
__--
p p
~~
516-7
-
~p~
1847~36 m
3 6 m (11'9in)
p~
p
1847-6 m
6m( 1 9 ' 8 L
BIG BOAT TRAVELER CONTROLS &g boat traveler controls make Harken big boat travelers complete systems. Traveler controls allow simple installation of purchases from 2:l to 4:l. Assemblies secure to the traveler track itself so no additional holes in the boat are required. Ball bearing sheaves insure that cars can be adjusted under load and released instantly in a gust. Cams are mounted on pivoting arms so that control lines can be engaged or released from a variety of positions on the boat. The 599 stop accepts a standard winch handle and is used to limit car movement on 516,560, or 758 track when control lines are not desired. The 703 stop is used on 680 or 759 track to provide a positive stop for travelers or genoa lead cars. The 704 not only serves as a stop on 680 or 759 track but also serves as a bail for attachment of snatch blocks. Special Features Ball bearing sheaves 150 Cam-Matic cam cleat Pivoting cam arm Shock absorbing bumper Fasteners included
~ercrlptlon
Length
Welghl
Double sheave traveler control
5%' 140 mm
21 01 595 g
564 Double sheave traveler contml wi150 cam (port) ..--. 565 Double sheave traveler Control wi150 cam (stbd)
5'8 140 mm
28 02 794 g
Common Specifications Width - 2 W (54 mm) Track - 51 6, 560, 680
758, 759 Fasteners - W (10 mm) Max line size - 3 4 " (10 mm) Sheave dia - 13/4' (44 mm) Additional Information- See pages l00 and l01 for an explanation of special features. See page 102 for suggested uses. See pages 198 and 199 for suggested traveler systems.
563
-
Sala Worklng Load
2%
2'%d
68 mm
700 ibs 318 kg
2000 lbs 907 kg
For controls with (emote cleats
2'%s' 68 mm -p -.
700 lbs 318 kg -
2000 lbs 907 kg
3:l or4:i purchase 3:1 or4:l purchase
P -
p
5M 140 mm
2802 794 9
2'%< 68 mm
700lbs 318 kg
2000lbs 907 kg
566
Single sheave traveler control
5'h" 140 mm
18'hoz 524 g
l 44 mm
350lbs 159 kg
2000 Ibs 907 kg
682
Single sheavetraveler contml wIl50 cam (port)
5Vi 140 mm
25 oz 709 Q
2 51 mm
350 lbs 159 kg
2000 lbs 907-kg
2:l purchase
2000 lbs 907 kg
2 1 purchase
p -
683 Traveler Conlrol Purchase Recommendalions Sail h a End-BoomSheEngMid-Boom Sheeting
Heighl Move back
599
Single sheave tmveler control wll50 cam (stbd) Adjustable screw slop
Purchase
Under 260ft2 Under 24 m2
Under 240ft2 Under 22 m2
703
260 -450 f12 24-42m2
240 - 400 n2 22 -37 m2
704
Adlustable pln stop Adlustable pln stop wishackle
2
5M' 140 mm
25 oz 709 9
51 mm
3 76mm
5% or 1569
16mm
3 76mm
7'hoz 2139
24mm
4% 121 mm
1302 3699
2'/8 54mm
350 lbs 159 kg
ACRD~S standard winch handle
'M6
35001bs 1588 kg
Shackle accepts snatch blocks
P
HI-LOAD TRAVELER Hi-load traveler controls are designed f o r use on boats with mainsails over 400 ft2 (37 m2).They use big boat sheaves and hi-load aluminum sideplates to withstand the severe shock loading generated by unintentional jibes on large offshore boats. Hi-load traveler controls allow simple installation of purchases from 2 : l to 6.1. Hi-load traveler controls are also suitable for genoa lead car adjusters on offshore boats. Special Features Hi-load bearings
Common Specifications
Length - 7W (194 mm) Width -27/32" ( 5 6 m m )
150 Cam-Mafic cam cleat Shock absorbing bumpers Track - 516,560,680 Two bolts for strength 758,759,1847 Fasteners included Fasteners -W (10 m m ) M a x line s i z e - W ( 1 2 mm) Sheave dia -214'' (57 m m ) Additional lnlormation - See pages l00 and l01 for an explanation o f special features. See page 102 for suggested uses. See pages 198 and 199 for suggested traveler systems.
736
Pan NO. 730 731
Traveler Conlrnl Purchase Rewmman~iall~ns
732
~
Ssll h a End.0ODm Shading Mid.BOom ShwlinQ
733 Purchase
Under 450 ft2 Under42 m2
Under400 R' Under 37 mZ
734
450 - 600 42 - 56 m2
tf
400 - 550 It2 37-51 mZ
735
Over 600 It2 Over 56 m2
over 550 ft2 Over 51 m'
2:l wlwinch
736
Hei~ht
23/1< 56mm 3% 81 mm 33/16'' 81 mm 33/16 81 mm
Sale Working Load 2000 ibs 907 kg 700 lbs 318 kg 700 lbs 318 kg 1400lbs 635 kg 1400 Ibs 635kg 1400 ibs 635kq
S'mnS1h 4000 ibs 1814 kg 1400 lbs 635 kg 1400 lbs 635kg 28001bs 1270 kg 2800 Ibs 1270kg 2800 Ibs 1270kg
4% 106mm
1400 lbs 635kq
28001bs 1270kg
Demription . Singlesheave hi-load traveler conlrol Singlesheave hi-load traveler control w/l50 cam (pon)
WeipM
Above
27% oz 780 g 34% oz 978 g
~radl 2 % ~ 56 mm 2%~' 56 mm
Singlesheave hi-load traveler control wl150 cam (stbd) Double sheave hi-load traveler contml Double sheave hi-load traveler comroiw/150 cam (pan) Double sheave hl-load traveler control w 1 1 E a ~(slbd)
34'h oz 978g 350z 9929 41'h oz 1.18k~ 41 'h oz 118kg
Triple sheave h!-load traveler control
4202 119kg
2:1 purchase 2:l purchase 2:1 purchase p
3:t or4:i purchase 3 1 or 4:l purchase 3:i or 4:1 purchase 5:i or6:I purchase
.
' L
-
ITRAVELER CARS I M.I~I-maxl . traveler cars are designed for large offshore boats ,
from 55 to 71 feet (16.5 to 22 m). Harken mini-maxi traveler cars ride on two rows of recirculating Torlon ball bearings so they are free rolling under even high non-vertical loads. One standard configuration of mini-maxi mainsheet traveler car IS ava~lablein three var atlons to flt d~fferenthorizontal track radu Mln,-maxl traveler cars cannot rloe on vert ca radll ~ n d e50' r (15 25 m) Eacn standard mlnl-maxl car fear~resa h -load o.vorlna shack e and 2.25" control blocks for a 2:l traveler control system:Other variations are available on a special order basis. Special Features Common Specllications Recirculating ball bearings Free Rolling Load - 8750 lbs (3969 kg) Pivoting shackles Breaking Strength -18000 lbs (8164 kg) Foot blocks for control blacks Length - 10' (254 mm) Width-4W (111 mm) Height -33/4" (95 mm) Weight - 89 oz (2.52 kg) Balldia-l# 112 mm) NO. of balls -68 Additional lnfomalion- See pages l 0 0 and l 0 1 far an explanation of special features. See page 102 for suggested uses. See suggested systems on pages 198 and 199.
Mlnimum Radlur
Madmum Radius
(Hmimntal Band)
I
3
MINI-MAXI TRACK & CONTROLS
Three configurations of low profile mini-maxi traveler track are available. 1701 is a low profile track suited for most applications. It is commonly used for applications like mainsheet travelers. 1706 is a low profile track with holes for the 1708 adjustable stop. 1706 is typically used as a genoa track. 1848 Airtrack" is a lightweight track well suited to mainsheet and genoa lead applications as well as spinnaker pole, outhaul and Battcar track. The first fastener hole in 1701 and 1706 track is located l 7 h 6 " (37.5mm) from the end. The first fastener hole in 1848 track is located Z15?6" (75mm) from the end. Tracks are sold without end stops. The 1703 provides a 2:ltraveler control to lead to a winch. The 1708 adjustable stop is used to limit movement by genoa lead cars or to control mainsheet travelers when control lines are not desirable. Curved Track Harken will bend track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. The minimum vertical bend for mini-maxi track is 50' (15.25m). Refer to page 103 for information regarding track bending.
-
Common Soecitications Track Width - l i146' (42 mm) Height - 7h' (22 mm) Weight- 1701:17 odft(1.58kglm) 1706:16.25oz/ft (1.51kg/m) 1848:13.25 oz/ft (1.23kglm) Fastener hole soacino - 75 mm (21Vi6"l Fasteners - 3% (10mm)
116
I Repular Pafl NO.
Low Prolill Mdric Track Reoular wRlDp Holes AlrTrack" Part No. Part No.
1701-15m
1706-1.5 m
1701-18m
1706-1.8 m
1701-2.1 m
1706-2.1 m
1701-2.4 m-
1706-2.4 m
1701-3m
1706-3 m
1701-3.6 m
1706-3.6 m
1848.15 m
I Wack Lsnmh 4'11'(15m) S103%'(18m) 5'105% (2.1 m)
1848-2.4 m p
TIOi$ (2.4 m) 9'10%6'(3 m)
1848-3.6 m
119% (3.6 m)
1848-6 m
19'8%' (6 m)
1701-6m
Lsnpth
Widlh
Halqht WeiQhl Working
95mm
67mm
38mm
1702 End slop 1703 End slop wfloot block wlpadeye 1708 Adiuslabk slop ",,urn",
2%.
3699 2902
4950 1bs HI-load
Also available wlth stainless steel sldeplates
1 MAXI TRAVELER CARS I Harken maxi travelers bring the ease of dinghy traveler adjustment to the largest of offshore boats. The Harken maxi traveler is a development of the recirculating ball bearing principle which makes all Harken travelers free rolling even under high non-vertical loads. One standard configuration of maxi mainsheet traveler car is available in three variations to fit different horizontal track radii. Maxi traveler cars cannot ride on vertical radii under 50' (15.25 m). Each standard maxi car features a hi-load pivoting shackle and control blocks for a 2:l traveler control system. Other variations are available on a special order basis.
- . ~ ~ ~
Soeclal Features Rec~rclrlatingoal bearings P~votlnashac61es 511 foot blocksfor controls
Common Snecificalions Free rolling 'a0 - 12000 los (5443 (g) Breaklnq strength - 25000 lbs !l 1340 ng) ~ength- 13%' (353 mm) Width - 51M (133 mm) Height - 5' (127 mm) ~e'rght- 180 oz (5.1'kg) Ball dia - W (12 mm) No. of balls - 100 Additional Intormation- See pages l 0 0 and l 0 1 far an explanation of special features. See page 102 for suggested uses. See pages 198 and 199 for suggested traveler systems. ~~
~~
~~
~~
NO.
Description
Malimum Radius Minimum Radim (Horizontal Bend)
I
9.75 m 679
Maxi car for curved track
4.88 m
7.32m
117
3C MAXI TRACK & CONTRU I T o standard configurations of maxi track are available. Both are lightweight low profile tracks perfectly suited for mainsheet and genoa sheet applications on maxi boats. 660 is a low profile track suited for most applications. 661 is a low profile track with holes for the 664 and 668 adjustable stops. The first fastener hole on 660 and 661 track is located 50 mm (1l S l 6 " ) from the end. Tracks are sold without end stops. End stops are available in a variety of configurations to suit every need. The 667 is generally used to build 2:l traveler controls to lead to a winch. The 664 adjustable stop is often used to limit movement by maxi aenoa lead cars or to control maxi mainsheet travelers whencontrol lines are not desirable. The 668 adjustable stop with padeye serves a dual role as a stop and also serves as an auxiliary sheeting position on maxi genoa track. Curved Track Harken will bend any track to your specifications at a modest additional charge. Referto page 103 for information regarding track bending. Common S erIIIcrtlons Tmek Width - 2 h' (64 mm) Height -l W (29 mm) WeigM -660: 33 OM (3.09 kglm) 661: 32 OM (3.01 kglm) Fastener hole spacing -31%6" (100 mm) Fasteners - lh"(12 mm) FH 118 ~~~
P
-
Low Pr~111e~ r a a
l00 mm (a1%? FaPana Spaclno
660,661
~~~~~
Dacrlptin
662 End stop 663
End stop wlpadsys
R4
Adjustable stop wlscrew Maxi end stop wflwt block Maxi end stop W/ becketfoot block Adlusmle stw wlsaew & cadwe
BB6 667 668
Len#h
Wldth
Hslpht
Wslpht
Sale Working Load
4%
W*'
2'
28 oz
121 mm
95mm
51 mm
7949
-
6%' 162 mm
W4'
3%' 86 mm
44 oz 1.25 kg
85W lbs 3856 kg
95mm
3W
W',
211'
2602
90 mm
95mm
64 mm
7379
5%' 146mm
%'
3%'
%mm
86mm
46'4 oz 1.32kg
3%' %mm
W
7%' 181 mm
7%' 192 mm
86mm
3%'
3%'
95 mm
86 mm
57 oz 1.62 kg 59% or 1.69 kg
4900 lbs 2223 k~ 4900 ibs 2223 kg 8500 lbs 3856 kp
Rts 661 track w1511 fwtbbck wm5 fodblock Fits 661 track
586 Cars not included
584 Cars not included
3
MAINSHEET CARS & SHEAVE CARRIERS 751
Mainsheet sheave carriers are used with double ended rnainsheets to give 2:l or 4:l purchases on larger offshore boats. These sheave carriers feature low friction Harken big boat sheaves or blocks to insure ease of rnainsheet and traveler car adjustment under any load. Sheave carriers are designed to lay down within 15'of horizontal to maintain fair leads even when reaching and running. The 584 and 586 serve as a coupler for two 515 big boat cars. The 751 fits a standard maxi traveler car. These carriers do not include traveler cars. The 1841,1842and 1843 mini-maxi car and carrier and the 1844, 1845, and 1846 maxi car and carrier include special cars and will accept either aluminurn, stainless or titanium swivel blocks. These assemblies are designed for applications where the sheet winches are not directly in line with the traveler track or the track is curved.
Cars not included
Special Fealures
Big boat mainsheet sheaves Carriers pivot No loose blocks Addilionallnformalion- See pages l00 and l01 far an explanation of special features. See page 102 for suggested uses.
Part NO.
Oesulpllon -
Lenglh
-
584
Small mainsheel Sheave Carrler
586
Mainsheet sheave carrier
Height Ahme Track
WeigM
Sheaw Oiamslar
Traveler
6%' 165 mm
44 oz 1.25 kg
3.00' 76 mm
4:l
8'
90 oz 2.55 kg
4.00' 102 mm
6:l
Shnave Blocks
Track Radlua (Horhntal Bend)
5641565 or two 563
Included
8' (2.5 m)
736
Included
8' (2.5 m)
Purdlase
10' ~. 254mm 163%' 425 mm
203 mm
12%' 311 mm
12902 3.66 kg
4.50' 114 mm
2:l
666 or 667
Included
229 mm
Choose665.678, or 679 car for radius
1841 2:l Mini-maxi car B rarner lot swivel blocks
12' 305 mm
9' 229 m m
149 01 4.23 kg
4'014%' 102 mm or 114 mm
2:l
1703
Use 539,541.764 1712, or1713
50' (15.2 m) orgreater
1842 2:l Mini-maxi car B carrier for swivel blocks
12' 305 mm
9"
149 oz 4.23 kg
4' or 4lh' 102 mmor114 m m
2:l
1703
229 mm
Use 539.541.764 1712. or1713
24' to 32' 7.3 to 9.7 m
1843 2:1 Mini-maxi car B ~arlierlor swivel blocks
12' 305 mm
14902 4.23 kg
4' or 4lh' 102 mm or114 m m
2:l
1703
229 mm
Use 539,541,784 1712.or1713
1wto24' 4.9 to 7.3 m
1844 2:l Maxi car B carrier for swivel blocks
13%' 349 mm
10%' 257 mm
184 or 5.21 kg
S or5W' 127 mm or 140 mm
2-1
666 or 667
Use543.545.766, 1714, or 1715
100' (30.5 m) orgreater
1845 2:l Maxi car B carrier for swivel blocks
13%' 349 mm
10%' 257 m m
1Moz 5.21 kg
5' or 5 ' 6 127 mm or 140 mm
2:l
6660r 667
Use543.545.766. 1714,or 1715
24' to 32' 7.3 109.7 m
1846 2:l Maxtcar B carrier forswivel blocks
13~h~' 349 mm
10%' 257 mm
184 or 5.21 ko
Sor5M' 127 mm or 140 mm
2:l
666 or 667
Use 543,545,766, 1714.or1715
ltto24' 4.9 10 7.3 m
Titanium 4:l maxi mainsheet sheave carrier
9'
9'
Orgreater
-
p -
751
orgreater
3
WINDWARD MEETING TMVELER CARS
w n d w a r d sheeting traveler cars bring a new ease to traveier adjustment. Cars may be pulled above the centerline without releasing the leeward control line. Tack, and the car stays in the same position on the track, ready to be pulled to the new windward side. The windward sheeting car allows the mainsail trimmer to stay on the high side of the boat and allows the boat to be tacked without the need to first cleat the leeward control lines. Once you've sailed with a Harken windward sheeting I traveler car, you'll wonder how you ever sailed without one. ' Windward sheeting traveler cars are available in seven sizes for boats from dinghys to large offshore boats. Adapter kits are available to fit most Harken small boat, mid-range and big boat traveler cars. The 211 and 212 feature a small boat traveler car. The 21 1 fits smaller dinghys while the 212 is used on larger dinghys like the Flying Dutchman and small offshore boats like the Jl24. The 247 features a 1250 series car and can be used on heavy course racing keel boats like the Dragon and on offshore boats to 26 feet (7.9 m) with mains as large as 175 f? (16 m2). Small boat cars can be rigged with 2:l or 3:l traveler controls. The 1575 is built on a 1508 traveler car and is ideal for offshore boats to 33 feet (10 m) with mainsails as large as 240 f? (22 m2). The 1576 uses a 1509 car and may be used on boats to 35 feet (10.6 m) with mainsails to 275 ft (25 m2) and end boom sheeting. The 608 uses a 515 big boat traveler car and is suitable for three-quarter tonners and some offshore boats as lar e as 40 ft (12 m) with mainsails as large as 400 ft2(38 m2Q). The 609 is based on a 558 car and is used on boats like one-tonners with large mainsails to 525 ff (50 m2). All windward sheeting cars have 150 Cam-Matic cleats built into the control mechanism. They are best suited for travelers mounted in the cockpit and at, or near, deck level. Controls cannot be led through turning blocks to a remote location. Snacial Faaiures Liewar0 cleat opens automatically Rec~rculatingbal bear~ngcars Pivotina shackles 150 ~ a h - ~ a tcam l c cleats Integratedcontrol sheaves Additionallnformalion- See pages 96 ano 97 for an explanat on of specia features of trave er cars See page 98 for suggested uses See pages 198 and 199 for suggesteo trave er systems.
De~fi~ion
Lmm
1 C% 21 1 5 ~ 1 boat
Wdth
Wnlahi
{Ek
Balls
Luad 5Wibs 227 kg
1200lb~ 544 kg
lp%?l
FIB Harkan Codrol TravnInfCa~~
213
Small boatwindward sheetingadapter kit
156,157,158, 159.171 & 172
2:l o r 3 3
Blocks 2.1 3:l 255
248
1250 Series windward sheeting adapter k l
215
2:l 0r3:l
175mm
3lA6' 2301 78mm 6 5 2 9
142,143 154.155
212 Hi-load small
6W 175mm
3'116' 78rnm
2302 6529
142,143 154,155
42
850lbs 386 kg
2000lbs 907 kg
2:l 3:l 255
1577 Mid-rangewindward sheeting adapterki
1508, 15W
3:l or4:l
247 1250 Series small
6 7 175mm
3M6' 78mm
2701 7699
142,143 154.155
64
1250 Ibs 567 kg
3000 ibs 1361 kg
2:l 3:l 255
610
515,558
5:l 0r6:l
Big boatwindward sheeting adapter kii
Windwardcieafisengaged~Carcan bepuNedabovetheenterllne w ~ t l outreleasingleeward controlline
Purchase1
HUmbw
Lele
Width
99A116' 243mm
S 61 02 516, 560 127 mm 1.73 ko 758
WaioM
01
Balls ~~
W8 30W Series big boat car 609 4500 Series big 1575 Mid-range car 1576 Long mid-mqe
9%' S 72 02 516,5M1. 758 -. 243mm 127mm 2 M k g 63q 41%' 340z 1510.1511 162mm 105mm 9649 535
63%'
4W
3602 1510.1511
50
3W(l lbs 1361 kg
7000 lbs 3175 kg
5:l 563 6:1 563
72
4500 lbs 2041 kg
10500 lbs 4763 kg
5:l 563 6:l 563
48
18001bS 816kg
5000ibs 2268kg
3:l 1516 4:l 1516
60
23001bs
50001bs
IndRko
Wfinh
3:l 1516 41 1516
I:., :. .,.p;.
,:.-...:::;
ANUSTABLE GENOA .Harken . adjustable lead blocks ride on traveler car bodies. Torlon ball cars adjust easily even under high loads. Torlon rod cars require more effort to adjust, but are removable from tracks. These blocks feature wide sheaves which will accommodate two sheets during sail changes. They pivot to either side to accommodate changing lead angles. Small boat cars accept either bullet or big bullet blocks. The 1537 mid-range lead car accepts 1513.1514, or 1515 control blocks. The 587 accepts 1799 control blocks for a 4:l purchase. Mini-maxi and maxi cars are offered with either control blocks for a 2:l purchase or puller tangs for a 1:l system. Special Features Recirculating ball bearings or Torlon rods Pivoting sheave caniers Wide sheaves pass two sheets Low profile genoa tracks Additional IntonnaIlon- See pages l00 and l01 for an explanation of special features. See page 194 for sheet loading formulas. See suggested systems on pages 200 and 201. 122
F 318
Ganoa r*lrrlmlon
E ':
Small boat
249
1585 Mid-nnge
1537
249 Small boat car 323
Small boat car wlslider rods 1537 Mid-range car 1599 Mld-rang car wlslider mds 587 Big boat car 1873 B10 boafcar
2 Mmm A '
Mmm 211' Mmm
M' 64mm
2'n' M mm 2
Cpntrol
Wplul
conrdr
wow
L*
Two 258 Two
Two 083 Two
142 154 1515
12501bs 567kg 12501bs 567kg 2300 lbs 1043kg 23001bs 1043kg
25Wlbs 2%' 1134kg 56mm 2500 lbs 2%6' 1134kg 58mm 4 m l b s 2%' 1134kg 70mm W l b s 2%' 1134 kg 70mm
$L:
25'-31' 76m-9.1 m 29'-37'
5'1' 140mm 5'A' 140mm 5%' 133mm 5Vd 133mm
Hadmum S~IIMW
Conw' 45082 41.8m2 750tt2
142 154 142 154 1510 1535 1510 1535
3000 1bS W O l b s 3'6' 8' 516,680,758 1361 kp 2722 kg 85 mm 203 mm 759,1847 3000 lbs €030 lbs 3% 8' 61fi 680 75R
Genoa" 175R 16.3m2 330ft2
18 oz 5109 1901 539 g 27 01 765 g 28 02 804 g 3702 1.05 kg R7 07
"p,
Pall No.
Shesvs
Dmcriptlon Diamaar ~
554 1874 1869 1870 1871 1872
m
Big boat 45W car Big boat 45W car w!slider rods Mlnl-maxi car w/puller lang Mini-maxicar w!adjusterblock Maxl car w/puller lang Maxicar
-
? 76mm 2!4' M mm 4'W 114mm 4'11" 114 mm 5lx 140mm 518
Bwaldnu
A ~ ~ ~ : oStwngth 4500 lbs 2041 kg 4500lbs 2041 kg 9000 lbs 4082kg 9000lbs 4082 kg 11MlOlbs 5260 kg 11MlOlbs
9WO lbs 4082 kg 9WOlbs 4082 kg l8000 lbs 81Mkg 180001bs 8164 kg 250001bs 11340kg 250001bs
Wldlh
Car Lanmh
Tmcl
3 9%' 516,680,758 59.1847 85 mm 248mm 3 84' 516.680.758 759,1847 85 mm 248 mm 1701,1708 4%' 16'hs' 1848 ll~mm417mm 1701.1706 4 3 13'%s' 1848 Ill mm 348mm 5%' 17M6' 660.661 133mm 433mm 5 15%. 660,661
Wlipht 59 02 1.67 kg 5902 1.67 kg 160 or 4.54kg 16402 4.65 kg 26802 7.6 kg 2720~ 7 71 kg
-
Car 55411874
1869 1870 1871 1872
Suggesled Contml Blocks Block Purchaar m Car 1:1 21 1540or1746 3:l 1541 or 1747 4:l 1750 1:l 21 1:l 2:l
Block on T ~ P A 730 730 733 733 1703 1703 666 667
123
1 SPINNAKER POLE CARS I Harken spinnaker pole cars are based on recirculatino ball bearing travelers to permit adjustment under any ioad. They roll freely on low profile traveler track to allow the crew to adjust the inboard pole end for optimal sail shape on all points of sail. Eight cars are available to fit boats from daysailers to offshore boats as large as 48 feet (14.6 m). Cars with rings for end-for-end jibing are available in small boat and mid-range. Mid-range and big boat cars are offered to accept two popular toggle studs as well as Harken bell end fittings. Spinnaker pole cars for larger boats or with other attachment configurations are available from our Custom Division. Special Features Recirculating ball bearings Accepts most popular pole ends Cars fit low profile track Addlllonallnformation- See pages 100 and 101 for an explanation of special features. 124
E! 780
Doaffptlon Small boat ring car
781 Mid-nnge nng car 1578 Mid-range bell car 1579 Mid.range toggle car 1580 Mid-range toggle car
~ a b 111x Spin NO. Fltl Length WslgM Working Sall of Lnad ms Balls Trick 438' 1302 1125lbs 900112 €4 142 l l l m r n 3699 51okp 85m2 154 5 2302 21001bs 1350ft2 M) 1510 133mm 6529 953 kg 125m2 -- 1535 5 21 01 23Wlbs l 5 W f t Z M) 1510 133mm 5959 1043 kg 140mZ 1535 5 2302 23Wlbs 1 m n 2 W 1510 133 mm 652 g 1043 kg 140 m2 1535 5 21 02 23W lbs t m f t 2 M) 1510 133 mm 595 g 1043 kg 140 m2 1535
POIO
pin
End Flnlnp
Dlamaer
Ring
-
Ring B1208 8130 bell end
'Mz' 12 mm
sparcraft toggle
16.5 mm
Forespar lo~gle
12.7 mm
W 'h'
782
Big boat bell car
7 35 02 4050 Ibs 2KQft2 l84mm 9929 1837 kg 186m2
72
516,758 B120 8 1847 8130 bellend
783
Big boat toggle car
7 3602 4050 ~ b s 2 m i t z 184 mm 1.02 kg 1837 kg 186 mZ
72
516,758 1847
Sparcran toggle
16.5 mm
Big boat 1000le car
7 35 01 4050 Ibs MWlIZ 72 l@4 mm 992 0 1837 ko 186 m2
516,758 1847
Formpar t0001~
12 7mm
784
12mm
W
1 SAIL HANDLING SYSTEMS (
3
JIB REEFING & FURLING FEATURES
Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems are the choice of discriminating sailors. They are used by BOC singiehanded around-the-world race winners like Volcano and Group Sceta, by fine builders like Tartan (page 125). and by thousands of cruising sailors worldwide. Harken Systems are preferred because they have more features than any other units. They ride on high strength Torion ball bearings which don't need lubricants or seals so they roll freely with minimal maintenance. The foils are tough, low we~ght,a~rfoil Hmkr MarlncsHumers Child - B~l~NachPnalo shaped extrusions for excellent performance under sail. Structural components are precision machined from stainless steel, silicon bronze and Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated aluminum for years of corrosion resistant service. Sail shaping devices insure that you
I
B --
can really reef, not just furl. And from their gleaming stainless baskets to the bright anodized foils and polished stainless feeders, Harken units have a clean modern look that comple-
ments fine yachts. They're all backed by worldwide distribution and service so you're never far from support no maner where your cruising takes you. Easy to Astemble Designed for owner installation with only simple hand tools. Picture book instruction manuals make assembly a snap. Uses W i n g Headstay The integrity of your rig is unaffected by the furling system because the aft facing double-grooved foils ride over your existing headstay. Adaptable to Swage, Rod, Nomeman. or Sta-Lok Tenninak ~ o u ~ m choose ay ihe typeof rigging you prefer. For easiest installation, use swage fittings -our long swage stud allows you to reuse your existing i r e . There's a special terminal for low stretch rod headstays. Many people like Norseman and Sta-Lok fittings, especially for extended cruising or for tropical saltwater.
Muniple races of Todon bearings distribute bad to all balls. Properly designed fudinp turnbuckle allows easy adiustment while
Nkkle plated Silimn bronze turnbuckk bcdy insures pall pmof operatbn.
I
Swape. Norseman. Sta-Lok or rod fittings may be used with any s h Ha*en system.
Triple Intedmh Foils Foils are joined with splice links shaped to match the extrusion shape. Screws secure the splices. An adhesive is used to remove point loading from the fasteners and insure a joint that will endure years of torque loading. Superb Reefing, Not Just Furlin# If a unit doesn't provide sail shaping, it's a misnomer to call it a reefing unit. All Harken units incorporate independent head and tack swivels to give good sail shape when reefed. They can be used with existing sails, sails with foam luff pads, or sails with luff tape lag systems like Aeroluffm. The foil sections are tough enough to stand reefing loads and the bearings roll freely in the highest winds. Winching doesn't bother them. Excellent Racing Unit All Harken units can be converted to racing by removing the drum and lowering the halyard swivel to clear the twin groove foil for sail changes. An optional split drum allows removal of the drum without removing the headstay clevis pin. The airfoll shaped extrusions give you racing performance that round foils can never offer. The top of our foils are clean and they completely cover your headstay for maximum luff lengths. Harken units are also light, crucial for racing and advantageous for cruising. Easy Length Adjustment The integral turnbuckle makes installation and mast tuning easy. It is a vely special turnbuckle, designed expressly to handle the side loads of a furling system. The silicon bronze and stainless steel construction is gall resistant and durable. Easv, Sail Chanoes and Shaoino -~~~~ -~ Reking is great, but there &Times when you may want to change sails. Each Harken unit has a built-in prefeeder and a superbly designed stainless steel feeder which make sail changes smooth. Since sails raise and~loweron your own halyard and there are no mechanical devices at the mast head, you can change sail shape through halyard tension. ~~~~
-~~
~~~~~
I
D N Lock ~ A unique drum lock allows you to secure the unit when moored for extra peace of mind when you're ashore. Clean Aerodynamic Foik Our foils won't offend your sense of aesthetics or spoil the air flow on your genoa. They are engineered for superior strength without offensive bulk.
Free Rollina. Low ~ a i n t e n a Bearings 2 Torlon bearings in multiple stacked races distribute radial and thrust loads evenly allowing the units to turn with exceptional ease. Maintenance reouires an occasional ,~ rinse and they're so tough that you can winch the units in heaby winds. They're even covered by our seven year limited warranty. Finest Materials and Consfnrction All of our load bearing components, including the drum are machined, spun, or extruded of 6061-T6 aluminum, silicon bronze, or stainless steel for years of service. Aluminum components are Hardkote anodized with Teflon impregnation for true corrosion protection. Even the silicon bronze is electroless nickel plated for better durability. Seven Year Warranty Harken units are covered by a simple seven year limited warranty. The warranty is transferable and requires no cumbersome documentation procedure. WorlhuldeSenrlce Harken's network of distributors means that no matter where you cruise expert sewice and parts will be available. ~~~
~~~~~
~
~~
Unidirectionalbearing system handles lwds frnmall directions.
Feeders are carefully shaped and finished to allow quick singlehanded hoisting and efficient racing sail changes.
Our Scienlfc testing program has resulted in an exceptionally free-running swivel design.
Rdbble Torlon ball bearings require no lubrication and minimal maintenanE.
Main components are machined from solid 6061-T6aluminum which is Hardcoteanodized with Tetlon impregnation for yean of service.
+-:.
c---2WING lNF&------ITION Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems are offered in nine sizes. There is also a racing model available for most of the units Most units can be used with swage, rod, Norseman or Sta-Lok terminals. The correct unit for your boat is easy to determine: 0 Determine the size of the unit you need for your headstay diameter and boat length. 0 Decide whether you want a split drum to make conversion to racing mode easier. 0 Choose between units for wire or rod headstays 0 Choose which wire terminal style you prefer swage or Sta-LokNorseman.
g
Swage Filtings vs Sta-Lok or Norseman Terminals Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems can be used with either swage fittings or with Sta-Lok or Norseman terminals. Most sizes of standard units come with swage fittings which must be installed by a rigger using specialized equipment. If you use a swagefitting your dealer or distributor can provide you with a wire which is cut to length and swaged on both ends - ready to install. Some people prefer Sta-Lok or Norseman terminals. They can be installed without specialized equipment -all you need is a wire cutter, pliers and wrench. They are, therefore, popular with people in remote areas who do not have access to swaging machines. Norseman and Sta-Lok terminals are also considered by many people to be superior to swage fittings in tropical saltwater as they are felt to be less susceptible to stress corrosion.
Rod Headstays All sizes of Harken Jib Reefing and Furling Systems may be used with rod headstays. Rod headstays must use a special adapter fitting and must be cut and reheaded by an authorized rod service center. Rod headstays work very well with furling units. They offer the performance advantage of low stretch and are felt to offer very good corrosion resistance in tropical saltwater. Raclnu Optlon All Harken units can be converted to racing. In addition, all units except Unit 4 can also be obtained wfih a split drum and basket to simplify conversion to racing. Without this option, conversion to racing requires removing the headstay clevis pin. With the split drum, conversion to racing is done with the headstay connected using only a screwdriver. To order a split drum, s i m ~ l vadd an "R" to the part number you want. For example, 800R is a Unit 1 with a swage fitting and a split drum.
I
Wire, Rod and Clevis Pin Diameter When ordering a system, specify the wire or rod diameter. Most rod is sized by "dashed numbers" such as -12 or -40. Units 0,3,3.5,4 and Unit 313.5 Hydraulic are offered with a variety of clevis pin diameters to match your chainplate. Specify the clevis pin diameter you require. Wlm Sim
Unit 1
38'4' 11.68m
45'4' 13.82 m
8 mm, 9.5 mm. 11 mm
Vi,W
-8 (5.72 mm) -10 (6.35 mm)
45'8' 13.92 m
52'8' 16.05 m
12.7 mm
-12(7.14 mm)
46'2' 14.07 m
53'2' 16.21 m
16mm
W'& 18.39 m
67'4' 20.52 m
61'0' 18.59 m
%S'
%6'.
8 mm, 10 mm
I
Unii2.5 Un13
130
-4 (4.37 mm) -6 (5.03 mm)
8 mm Unit 2
Pap8
X.%S'
%z'. %d. %2' 4 mm, 5 mm (6 mm') 6 mm, 7 mm, (8 mm')
Unii1.5
Clarls Pin Dlamatar
Rod Slm
rvpa sm
Unit 0
Maamum Length Slandlrd ~ a ~ l d oMU o AIIOW~~IO
(xl9Slalnlsrrslal) l
-12 (7.14 mm) -17 (8.38 mm) -22 (9.53 mm)
h', '6 11 mm, 12 mm. 14 mm'
-22 (9.53 mm) -M(11.1 mm)
74'7' 22.73 m
%S'.
M' H'
131 131 132
20.73 m
H' 16mm %' 19mm
81'7' 24.87 m
3x.59'
133
19 mm, 22 mm
68'0'
132
J i b Reefing and Furling Systems are sold ready to install, but we offer a few accessories to complement the systems and allow you to tailor your installation to your exact needs. Stanchion Mount Bases
061 stanchion mount bases provide an ideal attachment method for furling line lead blocks. The ball joint socket accepts most small boat swivel blocks, including ratchet blocks. They swivel and pivot to provide fair lead. They fit all standard 7h" and 1' (22and 25 mm) pulpits and stanchions. See page 87 for further details. The 319 is a 061 base with a 127 double big bullet block. It is useful for boats with continuous line furling systems or when leading multiple lines att, such as a furling line and staysail sheet. Furling Lead Block Kits Furling lead block kits are available. Kits include ball bearing blocks, Hexaratchets to provide proper drag on furling lines, stanchion mount bases, and cleats. Use a 266 lead block kit with Units 0, 1, and 1.5. Use a 267 lead block kit with Units 2 and 2.5. Use a 969 lead block kit for Units 3 and 3.5. Halyard Restrainers The masthead geometry of some boats dictates that a halyard restrainer be used. Two sizes of halyard restrainers are available. Each is a stainless steel bracket shaped to tit radiused spars. The Hardkote anodized aluminum sheave is grooved for both wire and rope halyards and rides on Teflon impregnated epoxy bearings. Halyard restrainers should not be used unless required. Please refer to installation instructions for details. Use a 944 restrainer with Units 0, l, and 1.5.Use a 945 restrainer with Units 2. 2.5. 3, and 3.5.
Part
Deocription
944
Small halyard restrainer Large halyard restrainer
WeilM
~~~
945
3 or 85 0 6 07 1709
Proiadion Forward 01Mast l 41 mm
T 51 mm
Fastamen YlORH
Use wilh U n b
266
Small lead
0.1.15
969
block kt Large lead
3.3.5
p
0.1, 1.5
061
2, 2.5, 3 . 3 5
0escriulion
II
lndudes
-
"$2
5rnm RH YlORH 5mmRH
p
..
four 061, and one cleat
....
Dercription Stanchion mount base
Three 166, one 019.
WsigM
2 02 57 g
Maximum Worklng Load 350 ibs 159 kg
One 011, three . 001. .
-
Use wbullet. big bulld. dinghy. 2.25'8 Hexaragel
1
Actual Sue
-
8 mm. S.5 mm.11 mm
Small cruising boats are easily overpowered and need an effective reefing system to allow shortening sail from the safety of the cockpit. Unit 0 is the ideal jib reefing and furling system for boats with headstay wires of %2", 3/16", 7/32", 4 mm, or 5 mm and with -4 (4.37 mm) or -6 (5.03 mm) rod headstays. Unit 0 may also be used with 6 mm type 316 metric wire. Typically these are boats 22 to 28 feet (6.5 to 8.5 m) but headstay size is the controlling dimension when selecting the proper unit for your boat. Additional Informalion- See pages 126 and 127 for an ex~lanationof s~ecialfeatures. See Daoes 128 and 129 f o r an explanation of options. Common Sp6dfl~dlons
~ u tape n Headstay wire Rod headstay Clevis pin dameter Headstay length Standard packape Maximum allowable
Pall NO.
U n l w l h n v a e Wing
901
Unit w l h Sta-LoWNorseman Wmiml U n l w l h md terminal
938
W3
Extra T(2.13 m) foil extrusion Enra 6'1152 mm) cormector
t6
Add 'R'to part number
Specifywire a ckvis pin size
S w W rod b clevis pin size Required Bd ifadslay Ienplh is over 38'4'(H.68 m) One required for each extra906 toll ordered
t b x a m k t , four 061 bases. and one cleat
W,5 mm
W ,%s', '02.. 4 mm, 5 mm. (6 mmType316 only) -4 (4.37 mm) -6 (5.03 mm) %a' (8 mm), W (9.5 mm). h ' ( 1 1 mm) 38'4'(11.68 m) 45'4' (13.82 m)
spin
Drm Opllon
900
909
unn 0
omamon
-
061
Stanchion mount base
Attaches 166,168,023,001, orO19to pulpil or stanchion
940
Isomal adapter kit
944
Halyard restrainer
For use on lsoma span. lnludes stemball Wing and toggle. For use only when required- see instruction manual
9
Habard Shackle
Actual Size
I
Unit 1 is an extremely popular jib reefing and f u r l i n g
I
system for moderately sized boats. It is also often found on the staysails of larger boats. Unit 1 fits boats from 28' , to 36' (8.3to l 1 m) with V " , 9/32", 6 mm or 7 mm headstay wires and -8or -10 rod headstays. Unit 1 may be used with 8 mm type 316 wire. Unit 1.5 is a Unit 1 with a heavy duty turnbuckle to fit 8 mm or 5/16" wire and -12 rod. It should only be used when the boat size and headstay length suggest a Unit 1, but the headstay size is too large. Do not use a Unit 1.5 if the boat length exceeds 36' (11 m) or the headstay length exceeds 53'2' (16.2 m). Additional Information- See pages 126 and 127 for an explanation of special features. See pages 128 and 129 f o r an explanation of options. Common Sprlfications LUH tape P-.
Headsfay wire Rod headstay Clevls pin dlameter Headstay length Standard packa~e Maximum allowable
Unlt 1
Unltt.5
ffi 6/32", 5 mm '/a", H?.6 mm. 7 mm (8 mm Type 316 only) -8 (5.72 mm) -10 (6.35 mm) M 12.7 mm
#6 h'. 5 mm %C, 8 mm
45'8'(13.92 m) 52'8 (16.05 m)
46'2'(14.07 m) 53'2' (16.2 m)
.l2 7.14 mm
W
Unit 1 Part NO.
Unit 1.5 Part NO.
800
Splll Daseriplion
Option unit wlh swagefiiing Add'Rto part number
Specify wiresize
801
985
Unit whh Sfa-~okmorseman terminal
802
986
Unit whh rod t e r m i ~ l
807
807
Extra 7' (2.13 m)foii extrusion
Order n headstay length is wer. Unit 1 45'8' (13.92 m). Unlt 1.5 -46'2' (14.07 m)
810
810
Extra? (178 mm) connector
Order one lor each 807 toil ordered
266
266
Lead block h t
Includes three 166 bullet blocks, one 019 little Hexaratchet, four 061 bases, and one cleat
884
884
Optional snap shackle
For head or lac!- order two if snap shackle required at head and tack
886
886
Split drum retrofit kit
For adding a split drum to existing units
Specify rod size
061
061
Stanchion mount base
Attaches 166,168,023, W t , or019 to pulpl or stanchion
941
942
lsomat adapter kit
944
944
Halyard restrainer
For use on Isonmt spars, Includes stemball i i i n g and ~oggle For use onhr when required -see instruction manual
15.9 mm
A
Drum
131
Connector Foil
-
-
Actual Size
Unit 2
W 16mm
-
Unit 2.5
,,,W,
-
I
u .2 . .. reefing and furling system
nit 1s apb for most cruising boats from 35' to 46' (10.6 to 14.2 m). It fits boats with headstav wires of sA6". W. 8 mm or 10 mm. It also fits -12 (7.14 mm) and -17 (8.38 mm) rod headstays. Unit 2.5 is a high load version of Unit 2 that is suitable for use with -22 (9.53 mm) rod headstays on boats that are under 46' (14.2 m) and have headstay lengths under 68' (20.73 m). It should only be used when the boat and headstay length suggest a Unit 2, but the boat has -22 rod. Addlllonallnfomalim- See pages 126 and 127 for an explanation of special features. See pages 128 and 129 for an explanation. Common Spacllkrtlnlr
tun tape Headstaywire Rod hmdstay Clevis pin diameter Heatlstay knum Standard package Maximumallowable
UnU 2 UnU 2.6 F'an Pafl Dsiulptlon 10. HI. 835 - Unl rrim swage imng 836
-
837
990
842
842
844
Splll Drum Option Specify wire sizm
Unlrrith ~ o r s e m m t a - ~ o k pan number terminal Unl with rod terminal
specify md size
844
Exfra7'(213 m) foil exfrusmn ExtraV (229 mm) connector
Order ifheadstay length is owr: unit?-60'4' (1639 m): UnU 2.5 61' (16.59 m) Order one toreach842 toilordered
267
267
Lead block kii
-
885
685
OptionaiSMP shcMe
-22 9.53 mm
887
887
Split drum retmfit id1
Includes threa 116 bullet black, one 019 Hexarat.1Chet.tour 061 barn, and one deal For head ortack- ordertwo Isnap shackle required at bath head and tack For adding a spil drum to existing units
SA'
061
061
Stanchion mount base
942
943
isomat adapter kfi
945
945
Halyard restrainer
Urn 2
UnU 2.5
ffi W,5 mm %e', W,8 mm, tOmm -12 (7.14 mm) -17 (8.38 mm) Sa' 15.9 mm
ffi H,5 mm
Wt(18.39 m) 6T4'(20.52 m)
81' (18.59 m) W (20.73 m)
19 mm
3 .
-
Wches 116, 023,001, or019 10 pulpt or stanchiin For US on lsomat span. Includes sternbail fining and toggb. For use only whm required -see instruction manud
-
. Connector Foil
Actual Size CLvls Pin
Unit 3
W,W
19 mm. 22 2 mm
Unit 3 is a furling system for most boats from 45'to 70' (13.7to 21 m). It fits boats with 7/16", W, 1 1 mm, 12 mm, or 14 mm wire headstays and boats with -22(9.53 mm) and -30 (11 .l mm) rod headstays. Unit 3.5is a high load version of Unit 3 that is suitable for boats with 9/16" and 14 mm wire headstays, or -40 rod headstays. Unit 3.5 should not be used on boats with headstays longer than 81'7"(24.87m). Addilional Information - See pages 126 an0 127 f o r an explanation of special f e a t ~ r e sSee pages 128 and 129 for an explanation of options Cnmman SpslHcdlonr Lull tape Headslay wire Rod headslay Clevis pin diameter Headstay length Standard package Maximum allowable
Unll3
Uni13.5
16 %2', 5 mm h', 'W, 11 mm. 12mm. 14mm -22 (9.53 mm) -30(11.1 mm) WorW 19 mm, 22.2 mm
t6 %i,5 mm %c' 14 mm -40 12.7 mm
74'7' (22.73 m) 81'7' (24.87 m)
74'7' (22.73 m) 81'7'(24.87 m)
W
UnltS UnltS.5
Part
Pad
NO.
NO.
Dsrrripllon
Split Drum Dplnn
UnlwRh swageflning Not available for 14 mm wlre
950
Add"FVt0 part number
Specify wire & clevis pin size
951
1030
U n l wlh Sta-LoWNoneman termi~l
952
1031
Unit wlh rod terminal
958
958
Extra T(2.13 m) foil ezirusion
Required if headstay length is over 74'7 (22.73 m)
960
960
Extra 10' (254 mm) connector
One requiredfor each extra 958foil ordered
1032
1032
Enra 10' (254 mm) connenor 101 14 mm ware
One requ red lcr eacn Bnra 958fo I oloereo wnpn rs ng 91.' or14 mm mre
969
969
Lead block Kt
Includes one 011, three Wt. one 009, and one deat
968
968
Split drum refrofit ki
Foraddingasplit drum to existing units
061
061
Stanchion rrmunl base
Anaches 001 or009 to pulpil orsianchion
943
943
lsamat adapter kit
For use on lsomatspan. Includes stemball fining and toggle.
945
945
Halvard refrainer
Far use onhl when required -see
Specify rod & clevls pin size
22.73 mm
-
instruction
I I
One Third Size
-
l',lW,lW 26.4 mm, 28.6 mm. 31.8 mm
Unit,4 is,agb. reefing . . and furling system for the largest cruising boats. It fits boats with headstay wires of W, W, 16mm, 20mm, and -40 (12.7 mm), -48 (14.27 mm) or -60 (16.76 mm) rod headstays. Typically these are boats 60' to 90' (18.3 to 27 m), but headstay size is the controlling dimension when selecting the proper unit for your boat. Unit 4 is a limited production item. Allow up to 6 weeks for delivery. Additional lntonnafion- See pages 126 and 127 for an explanat~onof special feat~res.See pages 128 ana 129 for an explantlon of options.
L U ta~pe
17 'h'.6mm
Headstay wire
W. W,16 mm. 20 mm
Rod headstay
-40 (12.7mm) 48 (14.27 mm), g0 (16.76 mm) l., 1% .' I W 25.4 mm, 28.6 mm. 31.8 mm
Clews pin diameter Headsby length Standard pachpe Maximum allowabk
1W1 Unit with Sta-LoWorseman termiMl 1W2 Unn wnh rod tennind
Spsifywire & cievis pin s B
1003 Edra 12'(3.66 m) foil extrusmn
Required if headstay length is wer77'8 (23.67 m)
1W5 Eara 13M' (343 mm) connector
One required for each extra 1W3 foil wdered
778' (W67 m)
101'8'(30.99m)
-
Specifymd & ckns pin s k
I
3
UNIT 3b.5 HYDRAULIC FURLING
Hydraulic furling brings the ultimate in automatic sail control to large offshore boats. Sails are reefed, furled or set with the touch of a button. Harken hydraulic furling is suitable for cruising boats from 50 to 75' with headstays as large as 9/16" (14 mm) wire or -40 rod. Harken hydraulic furling combines elegant styling and materials with advanced design and construction to produce a thoroughly modern unit. The streamlined housing fits easily within existing pulpits and minimizes sail distortion during reefing. The unit is Hardkote anodized aluminum with investment cast stainless steel body components which are polished and chrome plated for a durable, elegant look. Harken hydraulic furlers incorporate an innovative headstay adjustment and tensioning system which is activated with a winch handle. This manual tensioning system uses a self-locking bevel gear lead screw mechanism in a sealed oil bath. The easy to operate manual override automatically diverts the flow of oil from the hydraulic motor when a winch handle is inserted to prevent accidental use of the powered system. Standard winch handles are used. The reversible hydraulic drive uses a high reduction, double enveloping, worm gear set which has an inherent ability to maintain position when reefed - there is no creep or possibility of hydraulic system failure from reefed loads. The main gear set is supported by heavy duty tapered roller bearings and the manual overdrive mechanism rides on ball bearings. Standard hydraulic components are used throughout so parts and service are available worldwide. A toggle is incorporated into the lower unit. The pin may be alioned either athwartshios or fore and aft to accommodate any ciainplate. Common Specificatiom Luff tape -d(6 (442'' or 5 mm) Headstaywire-7/i6",~h',9/16",11 mm,12rnm,14mrn Rod Headstay size- -22 (9.53 mm), -30 (11.1 mm), -40 (12.7 mm) Clevis pin diameter -W or 7 h ' (19 or 22 mm) Headstay length - standard package 74'9" (22.78 m) - maxallowable 81'9" (24.92 m) Recommended flow rate -3 gallmin (11 .lliterslmin) Recommended pressure- 1000 psi (70 bar) Pall NO.
Deariplion
Specfy mre and ciwis pin size
1041
Unfl wth Sla.LokfNorseman termimi Unl with rod terminal
958
Extra T (2.13 m) foil extrusion
9W
Extra 10'(254 mm) connedor
1032
Extra 10'(254 mm) connedor for %e'er 14 mm wire Halyard restrainer
Required if headslay length is over 74'9' (22.78 m) One required lorachexlra958 lol ordered One required for eachexlra958 fol ordered when using %%'or 14 mm wire For use onb when required -see imtructbn manual
1040
945
Spec@ rcd and ckvis pin size
-
3 & ,
SMALL BOAT FURLING
Harken small boat furling systems are designed to allow the dinghy or trailerable cruising sailor the ability to furl the jib from the cockpit. Both the drums and halyard swivels of these furling systems feature multiple stacked races of Delrin or Torlon bearings to insure smooth rotation under load. Smallerdinghys use the 162and 163 units with Delrin bearings while larger dinghys use the 164 and 165 which feature hi-load Torlon bearings. Trailerables and other small cruising boats use the 207 and 208. The 207 swivel is supplied with a removable retainer to hold the swivel near the headstay when in use. All small boat furling systems require a jib with a luff wire properly seized to the sail. The luff wire carries most of the headstay load in use and must be properly sized for the boat. Some boats, particularly dinghys, remove the headstay entirely. Others, including most small cruising boats, keep the headstay to support the mast when the sail is not hoisted. Small boat jib furling gear does not allow a sail to be used efficiently in a reefed configuration but does allow the jib to be set and doused from the cockpit. Omnce
162 163 164 165 207 208
Darc'ptlon wIW 'n' Pins Upperswiwi 2'fl Mmm Furling drum 21h' Mmm Hi-load upper 211 swNel Mmm Hi-load furling 2'h' drum Mmm Cruising upper 4' swNei 102mm Cruising furling 4' drum 102mm
Oiam#er Outrlda Drum 1' 25mm 2%' 70mm 1' 25mm 2311' 70mm 1%~' 37mm 4%' 126mm
LII~
Shn
-
-
1' 25mm
4mm
1' 25mm
5~2'
Jaw
3n 0'
'A'
8 mm
3mm
SAo'
is'
8 mm
3mm
Mo'
H'
8 mm
3 mm 'K 3mm
$h.
4mm
Maximum
Width
8mm
% 10mm lhe' 37mm
%' 6mm
% IOmm
Clwlr
WaIgM DIfiHlr
%' 6mm 6mm 'h. 6 mm lx
6mm 5Ae'
5mm AS' 5mm
Bmm 5Ae'
8mm
2Koz M g 4 128g 2Koz Mg 4hoz 1289 6 0 170g 14'402 411 a
Madmum Warking Load 500ibs 227 kg 5Wlbs 227kg 950 lbs 431 kg 950 Ibs 431 kg 2WO lbs 907kg 200lbs 907ko
Useondinghp undwl6H. (4.9m) Usew1162 Usean diwhys to 20 R. (6.1 m): catamarans to 18H. (5.5 m) Use wI164 Use on cruising boats to 25 R. (7.6 m): catamaransto23R(7m) Usew/207
3
STAYSAIL & GENIYAKERmFURLING
h r ~ i n has g recently been applied to both staysails and gennakers with excellent results. Spinnaker staysails are very easy to hoist when rolled and can be deployed or doused without the need for crew to go forward and upset the balance of the boat. This is particularly useful in marginal conditions where ~ Jchangfng C~ tne sail can lnstanrly be S Iwitno~r tne rr m ol the boat so [hat ts effecriveness can be analyzed. Gennaker furling was developed for the large single-handed boats and the dramatic multihulls like RMO. The gennaker is designed with a luff wire and is furled into a compact sausage-like roll which is easy to stow and remains under control while being hoisted. Once aloft, the sail is clean and efficient without the windage or confusion of snuffers. Staysail furling systems include both a lower drum with snap shackle, fairlead and cleat, and the upper swivel with provision for halyard attachment. The staysail must be designed for furling with a luff wire seized to the sail to permit furling. These units are based on the very popular Harken small boat furling units and utilize the same patented, multiple stacked races of Torlon ball bearings to insure smooth operation under load. Gennaker furling is a custom product, but Harken has gained much experience dealing with boats like RMOand can readily specify the proper unit for your needs.
i
I
Diamnor DPCrlQ''on Dmm Swir6i
Ha1 MM" X Max WoigM Lull Sllytlll mum Swival Line HaIyafd Lord length Ovurlsp (LP) 1851 Smallstaysail 2 1' 5%e' 4%' 2 ' 9501bs 1302 50' 13.5' furlinprystem 73mm 25mm 132mm 106mm 4mm 431 kg 3668 t5.25m 4.1 m 1852 Large staysail 4'/i l'%$' 71/16, 6l/i W 2 2 ~ 01b6 28 02 70' 20' furling system 108mm 37mm l86mm 159mm 6mm 907kp 80Og 2133m 6m 'Smaller line may be required for staysails with long foot lengths.
137
1BATTEN TMVELER SYSTEMS I H a r k e n Battcar" batten traveler systems allow full batten mainsails to realize their potential. Full length battens make mainsails last longer, give a more powerful shape, and make them easier to trim. Coupled with lazy jacks, full length battens make controlling the main easier when furling and reefing. These battens are typically in compression, so they can make raising and lowering the mainsail difficult. Harken batten traveler systems place the battens and headboards on recirculating ball bearing cars so that sails raise easily and drop instantly when the halyard is released. Battcar systems are available in three sizes for boats from 30 to 80 feet (9 to 24 m). Each size includes a headboard coupler, batten end cars, short luff cars, and an easy to install, lightweight track system. Headboard couplers join two cars and replace the mainsail headboard. These unique designs spread the load of the leech across both cars and allow even large sails to be carried on free rollina ball bearing cars. ~ a t t c aare i offeredwith avariety of BATTSLIDE7"fittingswhich 138
protect sails from excessive wear by placing the batten end in a rugged batten receptacle which removes the stress on the sailcloth. The unique, patented', multi-axis articulating link allows battens to move in all planes. The precise mechanical linkage holds the batten end in its intended position for optimal sail shape, a feature loose attachments cannot offer. BATELIDE fittings allow battens to rotate into a horizontal position when the sail is lowered so sails are easier to flake and furl and the wide range of movement allows the boom to be moved off centerline even when the sail is furled. When the use of BATTSLIDE fittings is not desired, the 1776, 1781, and 1785 cars are designed to accept a variety of other batten end fittings. Short luff cars hold the main to the mast to prevent scalloping between battens. Battcar systems require the installation of Harken track on the mast. Special track with our patented mounting system is available in each size to permit installation without drilling the mast. 'BAnSLIDE is a trademark of Sailp~werSystems. Inc. BArlSLIOE patents are held by Sailpower Systems. Inc.
1 ORDERING BATTCARS I O r d e r i n g the correct Battcar system for your boat involves choosing the correct size range, choosing the correct number of cars for your sail, and determining the proper track and mounting slugs for your mast. Your sailmaker must be consulted in the process because your sail will need modification, but you can choose the correct components by following the five steps below. Owners of unusual boats should contact Harken for further details. 1. Choose the correct size of batten traveler system based on sail area.
l
1
Maxlmum Sail Area Monohull Multihull
.
Maximum Boal Lenmh
Sptem
Pages
490 R' 45 m2
4 w n' 37 m'
48 R 146m
A
140 - 141
600 ItZ 56 m2
480 R' 44 m2
58 n 177m
8
142 - 143
750 R' 69 m'
600 R' 56 m2
60 R 183m
B - HI-load
142-143
i3wtf 120 m2
low n'
80 n 24 m
C
144.145
93 m'
-
2. Order the correct number and configuration of cars for your boat. Choose cars after consultation with your sailmaker Each system needs one headboard car assembly, the correct number of batten end cars, and short luff cars for between the battens.
3. Determine the correct number of track sections.
I
I Mainsail LUH Lenoth
Number 01 lrack SBdi~ns
Mainsail Lull Length
Numberol Track Sections
I
4. Determine the correct mounting slugs for your mast. For each size system there are slugs for flat mast grooves and two slugs for round mast grooves. If you have a round mast groove, check to be sure that the slugs will fit your mast by cutting out the pattern provided belaw and inserting it in your mast. For flat mast grooves see sizing information on pages 141,143, and 145. If none of the mounting slugs fit your mast, contact Harken. Each mounting slug kit includes enough slugs to fit one track along with fasteners, Loctite', and a connector slug. Order one mounting kit for each track section.
Attach template to light cardboard or heavy paper. Cut carefully. Slip into mast and pull gently to the rear. If the mast aligns with the green area of template, use slugs for shallow round grooves. If the mast aligns with blue area of template, use slugs for deep round grooves. If the mast aligns with the red area of template, mounting kits will not workand normal Harken track should be attached to the mast by drilling and tapping.
Measuremenltool for round mast grooves
,1 01 line
I
5. Order one end stop kit. Each kit includes two end stops, fasteners and special mounting slugs for track ends. 139
System A batten trawlers are designed for monohulls with mainsail areas of less than 490 ft2 (45 m2) or multihulls with less than 400 R (37 m2). Maximum boat length is approximately 48 ft (14.6 m). Hi-load cars with aiuminum end caps and Torlon balls are available for special applications. For unusual requirements please consult Harken.
-
The following components are required for each boat: l ) One 1792 headboard car assembly. 2) l800 track. See chart on page 139. 3) One 1801,1802,1803, or 1823 mounting kit for each
-
4) One 1772,1773,1774,1775, or 1825 Battcar for each batten.' 5) The proper number of 1789 luff cars. 6) One 1804,1805,1806, or 1824 end stop kit.
Common Specmcalfons Cam Car width - 2%6' (56 mm) Ball diameter- 1/4" (6 mm) Fits track- 1800 (142, 154) Max headboard thickness -1R' (12 mm) Common Specifications 1800 Tm& Length - 80W (2.05 m) Weight - 4.16 odft (387 urn) Track fastener size-5 mm X 10 mm Fastener spacing - 100 mm (31346') 140
'1776 cars can be used with other types of bann end terminds, please consuii Haten.
9 7
7
E .-E
7
.-E.
E
' D E 5 -E 5,E ?- m E .-E 5, '- " 'F 5 :
0
-* E
-
W-
7
E . E . E . E S E S E
3 E SE
"$
"
N'
a
N"
W
N W
E
-
3:
I
C m
E
E h E E X E &:
m
W
&E &E
W
"
E . E . E . E . E . E . E . E
m
o
SE 5: 5: 5:
m
"
,
m
w
*
w
5: w
E E E E . E E . E E & E & E E& , & E S 3 E & zEi b $ ? j & E E
<
35
W "
P
z 2 c,=
-
5 m
m,m,m " " 'S
z: 52 55 , . , N m N a N a
:a
5
m,-,-
" X
::-m,
"P '
-l
5s g& 0 ,
2%
'X
52
8-
S"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I 3:
8,"
",g
21:
- W
8S
, c
, c LI: a
" P
Z H ~ EE. * EE
E E y E y E
2
sm3
1
2
P
=
- -E S.- -EE g3= '
$.=E ='*E
-
. E E S7 E & F
E
"7
W
7
F
E,
5
,
DA not included
System 8 batten travelers are designed for monohulls with mainsail areas of less than 750 ft2 (56 m2) or multihulls with less than 600 ft2 (56 m2).Maximum boat length is approximately 60 ft (18.3 m). Hi-load cars with aluminum end caps and Torlon bails are required for monohulls with mainsails of 600 to 750 ft2 (56 to 69 m2)and multihulls with mainsails of 480 to 600 ft2 (45 to 56 m2). For unusual requirements please consult Harken. Common Spesiflcations-Cam Car width 2%" (70 mm) Ball diameter - %s" (8 mm) Fits track- 1808 (1510,1535) Max headboard thickness -W ( l 6 mm) Common Specifications l808 Track Length - 81th' (2.06 m) Weight -5.92 o f i (551 @m) Track Fastener size - 6 mm X 12 mm FH Fastener spacing - 100 mm (315~6") 142
-
-
The following components are required for each boat: 1) One 1793 headboard assembly. 2) 1808 track. See chart on page 139. 3) One 1809,181 0, or 1811 mounting kit for each track section. 4) One 1778,1779,1780,1794, or 1826 Battcar for each batten.' 5) The proper number of 1790 luff cars. 6) One 1812.1813, or 1814 end stop kit. '1781 cars can be used with other types cd benen end terminals, plem cmsull H r b n .
1808
W'?
Actual Size l811 Rtsflat mast gmovas wlth a 'Ad ( l 1 mm) p p or graata but lessman W (16 mm).
Mas Cross Secdon
p p
Part NO
Oserlptioa
1809 Mount~ngknfor shd~ow round m k t g m w e 1810 Mounting Lit for deep round mast omove 1811 Mounting k i f o r flal mast g r ~ v e 1812 End LIforshallow round mast groove 1813 End k'nfordeep round mast groove 1814 End ki for flat mast oroove
NO.
~sadption
1778 Battcar wdixed round Battslide 1779 Battcar whluminum Midi Battslide 1780 Baitcarwhluminum Maxi Banslide 1781 Lulfcar 1790 Short lullcar
Length Mounllnp slug
W 22 mm
W 22 mm
W 22 mm 17~6'
36 mm 1%~' 36 mm 1%' 36 mm
Max Batten Wldth or Olarnater TAe' 11 mm % '1 41 mm 2' 51 mm
Number Per at 19
H02
-
Length Conmrtpr SIW 3' 76 mm 3' 76 mm 3' 78mm
Welght Canneclor
2
-
-
-
2
-
2
-
19
lunber Per
SIUQ
nn
1 oz 28 Q
1
l02
1
28 Q 1%oz 28 9
1
M 02 18 9
-
Batten
shape
Welght
W
Round
1402 3970 1602 4540 1702 4820 702 198g
Max Load Wacm 8Mlbs 386kg 8Mlbs 386kg 850lbs 386kg 625 lbs 283k9
502 1429
375 lbs 170kg
'h'
Flat
12 mm
W 12 mm
-
Flat
I Slugs, fasteners & Loctie
Order one kn per lenaih of track
Slugs, fastenen. LoUite. 8 one pair 1522 end stops
Mm m l c b e u Battsn w/Cloth
12 mm
Klt lndudsr
I
12 9
-
p
Weight Mountinn slug 14 oz 89 % oz 80 H02 12 0 M oz 12 9
-
A
B
C
3'Me' 97mm 3'%6' 97mm 3'Hs' 97mm 81 mm
1'116' &mm 11%6' &mm l13As' 46mm ll%e' 46mm
2"/(8' @mm 2'%6' 68mm Z1M6' @mm 2518' 56 mm
2W 24mm
l'%< 46mm
2516' 56mm
%e'
1793 Headbard car 37 02 2503 lbs 8'%s' l1lAd 3'h' assembly wiheadboarc 1.05kg 1134kg 227mm 43mm lWmm 1794 Bancarwladlustable Baftslide W Round 23 or 850 lbs 31116' 1'3~6' Z11/16' for round batten 19mm 6520 386kg 97mm &mm 68mm 1826 BattcarwIlO mm 'Hs' Round 13 02 850 lbs 3'116' 11%~' 2%~' stud for SDAfining 21 mm 369~ 386b 97mm 48 mm 56 mm HL Hi-load Bamrge and headboard can are required for Larger mainsails. To order, add 'HL' W the pari number Does not awly to 1781 or 1790 lulfcan.
-
one kt per mast
D
E
5'
'X
127mm 5' 127mm
12mm
5'
127mm 'He' 21 mm
'h' 17mm % 7' 194mm 8%' 210mm
'8 12mm lX 12mm iW
6 mm
%' 6mm 'X 12mm 'X 12mm %' 6 mm
143
I
e
e
8
SDA not Included
System C batten traveiersare designed for monohulls with mainsail areas of less than 1300 ft2 (120 m2) or multihulls with less than 1000 ft2 (93 m2). Maximum boat length is approximately 80 R (24 m). For unusual requirements, please consult Harken.
-
Common SpecIHc~lfons Cars Car width -35/16' (84 mm) Ball diameter -4% (10 mm) Fits track-1816 (516, 758) Max headboard thickness -llns" (17 mm) Common SpmiticBtions 1816 Tnrdr Length- 811%6' (2.08 m) Weight - 9.38 ozifl(874 gm) Track fastener size -8 mm X l 6 mm FH Fastener spacing - 100 mm (315~6") 144
-
The following components are required for each boat: 1) One 1782 headboard car assembly. 2) 1816 track. See chart on page 139. 3) One 1817,1818, or 1819 mounting kit for each track section. 4) One 1783,1784,1795,1828 or 1829 Bancar for each batten.' 5) The proper number of 1791 luff cars. 6) One 1820.1821. or 1822 end s t o ~kit. '1785 Carscan bB usad with MherWwS 01 batten end terminals, pleas consult Harkm.
)Jq,$!~m
1
Actual SE
1819 Flsflat mast grooves with a Ms' (11 mm) gap or greater but less man M' (18 mm).
Actual Size
Mast Cmss Section
Pall WO.
De~cdpllon
1817 Mauntino kit forshallow mund mist groove 1818 Mounting kin for deep round mad grwve 1819 Mounting k i f o r Rat mast gmwe 1820 End kR for shallow round mast grwve 1821 End k'i for deep mund mast grwve 1822 End kk for flat mast groove
Pall NO.
Dercrlplion
Lun#lh Mountln# Sluo 1' 25 mm 1' 25 mm 1' 25 mm 2' 51 mm 2' 51 mm 2' 51 mm
WlgM Mounllng Slug h02 fog ?hoz 10 9 lh oz 16 9 %Or 209 %W 20 9 1 02 30 9
m x Brmn Wldh or Dlam~ter
M~xThlctnusa W n wX4olh
1782 Headboardcar a s ~ ~ m bwmeadboard ly 1784 Baltcar wlaluminum Mega Banslide 1785 Luff car
31.4' 80 mm
%' 19mm 1' 26 mm %' 19mm 3%80 mm
Banenswlderthan 2 V l M mm\ reouire taoerina.
19 19
Lenm Connedar Slug 4%' 105mm 4%' 105mm 4%' 105mm
Walohl Connuclor Slug l%ol 469 1% oz 469
2%
02
Number h r K11 1
1 Slugs, fasteners a ~oct'ie
1
Order one ldt per length of tradr
1
669
-
2
-
1 -
2
2
lGll lnclUII8~
Slugs, fasteners, Loctiie. a one pair end staps
one
per mast
-
MIX
-
-
7202 2.04 kg
Load CaPlCnY 42001bs 1905 kp
Wulght
M'
nat
3001 g 1502 4258
13501bs 612kg 10501bs 476kg
4%' 121 mm 4' 102mm
2%e' 59mm 2416. 59mm
3%' 81 mm 271~6. 68mm
5lH6'
W
148mm 11.4 29 mm
18mm 418' 8mm
-
12 01 3409
MXI ibs 272kp
33/16' 77 mm
2%' 59mm
2"Ad 68mm
lIA'
29mm
'si% ' 8mm
-
Round
-
Round
3302 938 g 2802 7948
1350lbs 812 kg 1350Ibs 612kg
4%' 121 mm 4%' 121 mm
241s' 59 mm 2%' 59mm
3%a' 81 mm 2"As' 68 mm
34 02 964 g 31 02 879 g
1350 lbs 612 kp 13501bs 612kg
2Jld
121 mm 4%' 121 mm
3%' 81 mm 3%' 81 mm
18 mm
1791 Short l M car 1795 Bancar wladjustable Batlslide for round batlen 1827 BatlcarwltO mm stud for SDA fiiing 1828 Bancar wlpiwting adjustable Battslide for mund banens 1829 Bidtcar w l p i ~ t i n p Mega Banslide
Number Psr K11 19
Round
M' 18 mm
Rat
A
B
C
D
E
2'As' 53 mm
4M'
284 mm
117mm
10' 254mm
12 mm
l
4%'
59 mm 2%' 59mm
8%' 222 mm
-
W
M' 16 mm 416' 8 mm
Wi 222 mm S'%$ 148mm
-
145
3
SINGLE LINE REEFING & LAZY JACKS
s i n g l e line reefing and lazy jack kits allow easy installation of these two mainsail handling systems. Lazy jacks control mainsails during reefing and dousing. The sail drops between the lazy jacks and is contained on the boom until it can be secured. They work exceptionally well with full batten mains, but can be used with conventional sails as well. Harken lazy jack kits provide everything that is required for installation including pre-swaged wires, blocks, eyestraps, line, a cleat, fasteners, and clear pictorial instructions.~ Harken single line reefing kits are based on Garry Hoyt's patented reefing system which has been used successfully on hundreds of boats. Blocks are track mounted so that they can easily be correctly positioned and so that block position can be changed as sails stretch or are replaced. Single line reefing kits include tracks, blocks, fasteners, and simple pictorial instructions, including sailmaker instructions for modifying your sail. You need to furnish rope and a cleat or stopper to match those on your boat.
-
spe~/8/F8ahrf8S L827 Jacks
SIt15leLine R88fi115
Pre-swaged vinyl coated stainless cable Ball bearing blocks Ball bearing blocks Adjustable track-mounted blocks Complete pictorial instructions Simple pictorial instructions 146
233
Lazy Jacks
252
Small lazy jack kit
253
Medium lary jack kin
254
Large lazy jack Kt
21'-20' 6.4 m 8.5 m
27' - 37'
8.2m-113m 35' 42' 10.7 m - 12.8 m
-
-
a' 10'6' 2.44 m - 3.2 m 10'6'-14' 3.2 m 4.27 m 12'-16' 3.7 m -4.9 m
-
Sinale Line Reefinn
Small single line reeling kit
22' - 27' 6.7 m - 8.2 m
Under 150HZ Under 14 m2
reeling Kt
28'. 38' 8.5 m-11.6 m
150 - 300 l?
Drums am removableforserulce by mmoviw onb OM screw.
Patented ball bsarina roller o r w shm w i n s t wsaiand mdums tinion.
/
NI mchas (Iranthe42)feature a SWnlinlgS SWhandle so&elfor maximum durabYty
am$ a d j ~ b l e to 22 pasitions after the
- - - -
winch ..... ...is .mnmnnM ..- ....
l
i
17-4 PH sta*llsss steel rollw b w i r q s rids in all metal cam. Metal mpen am s t l , prsvanthp Bniiercj mbbino dlstonlon and allow mu8 beanrqs for the saw d h m r . aecrsaorq thn m a r . r 80 bv.eacn beanm Larr laad asr .... baring means preabr mdmq. ~
~.
Lame dlamstsr spinden form a Imps bwqs u m to prop@* carry the load.
Pawls are haid capwe by tha s p r i w , lhsy are a s y to mmoB but won't dmp out midembdurinQservica.
H'uh load canyirq @am on wlnches as small &Sme 32 a n 17.4 PH stalnksfor m ?Ingm, durability, and sfflcbncy.
WINCH FEATURES
Larger wlnches use WOamre fo or& onms Tnis mducei me load on the drum pear and l o w me drum s r m m r d b vn ch
l
Today many large boats are designed to be handled by a small crew. The Freedom 45 (page 147) combines a simple rig with intelligent layout to allow a couple to cruise without effort. The winch package includes electric and manual winches, sized for the job and placed for easy use. Harken winches use more bearings and are built to exacting standards so they are extremely efficient in operation and make sailing larger boats easier. 148
Winch Handles Harken winch handles are a unique blend of good looks and smooth efficiency, the perfect complement to Harken winches and a positive addition to any winch. All thirteen winch handles feature ball bearing grips for more efficient and comfortable operation. Lock-in handles are easily released with a conveniently positioned thumb switch. They are safer to use as they will not slip out of the winch while you are cranking and may be left unattended in a winch.
SeW-Tailing Harken winches feature a self-tailing mechanism of unparalleled efficiency which is extremely gentle to your sheets. The feeder is a patented ball bearing roller which greatly reduces friction, protecting sheets and increasing efficiency. The traditional steel hook feeder is inefficient and damaging to line. Harken's self-tailing device accommodates a wide range of line sizes, including many of today's small diameter hi-tech lines. The jaws are adjustable by depressing and turning the upper jaw. Opening the jaws makes the winch extremely efficient with larger lines and closing the jaw allows small lines to be tailed.
Three Speeo wrnches Harken three speed winches are extremely simple to use. The name plate ring next to the winch handle socket is depressed to engage the three speed mode. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed winches offer very high line speeds for racing or fast cruising.
Available in Chrome, Aluminum or Polished Bronze Most standard winches are available with chromed-bronze or hard anodized aluminum drums. All winches offered with chrome drums are available with polished bronze drums by special order. Aluminum is lighter and man') people prefer the look of black winches. Chromed bronze winches offer a rich look and great durability. Polished bronze offers a traditional appearance for special boats.
Modulariiy Harken's modular system allows you to upgrade the configuration of your winches as your requirements change. Start with an economical two speed winch and later convert to self-tailing or three speed without changing the entire winch. Only Harken offers such complete modularity. Standard two speed winches may be converted to self-tailing (X42 up), three speed (#48 up) or both (R56 up). Conversion is simple and requires only the addition of a modular kit. Many sizes of self-tailing winches may be converted to electric drive with the addition of a modular kit and an electric motor. ~
~
149
W SELECTION I
I
I t is impoftant to match the correct winch to each job on your boat. You need a winch of the correct size and of the correct type for the task at hand. This winch selection guide is designed to simplify choosing the right winch. If you have any questions, or would like further advice, please contact us or any of our distributors. The selection chart is based on rig dimensions. When exact rig dimensions are known, the selection should be quite exact. If you do not know your exact dimensions, use the chart only as a general guide and confirm the correct sue before ordering. Unusual boats such as multihulls, heavy displacement boats, and ULOBs will require larger or smaller winches.
Winch Sizing
Powered Winches
In most Cases, the part number of a Harken winch directly reflects the power ratio in the lowest gear when using a 10" (254 mm) handle. In the case of wide body winches, there is no direct relationship between power ratio and part number. Choose a winch which will give you adequate power for the loads you are likely to experience.
Powered winches let you trim the heaviest loads with just the touch of a button. Harken offers both electric and hydraulic winches. Both are available in a wide range of sizes starting with a 48.2ST to handle sheets and halyards on cruising boats from 35 feet (10.7 m). All Harken powered winches are extremely efficient self-tailers. Manv cruisina sailors have found that making one primary winch a powered winch offers a wide range of benefits. Sheets can be cross-led to the powered winch in heavy air. Halyards can be led aft when it's necessary to send a man aloft -a real benefit to couples cruising alone. Even a single powered primary winch can transform a cruising boat into a very simple boat to sail shorthanded.
Self- Tailing Self-tailing winches allow one crew to crank powerfully with both hands while the winch tails itself. They are very useful for all functions on cruising boats where crew is likely to be limited and they are often used for halyards, running backstays, and controls on racing boats.
Drum Material -
i
Threespeed Three speed winches are faster because the drum turns very quickly in the first speed. The bulk of a sheet can be taken in quickly after a tack using this high speed. The trimmer can then shift speeds and take in the balance of the sheet using the two more powerful gears. Three speed winches are favored for sheet winches on racing boats over 35 feet (10.7 m) and are sometimes used on larger performance cruising boats.
Choose the best drum material for your sailing. Aluminum is the racers' choice for its lightness and is often preferred by cruisers who like the black anodized appearance. Many cruisers prefer the classic appearance of chromed bronze winches. They are heavier than aluminum but are preferred when wire will be carried on the drum. All models offered in chromed bronze are also available in polished bronze by special order. Some larger winches and some racing winches are offered with combination drums which have stainless steel sleeves on an aluminum drum.
Racing Winches Modularity Most Harken winches are modular so that you can add self-tailing, three speed, three speed self-tailing or electric drive to a standard winch by the simple addition of a conversion kit. It is always better to purchase the correct winch for your needs, but modularity allows you to convert a winch as your requirements change. For example, you may plan to race a new boat for a couple of seasons before "retiring" to cruise so you would start out with three speed primary winches and later add self-tailing. Please check winch specifications carefully as not all models are totally modular. 150
Harken also offers a full range of ultra light racing winches. These winches are designed for the most demanding racing sailors and feature aluminum bodies, Torlon bearings, alloy stripper arms, and other features of special interest to racing sailors
This winch use chart will give good results, but it requires that you know the exact dimensions for your boat. If you do not know your exact dimensions, use the graphs below for average dimensions for your size and type of boat, but be sure to confirm the dimensions before ordering a winch. Rig dimensions have precise definitions under the racing rules; those shown are aeneral descri~tionsonlv. whenever there is a question regarding winch selection, please contact Harken. ~
-~
~
24-
65~ 198
60-
TYPICAL J & E
DIMENSIONS
18.3
55-
20-
16.8
6.1
S; 50-
z
S;
-m
15.3
1855
45 13.7
o ' i n c e hm fmnt of mast
Y
IP - Fractional IP - Masthead Il - Fractional J l - Masthead
Lengthof mainsail lull
9
Boat Length (feevmeters)
10.6
12
13.7
Boat Length (fedmeters)
15.3
16.8
to:,
J
SPEED WINCHES
Single speed winches are used for sheet winches on very small boats and for halyard winches on small and medium sized boats. They are also useful for avariety of control functions on many boats. Harken single speed winches are the finest small winches made. They feature all metal bases and bushings or bearings where other brands use plastic bodies and no bearings. Small two soeed winches are useful for primary winches on small and medium sized boats and for halyards on medium sized boats. The 832.2 and 840.2 both have roller bearings on the interior center shafi and 17-4 PH stainless primary gears, features generally found only on competitors' larger winches. The first speed on these winches is direct drive. These winches are not modular. Additional lnfonnatlon-See pages 148 and 149 for an explanationof special features,see pages l 5 0 and l51 for suggested uses. Onlerlng Information- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminurn), B (polished bronze) or C (chmmed bronze) to pall number. Polished bronze by special order only. 152
Part WO.
OearRlllo l* 2nd
86
1:l
-
8.41
-
B8
1:l
-
73:l
-
816.2
1:l
2.3:l
7.21
16:l
832.2
1:l
47:l
88:l
3z:l
840.2
1:l
1 : l l
4
WwrRdlo in 2n0
l
Ikvm Ban Dlamsler ~ ~ a m s l sH*pM r 2% 60mm 2%' 70mm 2%' 70mm 21%~' 74mm 3' 76mm
LIP:I
39% 3 1He' W m m 82mm 33mm 4W 3% 1M' 115mm 90mm 38mm 4%' 4% 2' 120mm 112mm 50mm 5% 5%. 2%' 136mm 134mm 70mm 5"Ms' S'%< 2%' 14smm 148mm 7omm
Wlpht Faslenar FISIoR Alumlnum Chnml CCI OI 1.61bs 7Wp 2.31bs lkg 5.5 Ibs 2.5 kg 7.3 ibs 33ko 8.5 lbs 3.8$
2.9lbs 1.33kg 441bs 1.9kp 7.1 Ibs 3.2$ 9.4 I ~ S 4.3kg 11.9 lbs 5.4 kg
2% 6xM'FH 65mm Sx6mmFH 3%' 4xWFH 90mm 4xBmmFH VA8' 5 xl/l. FH 9Omm 5x6mmFH 4% 5 x 1 ~FH ' 105mm 5xBmmFH 436' 5 x U'FH ~ 2 m mS X ~ ~ ~ F H
r
r SPEED WIlYCHES
l
T w o speed winches are widely used for sheets and halyards on boats of all sizes. Harken Redline two speed modular winches offer unprecedented flexibility. These winches can all be converted to selftailing with the simple addition of a modular kit. From the 48.2 up, they can be converted to three speed. From the 56.2 up, they can be converted to both self-tailing and three speed. With only a fraction of the expense of a new winch, a two speed winch can be changed to self-tailing or three speed as your winch requirements change.
Part NO.
ld
Gear Ratio 2nd
Power Ratio 1st 2nd
842.2
2.5:1
73:l
14:l
844.2
2.5:l
82:l
138:t
All of these winches have stainless steel roller bearings in all metal cages to improve efficiency. From the 48 up, drums are supported by ball bearings. All center shafts and the gears on most modular two speed winches ride on roller bearings. Additional Informalion- See pages 148 and 149 for an explanation of Special features. See pages 150 and 151 for suggested uses. Ordering lnlormation- Speciiy winch drum material by adding A (aluminum), B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only. Une
Dmm Diamater
Base Diameter
421
39/1f 90mm
6'h" 165mm
6%' 162mm
44:l
3%' 92mm
6'Vls' 170mm
3'5/16' 100mm
Entry HeigM
Modular
Weight Aluminurn Chmme
Fasleners
S1 Kit
Modular $Speed Kit
--
846.2 848.2
25:l 4:i
9.2:l 1O:l
13:l 20:l
46:l 08:l ~
853.2
5:l
12:l
22:l
-
%:l
348' 85mm
13.6 ibs 617kg
17.3 1bs 7.85kg
5%s' 128mm
5 x %B'' FH 5x8mmFH
BK42.2ST
-
348' 85mm
14.5 lbs 6.58 kg
18.4 lbs 8.35 kg
51/18' 128 mm
5 x %s'FH 5xSmmFH
BK442ST
-
172mm
6% i75rnm
7 % 182mm
3416' 90mm
161bs 726kg
22lbs 9.98kg
5'@ 140mm
5 x 5/1s'FH 5xBmmFH
BK462ST
4' 102mm
7'# i90mm
79/16. 192mrn
319/1E' i00mm
20.6 l b ~ 9.34kg
26 lbs 118kg
6%' 155mm
6 x%~'FH 6x6mmFH
BK482ST
BK4(483
4'116' 112mm
8"As' 220mm
8%~' 218mm
26.3 ibs 11.93 kg
33.5 Ibs 15.2 kg
71/16'
BK53.3
180mm
6 X 5/16" FH 6x8mmFH
BK53.2ST
105mm
Wi
43As'
~-
153
3
MODULAR TWO SPEED WIlVCHES
h r a e two SDeed winchesare used for sheets and halvards on offshore boak over 37 feet (11 m). They are totally mddular and can be converted to self-tailing, three speed, or self-tailing and three speed. By special order, the 874.2 can be modified to provide power ratios of 85:l or 92:l for use on very large boats. Only Harken Redline winches offer such high power ratios in a modular winch.
Parl NO.
Gsar Ralio Id 2nd
P o w r Ratio lrt 2nd
Drum Dlamatar
Baae Dlsmeter
856.2
5:1
13:l
21:l
56:l
4%' 120mm
8%' 225mm
864.2
5.73
165:l
225:l
Y:l
S?,# 130mm
245mm
5 150mm 5 Immm
lO7Ae' 265mm 10h' 265mm
866.2 874.2
73:i 7.31
201 22:l
25:l 25:l
66:l
74:l
W
Uns
9%' 235mm IQ5%' 270mrn 11'3A6' 300mm 1 300 mm
Addi~onallnformalion- See ~aues148 and 149 for an ex~lanation of special features. See pages M a n d 151 for suggested usis. Orderfng Infarmation- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum), B (polished bronze) or G (chromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only.
WaimM Aleminum Chrnne
Modular
sT Kll
Modular
MoPulsr
3S~'ad
4 125mm
31 lbs 14.1 kg
40lbs 18.1 kg
7%' 195mm
6x%,'FH 6xBmmFH
BK562ST
Km BK56.3
5%' 150mm
41.3 lbs 18.7kg
47 lbs 21.3kg
8'M 210mm
5 x W FH 5xlOmmFH
BKM.2ST
BK64.3
BK64.3ST
57%
53.1lbs 24.1 kg 54.5 ibs 247ko
626lbs 28.4kq 64 1bs 29 to
8'4' 225mm
6xWFH 6xIOmmFH 6x WFH 6xIOrnmFH
BK662ST
BK66.3
BK663ST
BK74.2ST
BK74.3
BK743ST
150mm 5 150mm
W 225mm
ST Klt BK56.3ST
3
THREE SPEED WINCHES
H a r k e n three speed winches are extremely simple to use. First gear is selected by depressing the nameplate ring next to the winch handle socket. As handle rotation is reversed, the winch will automatically move to the next speed in sequence. The B48.3 and 853.3 are direct drive winches with a very fast first gear. Larger three speed winches have a geared first speed for use on boats where a power advantage is needed even in the first speed. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameters, three speed winches offer very high line speeds for racing or fast cruising. By special order, the 874.3 can be provided with power ratios of
851 or 92:l for use on high loads such as found on very large boats or multihulls. Only Harken winches offer such high power ratios. From the 56, these winches may be converted to self-tailing by the addition of a modular kit. For maximum efficiency the vertical drum loads of these winches are carried by ball bearings, shaft pins are 17-4 PH stainless and gears ride on roller bearings. Additional Informallon - See pages 148 and 149 for an explanat on ol special fealures See pages 150 and 151 for sLggesled uses Orderino Intormatlon- Soecifv winch drum material bv addina A (alumhum), B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bron2) to pafl number. Polished bronze by special order only
Self-tailing winches are ideal for sheets, halyards and control lines on racing and cruising boats. The self-tailing mechanism means that one crew can quickly and easily trim or raise sails. The B16ST is a one speed winch. The handle drives in one direction and ratchets in the other to facilitate cranking under high loads. The jaws of the Bl6STadjust to differing line sizes with the simple change of a spacer. The B32.2ST and B40.2ST are two speed self-tailing winches. Self-tailing winches from the B42.2ST are modular and can be
Rlt No. Bl6ST 832.2ST E40.2ST 842.2ST B44.2ST 846.2ST B482ST B532ST
Gmu R~O I 1d 2nd 2.3:l 2.4:l 2.21 2.5:l 25:l 25:l 2.5:l 3:l
POwr R8110 l* 2nd
Drum mmafer
Base Dllmelor
Heh*
-
1C1
4.7:l
16:l
2%' 70mm 2'%6' 74mm 3' 76mm 3%~' 90mm 3W 92mm 3'5~6' 1Wmm
4W 120mm 5% 136mm S'%#' 145mm 6W 165mm 61x6' 170mm 6 175mm 7W 190mm B'%' 220mm
5kd 142mm 6 154mm 6'%6' 176mm 7%' 196mm % 8' 206mm 8ks' 216mm 9' 228mm g'%' 250mm
6:l 7.3:l 82:l 9.2:l 1O:l 121
13.5:l 14:l 13.8:l 13:l 20:l 221
321
10:l 4Z:l 44:l 461 &l
53:l
4'
102mm 4%~' 112mm
converted to standard winches with the simple addition of a conversion kit. The B48.2ST and B53.2ST can be converted to standard three speed winches with the use of a modular kit.
Addl,ioDdlInfomllo n- See pages 148 and 149for an ewlanation of special features. See pages l50 and 151 for suggested uses. Oldern# Infomtlon- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum), B (polished bronze) or C (chmmed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only.
:z Lino
2 5Omm 2%' 70mm 2%' 70mm 3% 85mm 3%' 85mm 3%' 90mm 3'He' 100mm 4%' 105mm
Weilk Uudaum chrane 71bs 3.2$ 931bs 4.2kg 10.6 l b ~ 4.8kp 1581bs 7.2kg 16.4lbs 7.4 kg 191bs 86kg 234 Ibs 10.61;~ 29.3 Ibs 133kg
hd8nsn
8.5lbs 3.9k9
3%' 90mm
5xWFH 5x6mmFH
11.91bS 5.4kg 14.1 1bS 6.4kg 19lbs 8.6kg 20.5 lbs 9.3 kg 24.1 Ibs 10.9kg 28.6 lbs 13ku 36.5 Ibs 16.6kp
4W 105mm 4%d 112mm 5Ho' 128mm 5Hs' 128mm 5 140mm 6 155mm 7x8' 180mm
5xWFH 5x6mmFH 5 x'X FH 5x6mmFH 5xSldFH 5x8mmFH 5xCI8'FH 5x8mmFH 5xSls'FH 5x8mmFH 6 x k 6 ' FH 6xBmmFH 6 x % d FH 6xBmmFH
Lino S i n Min #X
%d
W
8mm
12mm
W
'h'
10mm
12mm
W lOmm
W lOmm W lOmm
W 12mm
12mm %S'
14mm
kd 14mm 9.6'
14mm
W
W
12mm
16mm
12mm
16mm
W
-
L a r g e two speed self-tailing winches are used for sheets and on large offshore boats. By depressing and turning the spring loaded top plate, the jaws of the winch adjust to accept different line diameters. A ball bearing roller on the self-tailing arm protects sheets and reduces friction. These winches are modular and can be converted to three speed or three speed self-tailing winches with the simple addition of a modular conversion kit. All of these winches have stainless steel roller bearings in all metal cages to improve efficiency. The drums are supported by ball halyards
Una
bearings and all center shafts and gears ride on roller bearings. Two gears drive the drum and all shaft pins are 17-4 PH stainless steel. By special order, the B74.2ST is available with power ratios of 85:l or 92:l for use with very high loads. Only Harken Redline winches offer such high power ratios in a modular winch. Additimallnlormalion-See pages 148 and 149 for an explanation ot special teat~resSee pages lfrdand 151 lor sJgges1ea Jses Ordering lnlormatlon - Spec fy wincn d r ~ mrnater al ~y add ng A lal~rninurn).B (~oltshedbronze], or C (cnrorned bronze] to pall nhber. ~olished'bronzeby special order only
Fi.r
Part WO.
In
Gnar Ralo 2nd
Pmar Rallo Omm Barn 1st 2nd Dlamanr Olamstar
f$,
856.2ST
5:l
21:l
87X l 225rnm 270mm
4'5h' 125mm
34.6 ibs 156kg
41.5 Ibs 18.8kp
7"Ae' 195mm
6 x %a' FH 6xammFH
958. 245mm
12%' mmm
5 150mm
46.3 lbs 21 kp
5951bs 27kp
8 210mm
10'/rs. 265mm
13. 33Omm
5 150mm
59.7 lbs 27.1 kp
70.5 lbs 32 kp
60lbs
72lbs 327 ko
B642ST
5.7:l
8662ST 73:l
13:l
56:l
4W 120mm
16.5:l 22.5:l @:l SW 130mm 20:l
25:l
=:l 5
150mm B742ST 731
22:l
25:l
l
5 lmmm
107~~' 13. 7fi6mm
19nrnm
558' 1Snmrn
Waipm llumlnun CDloms
7 7 2 ka
Modular Modular Siziax 3 Spsed 3 Spaad Klt ?Kit
Fadsnan
%'
8K56.3
BK56.3ST
Sx% FH 9 ' %' SxlOmmFH 14mm 19mm
BK64.3
BK64.3ST
8 225mm
6 x % FH 8 ' 41' 6xlOmmFH 14mm 19mm
8K66.3
8K663ST
8 225mm
6xWFH 9 %' 6x l 0 mm FH 14mm 19mm
8K74.3
BK743ST
91s'
14mm 19mm
-
3
THREE SPEED SE1F-TAILING WINCHES
Three speed self-tailing winches are ideal sheet winches on larger boats. The three speeds allow sheets to be trimmed quickly, even in heavy conditions. Self-tailing allows one crew to handle the entire trimming task - perfect for cruising or racing boats. First gear is selected by depressing the nameplate ring next to the winch handle socket. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light to moderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. Coupled with Harken's large drum diameterj, three speed self-tailing winches offer very high line speeds for racing or fast cruising. By special order, the 074.3 can be provided with power ratios of
Part No.
let
Euar Rltlo 2nd
3rd
0563ST
2.2:l
5:l
13:l
9:l
21:l
56:l
B64.3ST
2.3:l
5.7:l
165:l
9:l
22.5:l
@:l
B66.3ST
2.8:l
7.3:l
20:l
9 3:l
25:l
66:l
B743ST
2.8:l
731
22:l
93:l
251
74:l
ld
Pomr Rallo 2nd 3rd
85:l or 92:l for use on high loads such as found on very large boats or multihulls. All large three speed winches offer drums supported by ball bearings, two gears driving the drum, 17-4 PH stainless shaft pins, and roller bearings on all gears. AddnionalInlormation- See pages 148 and 149 for an explanation of special features. See pages 150 and 151 for suggested uses. Om'ering lnformation- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum). B (polished bronze) or C (chromed bronze) to part number. Polished bronze by special order only.
ON^ Baw Diamedsr Dlamster
4%' 120mm 5 130mm 5%' l5Omm 5%' 150mm
8%' 225mm
103% 270mm W 1 245mm 300mm 10%< 13' 265mm 330 mm 107~0' 13' 265 mm 330mm
Llna Height 4'516' 125mm 5%' 15Dmm 5 150mm 5%' 15Omm
Woipht llumlnum Chmm 33.7lbs 15.3kg 50.0 Ibs 226kg 59.5 lbs 27.1 kg 6041bs 27.4 kg
4411bs 20kg 59.5 lbs 27kg 70.6 lbs 32 kg 71.4lbs 32.4 kg
Llnu Slze Mln M u 7"116' 6XV16'FH H,' %' 195mm 6xBmmFH 14mm 19mm 8 5 X % FH %e' %' 210mm 5xlOmmFH 14mm 19mm 8%' 8 X % FH %S' %' 225 mm 6xlOmmFH 14 mm 22mm 8%' 6xSXFH %c' W 225 mm 6 x l 0 mm FH 14mm 22mm
-
3
WIDE BODY SELF-TAILING WINCHES
The B964 and B980 are wide body self-tailing winches which may be used as standard top action winches or with pedestal, electric, or hydraulic drive to permit trimming of very high loads on sheets and halyards of the largest boats. The B964.2ST and B980.2ST are two speed winches used on large cruising boats. The B964.3ST and B980.3ST are three speed winches used on large racerlcruisers or whenever high line speed is desired. The B1100ST and B1120ST are three speed winches for high load applications on large boats. They are generally driven by electric or hydraulic motors or connected to a pedestal system.
Pall No.
Coal Ratln ld 2nd 3rd
P ~ oRIIIo r Dmm Bass 1st 2nd i)rd Dlnm#lr Ollmstar
64.2ST
731
22:l
21:l
M:l
64.3ST
2.8:l
731
8:l
21:l
80.2ST
73:l
278:l
21:l
80.3ST
28:l
7.31
27.8:l
8:l
lOOST
2.7:l
8.2:l
25.8:l
120ST
2:l
114:l 33.4:l
22:l
The large drum d.ameter provides extra surface area for s ~ fcient l wraps to nanale very high loaas ana also otters extra speed in sheeting. Drums on wide body self-tailing winches are available in aluminum, aluminum with stainless steel, or chromed bronze. Addlllonallntomatlm- See pages 148 and 149 for an explanat on of spec al features. See pages 150 and 151 for suggested uses. Ordarino lnlomaI1~- Specity winch a r m material by adding A (a bminum) C (chromed bronze) or A/SS (alumin~mhtainlesssteel) to Dart nJmoer. Pol shed bronze bv.sDecial order onlv. For ~edestal . driie add PD to the part number.
"loM
I
izn une
13' 5%' 330mm 150mm
Woighl Uumlnum C h n m
FWener
Slim
Bum18S
61.7lb~ 77.21bs 28kQ 35kg
70.51bs 32kg
8%' 6xWFH 56' M' 225mm 6 x l o m m F H 14mm 20mm
Clfda
6 175mm
107h8' 265mm
W1
6%' 175mm
107~s' 13' 5%' 265mm 330mm 150 mm
63.9 Ibs 29 kg
79.4 Ibs 36 kg
72.8 Ibs 33 kg
8 6 x W FH 56' M' 225mm 6 x l O m m FH 14mm 20mm
l
-
6%' 175mm
107A8' 265mm
13' 5% 330mm 150mm
61.7 lbs 28 kg
77.2 lbs 35 kg
88.2 ibs 40kQ
8%' 6 x W FH 5N M' 225mm 6 x l O m m FH 14mm 20mm
21:l
889
6%' 175mm
10%~' 13' 5 265mm 330mm 150mm
63.9 lbs 29 kg
79.4 lbs 36kQ
90.4 lbs
8 6 X W FH 56' W 225 mm 6 x l O m m FH 14mm 20mm
52:l
15.9:l 50.5:l
l 280mm
14' 10'%8' 4%' 355mm 275 mm 105 mm
63.9lbS 29 to
3.4:l
1 9 3 1 56.5:l
11'%s' 3Wmm
20'hd 14'W 5%' 115.71bs SlOmm W m m 150mm 52.5kQ
41
71.6lbs 12% 6xWFH W %' 32.5kg 315mm 6xlOmmFH 14mm 22mm 127.8lbs 14%' 12xWFH 56' 1' 58kg 480mm 12xlOmmFH 14mm 25mm
Powered winches offer great convenience to cruising sailors. They allow small crews to handle the high loads of large boats. Sheets, halyards, and major control lines are all well suited to the use of powered winches. Harken offers both electric and hydraulic self-tailing winches in a wide range of sizes and configurations. Electric winches offer the convenience of powered winches in an easily installed system. The winch is wired with two switches and a control box which mounts in a sheltered location below deck. Harken electric winches through the B980 are offered for either 12 or 24 volts. Larger winches all use 24 volts. Motors on most winches through the B980 are mounted either vertically or horizontally to match your installation requirements. Because each electric winch has a motor and is easy to wire, it is generally less expensive to use them when plans call for just a few powered winches. When many winches or other functions need to be powered, hydraulics, which use a central power source, should be considered. Many large cruising boats use hydraulics for windlasses, furling, centerboard lifts, vangs, and backstays and this power source may also be used to drive Harken hydraulic winches. Use of a central hydraulic power source reduces weight and noise as only one motor is required to drive the entire system. Harken offers both hydraulic self-tailing winches and hydraulic power sources and control systems which can drive winches and other accessories. All hydraulic motors are mounted vertically. All hydraulic lines and motors are standard hydraulic components so that winches are easily serviced anywhere in the world. Every Harken powered winch including the smaller sizes, operates in two speeds both when using the powered mode and when using the manual mode. This two speed capability in the powered mode on smaller winches is unusual and is of significance for primary winches on smaller boats and for halyards on larger boats because it insures high line speeds under low loads while retaining high power for higher loads. Powered winches from the B56 may be ordered with three speeds for very high line speeds under low loads. Operation of ail Harken powered winches is by use of slmp e waterproof switcnes ana reliable, easy to service, etectr c controls. The crew mav select etther first or second gear depending on loab 160
am mournednear wmh
and W b e w m d for hmd or font operafwn w both
v
HMm 6.6 power unit supplies power for all hvdraulic lunctions
Hydrauik control box contains smtch mntmls Supplf+ with hvdraulicpower unL B74.ZSTCH hydrault winch features large diameter bearings and Hident sefitaflfng mechanism.
Hinckley Sou'wester59
Winches revert to manual operation when a locking handle is inserted so the boat can be raced or cruised without use of the powered system. Insertion of the winch handle automatically disconnects the powered system to prevent use of the motor with a winch handle inserted. Powered winches are self-tailina winches with chromed bronze or aluminum drums. ~olishkdbronze drums are available by special order. HydrauIIc Power Units Harken offers four sizes of hydraulic power units plus custom sizes for special applications. These are centrally positioned power units supplying hydraulic power to different functions on the boat. With these power units it is possible to serve all of the hydraulic requirements on a boat - winches. furling, windlass, steering, centerboards, and davits. Power units are driven by either 12 or 24 volt electric motors. All of the hydraulic connections are made with standard high performance hydraulic fittings. These systems are very simple and use commonly available hydraulic components so that service is possible worldwide. The Hydro 6 and 8 use two motors. A manual switch allows selection of one or both motors at any time. Two motors allow extra power and provide a backup power source. Every power source is tailored to its specific use. Pressure and flow are adjustable and each valve can be fitted with separate pressure and flow valves. For large boats, custom power units are available. 161
Electric winches offer cruising sailors the convenience of powered winches in an easily installed system. Harken offers the most complete line of electric winches available with sizes ranging from the B44.2ST which is suitable for use as a primary winch on boats as small as 34 feet (10.3 m) and for halyards on boats from 39 feet (12 m). All Harken electric winches, including the smaller sizes, operate in two speeds both when using the electric motor or when cranking by hand. Electric winches from the 56 may be ordered with three speeds to provide vely high line speeds. Operation is by use of simple waterproof switches which are located near the winch. The crew may select eitherfirst or second gear depending on the load. The winch reverts to manual operation when a locking handle is inserted so the boat can be raced or cruised without use of the electric system. lnseltion of the handle automatically disconnects the electrical system to prevent use of the electric motor with a winch handle inserted.
F
0 for either Harken electric winches through the ~ ~ are8 offered 12 or 24 volts. Larger winches use 24 volts. Motors are mounted either vertically or horizontally on winches through the B980 to match your installation requirements. The anchor plate allows separate disassembly of the winch and the motorlgear reduction assembly. Both the motor and gear reduction box feature special anti-corrosion protection. Additional lnlormation- See pages 1 4 8 and 149 loran exp anat on ol spec al leat~resSee pages 150 an0 1 5 1 for suggested Lses Ordering lnlormalion - Each w~nchrequlres two swltcnes and each ooat reqL res appropr ate contro panels - see page 1 6 7 Tnree speed wlncnes from the 56 are ava laole oy spec~alorder W~ncnesw~th pol~sneooronze a r m s are ava aole oy specla oraer only Tne l 1 0 0 an0 1120 are aval able W tn alum n,rn or a Jm nJm/stalnless siee d r ~ m s
G
Wniphl Aluminurn Chrome
FanBnnrs Clrcle
7'/76' 180mm 7'As' 180mm
1 2 5 3 m
46.8 lbs 212kg
50.9 lbs .231kg
5"hd 6 x W FH 145mm 6x8mmFH
10' 255mm
49.4 ibs 22.4 kg
54.5lbs 247kg
5"/76' 7x5/16'FH 150mm 7x8mmFH
71/75' 180mm
10' 255 mm
5881bs 24.4 kg
59lbs 26.8 kg
6'4' 6xs/7<FH 155mm 6 x 8 mm FH
71/ra' 7xWFH 195mm 7xfimmFH
~
B562STE-H
4%" 120mm
8% 225mm
1 1 285mm
5M6' 137mm
l 45mm
7'As' 180mm
10' 255mm
65lbs 29.4 kg
71.9 Ibs 32.6kg
%G' %14mm 19mm
33' 1Om
12.9' 3.9m
B64.2STE-H
5 130mm
9%' 245mm
12W 320mm
6%' 165mm
13/i 45mm
7% 200mm
11' 280mm
85.6 Ibs 388kg
98.8 lbs 8 5 x W FH 9/16, 3 448kg 210mm SxlOmm FH 14mm 19mm
31' 94m
10.6' 32m
866.2STE-H
5 150mm
10%' 265mm
135X 345mm
% 6' 165mm
% 1' 45mm
7% 200mm
11' 280mm
99Ibs 449kg
1098Ibs 8 7 6 x 3 X FH 9/16' 498kg 225mm 6 x l O m m FH 14mm 19mm
27.2' 84m
9.9' 3m
8742STE-H
5 150mm
10%~" 265mm
13W 345mm
% 6' 165mm
1% 45mm
7% 200mm
11' 280mm
97.8 lbs 44.3kg
1098lbs 8 6 x W FH %S' W 498kg 225mm 8xlOmmFH 14mm 19mm
27.71 84m
9.2' 28m
B964STE-H
6% 175mm
10%s" 265 mm
13%" 345mm
% 6' 165 mm
1%' 45 mm
77h' 200mm
11' 280 mm
1009lbs 45.8 kg
1164lbs 7 6 x W FH H' %' 52.8 kg 225 mm 6 x l 0 mm FH 14 mm 20mm
32.3' 9.8m
10.9' 3.3 m
8980STE-H
6% 175mm
10Ms" 265mm
135X 345mm
6M' 165mm
1%' 45mm
7% 200mm
11' 280mm
BllWSTE-H
10%' 260mm
14 355mm
101%6 275mm
43~/16'' 105mm
2%" 70mm
87x 225mm
435mm
10221bs 11771bs 8 6xWFH W %' 464kg 53.4 kg 225mm 6xlOmmFH 14mm 20mm W 1786lbs 1863lbst 12'X 6xWFH %' 81 kg 84.5118 315mm 6xlOmmFH 14mm 22mm
32.3' 9~. 8m 27.4 83m
8.6' 26m 89' 27m
11'%s' 300mm
20%~' 425mm
l 290mm
5 150mm
43X 122mm
10% 276mm
17I3;ls' 450mm
187.41bs231.41bSt 14%11s' W 1' 12xH'FH 85kg 905kg 365mm 12xlOmmFH 14mm 25mm
22.8' 69m
7.9' 24m
B1120STE-H
Line speed is measured with no load.
t Drum isaluminum wlth stainless steel sleeve. Chrome not available.
l
had
Line speed is measured wnh no load.
t Drum is aluminum vhh stainless steel sleeve. Chrome n a available
1HYDRAULIC WINCHES 1 Hydraulic winches use a single efficient power source to drive all of the powered winches on larger cruising boats. The same power source can be used far other functions on the boat such as backstays, vangs, furling, or centerboards. All Harken hydraulic winches, including the smaller sizes, operate in two speeds, both when using the hydraulic motor and when cranking by hand. This two speed ability in the powered mode is unusual and of significance for speed in trimming and hoisting sails.
Part NO. 844.2STH 8482STH 8532STH 856.2STH 8642STH 8662STH 874.2STH 8964STH 8980STH 81100STH 81120STH
Drum Base ~ ~ a m a t w Diameter
Line
Waiphl Alumlnum Chrnm,
L
Haioht
Helphl
Hydraulic winches from the 56 may also be ordered with three speeds to provide very high line speed. All hydraulic motors are vertically mounted. Addiiionallnfomation - See Daaes 148,149.160 and 161 for an explanation ol speclal fealures. &e pages 150 and 151 for sLggestea Jses. Ordering lnformalion- Each winch requires two switches an0 each boat reqJlresappropr ate contro panels- see page 167 Three speea wlnches from the 56 are ava aole by spectal order Wlnches w tn pollshed bronze a r m s are aval able by specla order
F*ener Clrrls
Fanlnem
MinLine Slza
W
3% 92mm
6% 170mm
71%6' 220mm
3%. 95mm
876 225mm
4'516' 125mm
37.3 ibs 16.9kg
41.4 lbs 188kg
S1%e' 145mm
6 x % d FH 6x8mmFH
10mm
4' 102mm
7% 1mmm
4' 228mm
4%~' 112mm
876 225mm
41%~' 125mm
44.41bs 20.1 kg
49.61bs 22.5kg
6% 155mm
6xHe'FH 6x8mmFH
12mm
4746' 112mm
8'h' ZMmm
9'518' 250mm
4% 117mm
876 225mm
4'416' 125mm
50.6 1bS 22.9kg
57.8 Ibs 26.2kg
7l/16' 180mm
6x %tFH 6x8mmFH
'H
58'
12mm
16mm
4%. 120mm
8% 225mm
1058' 270mm
53/Ie' 137mm
876 225mm
4'518 125mm
55.5 Ibs 25.1 kg
62.4 Ibs 283kp
71Vls' 195mm
7 x %s'FH 7x8mmFH
14mm
51h" 130mm
958' 245mm
12%' 308mm
6% 165mm
9W 235mm
4'51i 125mm
67.5 Ibs 3(1.6kg
80.7 1bs 36.6kg
8%' 210mm
5 X W FH 5xlOmmFH
8 '
%'
14mm
5 150mm
10%~" 265mm
13' 330mm
6'h' 165mm
9%' 235mm
4'51s' 125mm
BO.9 lbs 36.7kg
91.7 Ibs 41.6kg
8% 225mm
6 X W FH ExlOmmFH
SW 150mm
10'As' 265 mm
13' 330mm
6's 165 mm
9'U 235 mm
41%~' 125 mm
86.3 1bS 39.1 kg
98.3 1b6 44.6 kg
8% 225mm
6% 175mm
1074s' 265 mm
13' 330mm
6W 165 mm
9%" 235mm
41H8 125 mm
82.81bs 37.6 kg
98.3 1bs 44.6kg
6% 175mm
10%~' 265 mm
13' 330mm
6'8 165 mm
9 235mm
4'51s' 125 mm
83.7 lbs 38 kg
10%' 260mm
14' 355mm
10'%s' 275mm
43/18' 105 mm
11%6' 290mm
41516' 125 mm
129Ibs 58.5 kg
11'%d 300mm
20%~' 510mm
14'5As' 380mm
5% 150 mm
11'3~6' 300mm
4'%6' 125 mm
Linespeed is measured with no load.
t Drum is aluminum with stainless steel sleeve. Chrome not available.
Line Speed Per Minute' If1 2nd
%s' 14mm
42.9' 13m
13.5' 4.1 m
W
472' 143m
11.9' 3.6m
41.5' 12.6m
10.9' 3.3m
28.1' 8.5m
10.9' 3.3m
19mm
26.4' 8m
9.2' 28m
14mm
19mm
23.4' 7.1 m
8.6' 26m
6 X WFH 6 x l O m m FH
%e' 14mm
19mm
23.4 7.1 m
7.9' 2.4 m
8 225mm
6xWFH 6 x l O m m FH
W
%.
14mm
20mm
27.4' 8.3m
9.2' 28m
99.2 Ibs 45 kg
8% 225mm
6 x WFH 6 x l O m m FH
14mm
20mm
27.4 83m
7.3' 2.2m
13671b6t 62 kg
123. 315mm
6xWFH 6 x l O m m FH
5h'
W
14mm
22mm
23.4 7.1 m
7.6' 23m
159.6Ibs171.9lbst 72.5 kg 78 kg
14'h6' 365mm
12xWFH 12xlOmm FH
W 14mm
1' 25mm
19.5' 59m
7.9' 2 . 4 ~
l$
%G'
16mm
W 19mm
% W
V*'
8
Hydro 2.3
Hydro 4.3
I
ibo
i
nba
Prerrun(br)
H y d r o 2 and Hydro 4 are single motor power units. Hydro 2 is used on boats to 45 feet (13.7 m) which require two or three functions. Hydro 4 is used on boats to 56 feet ( l 7 m) and is available with up to six functions. Hydro 2 is available for either 12 volt or 24 volt installations. Hydro 4 is available only for 24 volt installations. Common Specifications
tiamtyw Power unit
Oil Capacity - 10 liters (10.6 qt) Battery Capability- Min 200amp hour Max operating pressure - 140 bar (2000 psi) Hose Connection -W G
CurrenlDraln 0 500 psi 8zmops1
Llp!/OnS Quick fit connections
Hydro2
40 amp
Hydro 4
50 amp
90 amp
,
Numbar 01 Funclions
Motln
Hydro2
2or3
136hp 1000 wan
100amp
2.72 hp 2000 wan
140 amp
Hydro 4
35 mm2
33'-so'
NO. ~
25 mmz
tom-ism
Double pump for higher flow rate Electric oil level control Part
o-5m 1s-33' 5m-iom
50 mm2
Weioht
~~~~~
3.4,s or 6
W
55lbs 25 kg
22'W 580 m m
143A6' 360 mm
91/16. 240 mm
9l3,$ 2% mm
6"~s' 170 mm
lOmm
88 ibs
2358' 600 mm
143As' 360mm
91/16' 240mm
9'3Ae' 250mm
6"A8' 170mm
10 mm
40 kg
l
W
44. 46.48, 53.56 44.46.48.53, 56. M,66.74
165
Hydm 6
1HYDRO 6 & HYDRO 8 1 H y d r o 6 and Hydro 8 are dual motor power units. Hydro 6 is used on boats to 74 feet (22.5 m) which require up to 9functions. Hydro 8 is used on boats over 70 feet (21.4 m) and is available wfih as many as 12 functions. The dual motors are capable of very high flow rates and provide a backup power source. Hydro 6 and Hydro 8 are only available for 24 volt applications. Common &wcMcatlons Max operating pressure 140 bar (2000 psi) Hose Connection -$R'G
B~IIIY
-
lwms
Quickfit connections Electric oil level contml
Osmpsi
~ m m p d
2xaamp
2xl20amp
IO P O Wunn ~
15'-33' 5m-lOm 33' - 50' 10m-15m
Hydm 8
. . Hydm6
2,4,6or9
2.72hp
..
250amp
20mwall
Hydro8
3.6.9.ori2
4 hp SW0 watt
350amp
1761bs 80 kg 194lbs B8kg
26 GM)mm
27%~' 690mm
1%d 390 mm 18%' 473mm
19%' 490 mm
20%. 522mm
12'%d 326 mm 15' 381 mm
6'%6' 176 mm
Q'& 241 mm
%' lOmm
W lOmm
-
.-
44.46.48. 53.56. 64,66,74,964, $30 44,4648. 53.56. 64.66, 74,~,gsO,11W,1120
-
R
Tvpical hydraulic install~lm
Typical electrical iflsfallaIIon
3
CONTROL BOXES & SWITCHES
B o t h electric and hydraulic winches require switches. In addition, electric winches require appropriate control boxes which must be chosen based on the winch, the voltage and the number of winches to be controlled. Hydraulic power units are supplied with appropriate control boxes. Switches Harken offers deck switches for use with electric or hydraulic winches. Each winch requires two switches, one for each speed. Switches are simple electrical contact switches which are well sealed against moisture and are very easy to install and maintain. The BRS102 is a basic push button switch. The BRS102/P is fitted with a guard to protect against accidental engagement. This feature is particularly useful when switches are floor mounted. Electrical Control Boxes Electrical control boxes contain the solenoids and overload protection to operate the winches. Each box will control one or two winches. Boats with more winches will require more control boxes. Hydraulic Conlrol Boxes and Panels Hydraulic power packs are supplied with appropriate control boxes. Special control panels are often supplied with hydraulic systems. These panels can be mounted in the cockpit and show clearly which systems are in use and allow remote operation of hydraulic functions.
Deck Switches
BR5102
I
BRS102lP
Remote sMch
256.
Remote sMfch wlouard
66mm 256. %mm
Electric Control Boxes
,
1%6'
18mm 1
18mm
3%6'
602
90mm
1800
39hd
601
90mm
1800
2perwinch Zperwinch
I
All racing winches teaturea stainless steel handle smket for maximum durability
Drums are in hard anodized alumlnum w l h large winches Onend nith combination aluminuWstainless steel drum.
Wide bodywinch drums feature hollows between interior and exterior drums to reduceweight.
Larw winches feature Special 17-4 PH stainless drum gears for long term reliability
l
rorlon rollar bearinos ride in large diameter capes to allow more bearings to cany the load. I
Large dlameter sp~ndlesforma large beanng sumce to properly carry the load
Drive gears are 1 7 4 PH stainless steel wim specialtj IIOiShed wot4no
"C\
Winches as small as the 48 fealure roller bearings in evary pear.
C m r sians on a rac no m d e s m e on roller heal nos
Pawls are held caotive bv the s$ngs, ihey are easy to remove but wonldmp OUl Mcidenlly during service.
\ Gears on a ncnes lrom lne 45 IealLreIo~rpawlslor mmm.m re ao ity and to mlnlmze
H'uh l a d carrying gear pins are 17-4 PH stainba steel for maximum strength and durability.
a w r mnches a e WO peanto dme drums Tnls red~cesiheload OnM8 drum omr and loaoslhe drum svmnGncallv whlch
Racers at all levels know that light boats are faster Leading edge boats are designed and built to exacting standards to keep weight out. These boats demand extremely light winches with high efficiency and total reliability. Harken answers these needs with a line of racing winches which combine the meticulous attention to detail of the best Italian craftsmen with the space age American technology which has made Harken an institution in racing circles for over 20 years. Harken's Torlon' racing winches are the ultimate winches for serious racing boats. Weights are extremely low and reliability and efficiency are extremely high. Torlon racing winches are not simply standard winches modified for lighter weights. From the hard anodized alloy bodies and drums, and the Torlon roller bearings riding in large diameter cages, to the Torlon balls carrying vertical loads on the drum and the 17-4 PH gears and gear pins, Harken Torlon racing winches are bred for performance. From small two speed self-tailers to enormous wide body pedestal driven winches, Harken offers the most complete range of racing winches available. They meet every need on any racing boat. 168
Torlon" Roller Bearlngs Race proven for years in Harken's big boat hardware, Torlon bearings are reliable, low friction bearings perfectly suited to racing winches. Torlon bearings are substantially lighter than stainless steel bearings and their use is an important element in the overall weight savings in Harken's racing winches.
Speed-Lockm Speed-Lock is a modular feature which can be added to any three speed Torlon Racing Winch to allow it to be held
Speed-Lock may be added without complete disassembly of the winch.
Torlon bearings ride on specially finished hard anodized surfaces of the winch body. Torlon roller bearings ride in very large diameter cages to allow more bearings to carry the load. Less load per bearing translates into less friction and high efficiency and longer life. Torlon roller bearings require only the lightest lubricants so drag when trimming by hand is extremely low. Maintenance is reduced to frequent freshwater flushing and occasional cleaning and lubricating of gears.
WlnCOes d Saswno e l01s?rv Ce w th S rno e nand loos Bases of W ncnes rerna n s e a m 10 aec* wnen v ncn S asassemo~eo
All bases feature large draln holes
Stainless fasteners secure to stainless steel helicoil insem.
Complete Range Unlike many winch builders, Harken offersafull range of racing winches. These include 8 two speed self-tailers, 5 three speed winches, 9 three speed wide body winches, 3 four speed wide body winches, and 6 three speed self-tailing wide body winches. Add modular Speed-Lock and you have the capability of providing the perfect winch for any racing application. High Efficiency Self-Tailing he patented ball bearing roller on the stripper arm protects sheets against wear and reduces friction. The self-tailing arms are a lightweight special alloy and are adjustable to 22 positions after the winch is mounted so the crew may select the best position for your boat. The special jaw configuration of the self-tailing mechanism can be adjusted to match your sheet diameter. Because the jaws allow the line to seat on the same diameter as the winch drum, there is no efficiency lost by the tailer mechanism carrying the load. Nonadjustable self-tailers can offer optimal performance with only one sheet diameter.
Four Speed Winches Four speed wide body racing winches offer crews a l:l overdrive speed for very fast trimming of the genoa in light conditions or of the spinnaker at any time while retaining a geared first speed for heavy air work. This option of a 1:l or geared first speed offers great flexibility and faster trimming in all conditions. The 1:l speed is selected by means of a lever switch conveniently located in the top cleat. When this high speed is selected, the normal geared first speed is locked out of the speed selection until normal speeds are again selected. Gears are changed in the normal fashion of three speed winches by reversing handle direction. 169
KO speed self-tailing racing winches are ideal for most primary,
suit a variety of line sizes. The stripper arm on racing winches is lightweight aluminum. Two speed racing winches are offered with hard anodized aluminum drums and feature Torlon bearings for exceptional weight savings, low friction and high performance. Addilional lnlormalion- See pages 168 and 169 for an explanation of special features. See pages 150 and 151 for suggested uses.
secondary, halyard, running backstay and control line applications. Six winches are offered to handle functions from primaries on halftonners and halyards on three quarter tons to running backstays on maxis. The self-tailing mechanism features Harken's patented ball bearing roller to improve efficiency and easily adjustable jaw widths to
Gear Ratio 14 2nd 845.2STR B48.2STR 8532STR lB58.2STR B64.2STR B74.2STR
25:l 2.5:1 3:1 5:1 5.73 7.3:l
8.23 10:1 12:1 13x1 16.51 22:1
Power h 1 1 0 1st 2nd 13.8:' 125:l 14:l 21:l
U:l 48:l
E: 53:l
22.5:l 25:1
74:l
Urum Dlamner
Diamder
% 3' 92 mm
6'Mi 170mm
8%' 206mm
4' 102mm
7W' 190mm
4%~' 112mm
'lss
HelgM
Line Entry
udnh+
Weigh1
Fadenem
..".",,.
Mln Line Size Mai
11.3lbs 5.1 kg
5%~' 128mm
5xWFH 5x8mmFH
%'
%6'
85mm
10mm
14mm
3%' 100mm
16.1lbs 7.3 kg
6W 155mm
6x%a'FH 6x8mmFH
W
%
228mm
12mm
16mm
8'Me' 220m
9'%s' 250mm
43/16' 105mm
19.2 Ibs 87kg
71/16' 180mm
6 X %6' FH 6x8mmFH
'h'
3%'
12mm
16mm
4%' 12Omm 5%' 130mm
8% 225mm % 9' 245mm
105~ 270mm 12fX 308mm
4l%$ 125mm 5 150mm
23.6 ibs 107kg 30.6 Ibs 139kg
7'%6' 195mm 8%' 210mm
7 x%6'FH 7xammFH 5xWFH 5xiOmmFH
5W 150mm
107A6' 2&5mrn
13' 830mm
5 7
150rnm
41.7lbs 189ko
8% 225mm
6xWFH 6xlOmrn FH
P
3%
%c
W
14mm
19mm
9/16'
14mm-
I
%' 19mm -
9/16'
%'
14mm
19mm
3
THREE SPEED & THREE SPEED SELF-TAILING RACING WINCHES
Three speed winches are the heart of any racing boat's winch package. They are ideal for most primary and secondary winch applications. Three speed self-tailing winches are used as secondary and halyard winches on large racing boats and as primary winches on shorthanded racing boats. The high speed first gear is engaged by depressing the nameplate rina. Use first oear for fast sheet trimmino in light air or ignore first in heavy air.
Gear Radio 1s 2nd 3rd
Power Rdlo 16 2nd 3rd
B483R
1:l
25:l
98:l
5:l
12:l
0533R
1:l
3:l
12:l
45:l
13.1
Part
no.
190mm
7%' 192mm
mlgM 3'5%~' 100mm
1461bs 6.6kg
6%' 155mm
6x5As'FH 6xBmmFH
53:l
4'h' 112mm
8'Ms" 220mm
7%' 192mm
4%' 105mm
17.6lbs 8kp
7x6. l8Omm
6xy1s'FH 6x8mmFH
120mm
4%'
8%' 225mm
9%' 235mm
415%~' 125mm
21.1 1bs 9.6kg
711/(6' 195mm
6xV16.FH 6x8mmFH
4%' 120mm
8%' 225mm
10%' 270mm
44'5~s' 125mm
2781bs 12.6kg
7"/16. 195mm
6xS/ls'FH 6xsmmFH
14mm 19mm
5'4' 130mm
9% 245mm
l 300mm
5%' 150mm
35.3lbs 16kg
8W 210mm
5xH'FH 5xlOmmFH
14mm 19mm
5 7 150mm
1Oh' 265 mm
13' 330mm
5 150mm
46.31bs 21 kg
8%' 225mm
6xWFH 6 x l O m m FH
He' 'h' 14mm 22mm
21:l
553
B563STR
2.2:l
51
13:l
9:l
21:l
56:l
874.3STR
28:l
73:l
22:l
931
22.5:l 25:l
S12s Mr,
Fastanan
711'
9:l
9:l
WelgM
4 102mm
1x1
165:l
Llna Entry
48:l
5:l
57:l
Hal#M Dlarndsr
22:l
23:l
AddilionalInlomathn- See pages 168 and 169 for an explanation of special features, See pages 150 and 151 for suggested uses.
Dlarnstsr
B56.3R
0643STR
These winches may be ordered with Speed-Lock" to keep the winch in the faster first and second gears, a valuable feature in light air. They feature hard anodized aluminurn drums and Torlon bearings for exceptional weight savings.
84:l 71:l
-
-
Modular SpeMd.~ock P BK351 BK351
-
-
BK352
%d
%'
BK352
%'
BK352 BK352
171
m
3 -
:BODY
ESPEED l_----Me WINCHES
'
Smaller wide body three speed racing winches are ideal primary and secondary winches. The wide body's large drum diameter gives exceptional line speed for faster trimming. These wide body racing winches are all supplied with a top cleat for fast, convenient securing of sheets. de~ressina The- hiah soeed first aear ---=~~~ is - enaaaed " ~ bv ~, ~ ~the nameolate ring. Use first gear for fast sheet trimming in light toinoderate air, or ignore first gear in very heavy conditions. The B964DLP and B980DLP offer a direct drive first gear for very fast trimming. The B964LPand B980LP are provided with geared first speedsior mare power. These winches may be ordered with
-
~~
~
~
.
Pmer RaUo 2nd 3d
Part NO.
1st
Gear Aallo 2nd
3rd
lsl
B480TCR
1:l
Z1
10:l
3.9:l
156:l
U:l
B530TCR
1:l
5:l
12:l
39:l
19:l
47:l
B56OTCR
22:l
5:l
16:l
7.4:l
1621
55:l
BWLPTCR
2.8:l
73:l
22:l
8:l
21:l
W1
BWOLPTCR
1:l
7.3:l
22:l
29:l
21:l
l
B980LPTCR
2.8:l
73:l
27.8:l
8:l
21:l
80:l
B9800LPTCR
1:l
731
278:l
2.9:l
21:l
80:l
Speed-Lock" to keep the winch in the faster first and second gear, a valuable feature in light air or downwind. Three speed wide body racing winches are offered with anodized aluminum drums. The B560 is also offered with a combination aluminum and stainless steel drum for wire sheets.
tnfomat,on- See pages 168 and 169 for an explanation of special features. See pages 150 and 151 for suggested uses. Ordaring Intomation- Specify winch dmm material by adding A (aluminuml or NSS laluminumlstainlesssteel) to the oatt number.
Lino
Drum Bare Diameter Dlarnstsr 4% 120mm % 5' lmmm 5%' 150mm 6%' 175mm 6 175 mm 6 175mm 6%'
7%; 190mm 8"h' 22omm 8 225mm 107Ad 265mm 107As' 265rnm 10hs' 265mm 10hs'
7% 192mm 8h6' 21smm 9'h' 235mm 1058' 270mm 1058' 270mm 1058' 270mm 10%'
Heink 3'V1e. 100mm 43/16' 105mm 4'346' 125rnm 5%' 150mm 5%' 150mm 5%' 15Omm 5%'
Wl@M Uuminum A l u m 1651bs 7.5k9 1921bS 87kg 25.6 Ibs 11.6kg 38.5lbs 17.5 kg 35.9ibs 16.3 kg 3851bS 175kg 3591bs
-
h*ner Clmle
6'4' 155mm 7%~' laomm 28.9 Ibs 7"A< 13.1 kg 195mm 8 7 225mm 8 7 225 mm 8%' 225mm 8 '
p
kaianars 6x%e'FH 6xBmmFH 6x%'FH
Modular 8p8ebLoct KH BK351 BK351
S X B ~ ~ F H
7 X %6'FH 7x8rnmFH 6 x WFH 6 x l 0 mm FH 6 x 3 4 FH 6 X l 0 mm FH 6xWFH 6xlOmmFH 6x WFH
BK352 BK352 OK352 BD52 BD52
B1lOOTCRA
Rob M c C d y P h o b
3 WIDE BODY THREE SPEED RACING WINCHES
L a r g e wide body racing winches are perfect for primary and secondary functions on large racing boats. They may be used in conjunction with oedestal drives or too driven. The wide body offers exceptional line speed for faster trimming and the top cleat offers a convenient location to secure the sheet. A variety of gearing options available with pedestal drives offers up to six speeds for these large winches. Drums are available in lightweight aluminum or with a combination
No.
181
Gear Ratio 2nd
3rd
In
B1100TCR
27:l
82:l
258:l
5.2:l
15.9:1
B1120TCR
2:l
114:l
334:l
3.4:l
193.1
Power Ratio 2nd 3d
of aluminum and stainless steel for use with wire sheets or exceptionally high loads. These winches feature Harken's race proven Torlon bearinos for lioht weioht and hioh - ,oerformance. Additi~na,In,~matio~-See pages 168 and 169for an explanation of special features. See pages 150 and 151 for suggested uses and pages 176 through 179 for compatible pedestal systems. Ordering Information- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum) or NSS (aluminumlstainless steel) to the part number.
Drum Dlameler
Base Dlametar
50.3:l
10fW 260 mm
14'
56.5:1
iii?46'
Line
:$2,
WeigM AlumlSS Aluminurn
F:g;r
Fadener6
355 mm
10'X 260 mm
4%' 105 mm
57.3 IbS 26 kg
68.3 IbS 31kg
12% 315mm
6X3h'FH 6xlOmmFH
201/18'
14%6'
5%"
83.1 lbs
97lbs
147%
12xWFH
I
I
FOUR SPEED WIDE BODY RACING WINCHES
F o u r speed wide body racing winches offer crews a 1:l overdrive speed for veryfast trimming of the genoa in light conditions or of the spinnaker at any time while retaining a geared first speed for heavy air work. This option of a 1:l or geared first speed offers great flexibility and faster trimming in all conditions. The 1:l speed is selected by means of a lever switch conveniently located in the top cleat. When this high speed is selected, the normal geared first speed is locked out of the speed selection until normal
Gear Rltio 2nd 3rd
Pant NO.
1st
B5604TC
1:l
2.2:l
B9644LP
1:l
B980.4LP
1:l
m r Rat10 2nd 3m
speeds are again selected. Gears are changed in the normal fashion of three speed winches by reversing handle direction. Four speed wide body racing winches are available with SpeedLock" to keep the winch in first and second gear. Speed-Lock" may be engaged with either of the two first speeds. Addih'ORa,,nf,,,ma,ionSee pages 168 and 169 for an explanation seepages and 151 for suggested special
Hnlohl
Line Entrl HdOM
WslgM
8 225mm
9%' 235mm
41%~' 125mm
25.6lbs 116kg
7'W 195mm
7x"Ae'FH 7x8mmFH
BK391
'lmm Diamslnr
Diamutar
55:l
5%' lS(Jmm
4th
hltsnsn
Mocblr Swd-Lod
4th
111
5:l
16:l
3.4.1
7.43
162:l
28:l
731
22:l
28.1
8:l
213
€4
6 175mm
10%~' 265mm
10%' 270 mm
5 150mm
39.7lbs 18 kg
8%' 225 mm
6xWFH 6xlOmmFH
BK392
2.8:l
7.3:1
278:l
2.8:l
8:l
21:1
80:l
6 175 mm
10Ms' 265mm
1%' 270mm
5M' 150mm
4191bs 19 kg
8%' 225mm
6xWFH 6xlOmmFH
BK392
K1
3
WIDE BODY THREE SPEED SE1F-TAILING RACING WINCHES
W i d e body three speed self-tailing racing winches are useful for sheets, halyards and secondary functions on large offshore boats. The B560 is top driven. The B964LP and B980LP may be either top driven or integrated into a pedestal system. The B1100 and B1120 are for use with pedestal systems. The wide drums offer exceptional line speed for faster trimming and the self-tailing mechanism reduces the need for a crew to tail the line. A variety of gearing options available with pedestal drives offers up to six speeds for these large winches. Drums are available in lightweight aluminum or with a combination of aluminum and stainless steel for use with wire sheets or exceptionally high loads.
Rfl No. B560STR
Gear Ratio Id 2nd 3rd 2.2:l
5:l
B964LPST 26:1 73:l BgSOLPST 2.8:l BllOOSTR 2.7:l B1120STR
2:l
Power Ralio 1st 2nd 3rd
161:l 7.4:l 162:l 55:l 221
7 3 : l 276:l
6:l 8:l
21:l l
:
M:1 .. l
6 2 : l 258:l 52:l 159:l 50.3:l 11.41 334:l 3.4:l 193:l 56.5:l
The 0560, B964LP and B980LP may be ordered with Speed-Lock" to keep the winch in the faster first and second gear. These winches feature Harken's race proven Torlon bearings for exceptionally light weight and low maintenance. Addiiionallnfonnalion- See pages 168 and 169 for an explanation of special features. See pages 150 and 151 for suggested uses and pages 176 through 179 for compatible pedestal systems. Ordering lnlormation- Specify winch drum material by adding A (aluminum) or AISS (aluminum/stainless steel) to the part number. To order winches with Speed-Lock'", add SL to the part number. To order the B964LP and B980LP for pedestal drive add PD to the part number. Llna
Wolphl Aluminlam AlumlSS
Dmm Beso Dlamltsr Dlander
H'igM
5 150mm
8%' 225mm
10% 270mm
41%~' 125mm
31.5lbs 143kg
175 mm
lOM6' 265 mm
l 5 300 mm 150mm
4081bs 16.5 kg
6 175 mm
l 265 mm
11%' 5%' 300 mm 150 mm
4081bS 18.5 kg
-
260mm
14' 355 mm
1013/16' 275mm
43/18. 105mm
63.9Ibs 29 kg
ll'%6' 300mm
20M6' 510 mm
141%6'
5W
380 mm 15Omm
95.2lbs 43.2 kg
6
l
-
2931bs 13.3kg
Fadenar Clrcla
7"h'
Min -.-
195mm 8%' 225mm
6x%s'FH 6x8mmFH 6x3NFH 6xlOmmFH
6 7 225mm
716lbs 32.5 kg
12%' 315mm
11071bs 50.2 kp
-
Sl&
SA'
%'
14mm
20mm
W
%'
14mm
20mm
6xWFH 6xlOmmFH
$4' 14mm
2Omm
6x3h'FH 6 x 1 0 mmFH
%'
X '
14 mm
22mm
14%' 12xH.FH $4' 4&9 mm 12xlOmm FH 14mm
1' 25mm
%'
Modular Syad-Losl; Kit BK353 Elk353 BK353
--
PEDESTAL SYSTEMS R d e s t a ~drive winch systems are favored for applications demanding speed and power. One or more crew can crank from a powerful standing position. Systems range from the B700 integral pedestal to complex custom layouts which allow five winches to be cranked by eight to ten crew. Installations may include cutoffs to disconnect winches and gear boxes to offer up to six speeds and power ratios.
Carbon Fiber Pedestals
Extremely lightweight carbon fiber pedestals are designed for boats which place a premium on weight reduction. Carbon fiber pedestals use special handles and drive assemblies using Torlon bearings and Hardkote anodized, Teflon impregnated aluminum. Kevlar drive belts are often used for further weight reduction. Complete systems, including drive assemblies, gear boxes. pedestals, and shafts can weigh as little as 21 lbs (9.5 kg). Flberglass Pedestals
Pedestals of fiberglass and Kevlar molded with epoxy resin are offered for classes such as IMS and the Whitbread 60 which restrict the use of carbon fiber These carefully detailed pedestals weigh 96 oz (2.72 kg) and are built by Harken.
W 1AP 8611AP 8621AP 863tAP
Pedestal adapter plate for one-way gear box Psdsstaladapter plate for two-way gear box Pedestal adapter plate for three-way gear box Pedestal adapia plate
W1
4.9 Ibs 2.2 kg 4.9 Ibs 2.2 kg 5.9 Ibs 2.7 kg 7.3 Ibs
61 1 621 631
Pedestals
Harken pedestals are high strength, lightweight aluminum with a hard anodized finish. They are available with fixed or rotating heads. Standard rotation is 90',but other angles may be specified. Harken pedestals rotate at the head to insure long term rigidityand locks are conveniently located at the base of the head. Drive assemblies use stainless steel shafts and gears are 17-4 PH stainless. Gears all ride on 17-4 PH stainless double roller bearings which carry both the radial and axial loads. Handles are offered in either chromed bronze or forged aluminum. Standard lengths are B' (229 mm) and 10" (254 mm). Pedestals are offered in two standard heights, but special heights are available by special order. Pedestals mount to adapter plates which accept the gear boxes and foot switches. Adapter plates are chosen according to the gear box to be used. 176
Pad NO.
Oarrrlptlon
8610-385 mm
Fixed head pedesial
8610695 mm
Fued head pedestal
8615-385 mm
Rotating head pedestal
B615695 mm
Rotatinp head pedestal
8616
Carbon fiber pedestal Without handles FiberglasEIKWIar pededal
8617
~ I O M
Wllohl W/ Handles
15'W 385 mm 27% 695 mm % 15' 385 mm
19.2 lbs 8.7 kg 24.03 Ibs 10.9 kg i961bs 8.9 kg
27% 695 mm 31' 787 mm 31' 787 mm
24.7 Ibs 11.2 kg
96 02 2.72 kg
Custom double crank systems are for use with four or more crew. A removable version for racerlcruisers allows use of the double crank system across the cockpit while racing, but can be removed to use the top action drive or a power drive while cruising.
.m-.
B1782
D8suiption B1780
Chrome u-ioint
81782
Lightweightalurn~num
woipht 49 oz 1.41 kg l801 510g ~
p~ ~ p
~
14oz 397 g
Universal Joints
I
I
B700
Dcfiption Integral surface mount pedeslai base
,
60mm
,
595 mm
,
284 mm
Universal joints are required in drive shaft installations to compensate for minor misalignments in installation and for the deformation of the boat structure while sailing. Three universal joints are offered. The standard B1780 offers a maximum misalianment of tl- 15'. Thev are chromed bronze and e is a lightweight universal joint of alumstainless steel. ~ i B1781 inurn and stainless. It permits working angles o f t - The 7 8 2 is a lightweight joint which allows a maximum misalignment of +l- 5'.
..
W. 980
Integral Systems
The B700 surface mount pedestal is designed for use on boats where under-deck installation of transmissions and drive shafts is not desirable. It is ideal for cruising boats which are raced and all boats with finished interiors. It is especially suited to retrofit installations. The B700 will accept a 66,74,964, or 980 winch. The hard anodized base contains a spring tensioned drive chain. The pedestal is available in two heights with either a fixed or rotating head. Handles can be either single or double grip and fast 9" (229 mm) handles may be fitted.
RI( NO.
B605
1
8606
Dtscfiption
Wsipht
Stainless steel drive shaft Aluminumdnve
2.3 Ibsllt 3.4 kgirn 1.1 lbsm
Specify length SoeciW lenoth
I
CustomFabrication
Harken is available to consult with designers, builders and owners regarding the fabrication of custom winch systems. Working with CAD (computer aided design) systems, our specialists are capable of developing technical drawings of winch systems for either racing or cruising boats of any size.
Drive ShaHs
Two drive shafts are offered. The B605 stainless steel shaft is designed for high loads and maximum durability. The B606 is a large diameter aluminum tube with welded spline ends. All drive shafts must be custom made to your length. 177
1 PEDESTA SYSTEMS I These sample pedesta systems show some basic arrangements possib e with narken comoonenrs. The insert sloe vlew d r a m a shows all of the comoonents used in a typical system including such items asiear boxes wh~chare not shown in the top views. Unless otherwise specifled, all shafts and u-joints in a draw~ng are the same. Many other arrangements are possible. Please contact Harken for a system which best suits your boat.
Rleslal Key
,~--.~ -
H
622 631 U
-70"
606
178
~
,~. ~
.
~
L ~
L
~
Two-way gear box w h o clutches Three-way gear box wnhree clutches Angled three-way pear box wnhreeclutcks Faurway gear box wfiour clutches c
.S.-.:
Aluminumlslainlessu-joint Stainless steel drive shalt Aluminum driveshalt
H/I
-
', ;LC I
B604
1-3 Tansmission gear boxes are used to distribute power from pedestal drives to different winches. Harken offers a complete range of gear boxes for winch power transmission. The body of the boxes is hard anodized, high tensile aluminum. Gears and shafts are 17-4 PH stainless steel. Working surfaces of gears are finished with a special process to reduce friction and improve efficiency. Gears ride on 17-4 PH stainless steel double roller bearings, which carry both radial and axial loads. Gear boxes are available in three configurations: a simple gear box, a gear box with clutch, and a gear box with clutch and reduction gear. A simple gear box is generally used to connect a winch shaft with a drive shaft. The simple gear box has no disconnect and is attached to the bottom of the winch itself. A gear box with clutch is used to connect or disconnect a transmission from the pedestal system. Clutches have an on and an off position. Use of clutches allows several winches in a system to be cranked while others are left idle. They also allow several pedestals to be separated to drive winches handling very different tasks, such as trimming the main and genoa simultaneously at different speeds. Simple gear boxes and gear boxes with clutches are provided with 1:l or 1.38:l drive ratios, but other ratios are available on special order. A gear box with clutch and reduction gear is used to make a six speed winch system. This very compact gear box contains a clutch and two drive speeds. The clutch has three positions: high speed, off, and low speed. Standard drive ratios are 1:1/1.6:1 but other drive ratios are available by special request. The B604 is a lightweight right angle drive for use with the B616 carbon fiber pedestal system. It is fabricated from 6061-T6 aluminum plate and features stainless steel gears and Torlon bearings. Gear box components are constructed with very close tolerances and, therefore, are not offered as separate units for assembly in the field. Assembly of gear boxes with clutch andlor reduction gear is done by Harken to insure proper alignment and to guarantee the best transmission efficiency with the lightest weight. Gear box assemblies mount under deck on the adaptor plate on the pedestal bottom. Clutch engagement and disengagement and selection of reduction gears takes place by the use of foot switches which are located at the base of the pedestal drive unit.
1
I I 8631
'rl
?an NO.
oarrripion
86W
Single gear box
8601
Single gear box with clutch Liihlweight nght angk drive Two-way gear box w l h twa clutches Twa-way gear box with two clutchesand Wangle Two-way pear box wlh two clutches and 36'angie
8604 861 1 ~611.12 861 1-36
wniaht 11.9ibs 5.4 kg 20.1 lbs 9.1 kg 4.5 Ibs 2.04 kg 26.2 ~ b s 11.9~~ 26.2 ~ b s ll9kg 26.2 Ibs 11.9kg
B621
Three-way war box ~ l three h clutches
48.2 lbs 21.9 kg
8622
Angled three-way gear box W R threeclutches ~ our-way gear box wlh four clutches
48.2 ibs 21.9 kg 58.5 ibs 26.5 kg
8631
179
Harken kits allow you to convert standard modular winches into self-lading, tnree speed, or t h r e e speed self-tailing winches witno~t [he e x D e n s e of ourchasino new wlncnes. Conven~on1s s~rnole.The
top ofthe winch is removed and replaced by the modular k i . Only simple hand tools are required. Not all winches are modular to all features. Check the charts below for applications.
Two Speed Self-Talling K h Part No.
FiEl Wlnchsr
BK42.29 BK44.2ST BK46.2ST BK48.2ST BK532ST BK56.2ST BKM2ST BK66.2ST BK74.2ST
842.2 644.2 846.2 848.2 853.2 856.2 W.2 866.2 874.2
Racino Win& K i i C o m m Wimh Fmm
Fltl Wlnchsa
To BK351 BK352
2 Speed
2 Speed 911-tailing
EK353
848.3R B48OTCR. 8533R. E530TCR 856.3R. BSSOTCR, 864.3R. 874.3R. 8964TCR. 8980TCR
BK371 BK372
E56.3STR, 85WSTR. BW.3STR. 874.3STR. BSWSTR, B980STR BSSOTCR 8964TCR. 89WTCR
BK391
BSSUTCR
R a
Convlm Wlnrh To
I
3 Speed withSpeedlock
Speed racing
3 Speed Self-tailing
3 Speed self-~aiing wlhSpeedlock 4 Speed racing
3 Soeed racino
I
4 Speed racing
I
Three Speed K i Frn Wl~chs EK48.3
B48 2
Converb Winch From
m
I
Three Speed Sell-Tailing Kits Fh WiUckBS
R62 I)
8K66.3
864.2 866.2
BKM.3ST BK66.3ST
064.3
Convum Wlwh From
TO
3 Speed
3 Speed Sen-Tailing
I
3
ELECTRIC CONVERSION KITS
Self-tailing winches starting with the 44 can be converted to electric self-tailing winches with horizontal mount motors. Conversion kits include new drive shafts, mounting plates and winch handle lockouts. You must order one conversion kit and the appropriate electric control boxes for each winch. You must also order two switches and appropriate electric control boxes for each winch. See page 167.
Electric Motors lor Conversion Kils Pad NO.
BK4531
24 Volt, 1WO wan motor
B44.2ST. B46.2ST B53.2ST. B56ZST
Electric Winch Conversion Kits
,
3 SERVICE KIT^ s m p l e service kits are available to permit routine maintenance of Harken winches. Kits are available with drum screws, pawls, springs and winch grease. Harken grease is a special all temperature grease which is very resistant to salt and fresh'water. Metric wrenches are also available for use with Harken winches. Each set contains four high quality metric allen wrenches. Service sheets are available for each standard winch. These sheets show an exploded view of the winch, list all component part numbers, and contain simple instructions for mounting, servicing and repairing the winch. Service sheets are offered free of charge.
BK4510
Winch tool kit
BK4511
Winch drum screw k l
BK4512
Winch service kR
BK4513
Winch ~ r m e
One each: 4 mm. 5 mm. 6 mm. 8 mm allen wrenches 6 Screws 8 mm X 20 mm 4 Plastc washers l 0 Pawls 10 Springs 100 ml Tube of grease
-
BBAP
BlOCSG
BBASG BBCP
BlOCDL BBCL
BBCSG
WIIVCH MIYDLES Harken winch handles are a unique blend of good looks and smooth efficiency, the perfect complement to Harken winches and a positive addition to any winch. All thirteen handles feature ball bearing grips for more efficient and comfortable operation. Cruising sailors like the durability and appearance of forged chromed bronze handles while racing sailors prefer the light, but tough, drop forged aluminum handles. Lock-in handles are easily released with a conveniently positioned thumb switch. They are safer to use as they will not slip out of the winch while you are cranking and may be left unattended in a winch. 10" (254 mm) handles are the industry standard and have proven to be the most comfortable length for most people. Published power ratios are based on 10' (254 mm) handles. 8" (203 mm) handles are faster but reduce power by 20%. They are often used by racing crews in light air or by cruising sailors on smaller boats. Double-grip handles allow one man to crank a winch with more power or offerthe option of two-man cranking. The BIOADL is designed for racing boats which seek a very light double-grip handle. Cruisers should use the chromed bronze BlOCDL double-grip handle. The new patent-pendingSpeedGrip" handle is ergonomically designed to permit very fast cranking under lower loads and powerful, two-handed grinding under higher loads. SpeedGrip and lock-in handles are available in both aluminum and chrome. Harken handles fit international-standardwinch sockets on all brands of winches. Common Speclilcallons Stud 11/16' (17.5 mm) Grip diameter -11A' (32 mm) Grip length - 4th' (114 mm) 182
-
BloAP
B1OASG BlOADL
1
1
HARKEN ITALY HARDWARE
Q
0
i t -
Harken offers a wide array of genoa lead cars and track slides. The tri-roller lead car offers many unique advantages. The wide sheave will accept two sheets for easy sail changes and is mounted very close to the deck to permit sheeting of low clewed genoas. The vertical side rollers protect sheets and reduce friction even when leads are unfair. The single piece construction reduces noise and damage from luffing sails. Tri-roller lead cars are provided with a towing bail for adjustment and must be used with a track stop. Tri-roller lead cars are available to fit metric or English track. Genoa lead blocks offer the simplicity of a pin stop type car. The pin stops can be locked in an up position to facilitate movement along the track. Track slides offer a convenient attachment point for snatch blocks or other lead blocks. They feature plastic sliders to reduce friction and to protect tracks. The pin stop may be locked in an up position. Track stops are low profile and easy to open even with cold, wet hands. T track is clear-anodized aluminum and is available only in metric sizes. 184
Mar
no.
DmcrlpHn
B153 Genoalead blmkfar 32mmtrack-aluminum B154 Genoalmd blockfar 3Zmmtrack-chome B155 Genoalmd blmkfar 40mmtraX-cme B156 Slide far 25 mm track-chrome B157 Slldefar 32 mm track- chrome B158 Slide far40 mm track-chrome
Lan#lh
Wldlh
Hmlphl WdpM
2% 95mm 54mm 3%' 2W 95mm 54mm 2%' ?ha' 142mm 70mm 3W l 80mm 37mm 3%' IlM/le' 95mm 46mm P&' 2Ma' 142mm 56mm
15Haz 4W 115mm 4399 34a2 4%' 115mm 9649 6 6802 150mm 1.95kg
4
l
47mm 2%6' 56mm 2% 70mm
13.302 3779 18Hoz 524 g 38Maz 1.09kg
Sale ?; W ;
2'
52mm 2' 52mm 2%' 68mm
-
-
%s' 14mm
%s' 14mm
A' 22mm
-
1100lbs SWkg 1895lbS &%kg 4475lbs 2030kg
E::hg 2650Ibs 1200kg 3850lbs 1750kg 9920lbs 4500kg
2050 IbS 4625 IbS 950 kg 2100 kg 3950Ibs 81501bs l800 kg 3700 kg 5500lbs 123WlbS 2500 k9 5600 kg
These unique footbiocks feature a spring loaded back which allows the block to be pulled open with one hand for fast sheet changes. Ten sizes of opening foot blocks are offered for use on boats from 20 to 70 feet (6 to 21 m). The B165 does not open. The large diameter sheaves are designed to protect sheets and reduce friction to a minimum. Housings are hard anodized aluminum and the blocks may be disassembled for service without being removed from the deck. 5%' and 7 7 h " (150 mm and 200 mm) footblocks are available by special order with stainless steel sheaves for use with wire.
'
-
~
-
Special Features Spring loaded opening back Large diameter sheaves
Pad NU.
Darcdptlon
B165 Single non-opening B2367 Single B2368 Double 82113 Single B2114 Double B3113 Single
Shsan t~larnatnr 2' 50 mm 2%' 70 mm 2%' 70 mm 3%' 100 mm 3%' 100 mm 4'%8' 125mm
Mar ~ l n a
Len@h
SIZE 'W 12mm '4'
12mm 'h.
12mm
% 6' 14mm %S' 14 mm
5K 16mm
3%' 80 mm 3%' 95 mm 3V1' 95 mm 5% 140 mm SW 140 mm 6'hs' 170 mm
Sal0
HdnM
Wnlphl
% 1' 45 mm 11 1 38 mm 2% 58 mm
1002 284 9 14hoz 411 g 211noz 6109 33lh 9500 47% 02 1.35 kg 51 02 1.45 kg
l'%' 46 mm
2'Me' 72 mm ll%i 50 mm
Worldno Load 2205 lbs 1000 kg 3086 lbs 1400 kg 3086 lbs 1400 kg 4409 lbs 20W kg 4409 lbs 2000 kg 8377 lbs 3800 kg
Bmaklnp SM~L 4410 Ibs 2WO kp 6173 lbs 2800kg 6173 IbS 2800kp 88181bs 4WD kg 88181bs 4000 kg 16755 lbs 7600 kg
hmnnrs 3xWFH 3x6mmFH IX % ~ F H & P X ~ / ~ ' F H lx8mmFH&2~6mmFH lx%6'FH&2x%'M ix8mmFH&2~6mmFH 3 x I5%dFH 3xBmmFH 3x FH 3x8mmFH 3x3A'FH 3xIOmmFH
-
Description 83114
Double
shewe Dlarnatsr
MIX Line Slls
4%6' 125mm
16mm
92 02 2.6 kg
13669lbs 6200 kg
27337 lbs 12400 kg
3 x <h'FH 3~12mmFH
77x 200 mm
3%' 85 mm
H 1 02 3.15 kg
13669 lbs 6200 kg
27337 Ibs 12400 kg
3xWFH 3~12mmFH
10% 260 mm
2'3~~' 72 mm
152 02 4.3 kg
19841 Ibs 9000 kg
39683 lbs 18WO kg
5xWFH Sx12mmFH
10%' 260 mm
4% IlOmm
190 02 5.4 ko
19841 1bs 9000 ko
39683 lbs 18WO ko
5xM'FH Sx12mmFH
3'4 80 mm
%'
77x 200 mm
%'
l a m
03406
Double
574. 150mm
18mm
Double
%e' 55 mm
6"Ae' 170 mm
%
S7N 150mm
83408
3xWFH 3xIOmmFH
Welpht
Singk
Single
16755 lbs 7600 kg
Hslpht
83405
03407
78 02 2.21 kg
Saw Worklnp Load 8377 lbs 3800 kg
Lenmh
7'4.
W
200 mm
20 mm
7'4'
W
200 mm
20 mm
Faalenen
POWER SHEET JAMMERS H a r k e n sheet jammers feature a double control system. The small hand lever allows the jammer to be opened under light loads. A winch handle is used to release the jarnmer under heavy loads. The open top design allows Harken jammers to be used for genoa and spinnaker sheets. The jammer is placed in line between the block and a winch. Sheets may be forced down into the jaws to take the load off the winch. The jaws remain open until the lip of the winch socket is pressed, whereupon they snap closed. The low profile, compact size, and the fact that the hand lever does not protrude beyond the base virtually eliminate the possibility of fouling sheets. Power sheet jammers are available in two sizes in Hardkote anodized aluminum or chromed bronze. Polished bronze is available by special order. S~eclalFeatures W ncn hano~erelease for heavy oaos
nand lever release for lhqhl loads Available as port or starboard models
3
SPINNAKER POLE END FITTINGS
Harken offers a wide range of spinnaker pole end fittings in metric sizes. All pole ends are hard anodized aluminum with stainless steel pistons and pins. Piston type ends are ideal for the outboard end of poles and for the inboard end of poles for small and mid sized offshore boats. hey offer internal ano exrernal release levers. Tne 81471100 and B149/100 are aRomatic with a trigger mechanism which holds the piston open until the guy is inserted, at which time they automatically close. Bell end fittings are popular on medium and large boats which dip pole jibe. The bell and socket arrangement is very strong, easy to engage, and allows the pole to articulate properly in all conditions. The B141/100 is a socket end stud for the inboard end of poles for boats to 55 feet (17 m). This fitting features a recessed hand release lever Toggle track slides accept bells and are available with or without pin stops. Pole ends also fit appropriate adjustable spinnaker pole cars shown on page 120. 190
B276A B2768 B348A
Track slider for bell Trackslider for bell wlstop Track slider for bell
Llpth
T r r k to Pin
95 mm 95 mm 95 mm
35 mm 35 mm 35 mm
"IgM
504 Q 550 g 540 Q
R S
26 mm T track 26 mm T track 32 mm T track
h~ NO. B131150 B131160 B131i70 8131180 B121i70 B121180 B12111W B14111W
Pan NO.
B141150 B145160 8145170 B145180 B1471100 B1491100
F
H
DesCrl~tion pole OD
Pola ID
G
RLsnmh l
Weight
Fits
50 mm W mm 70 mm 80 mm 70 mm 80 mm 100 mm 1W mm
46 mm 55mm 65 mm 75 mm 65 mm 75 mm 94 mm 92 mm
85 mm 85mm 85 mm 85 mm l 1 0 mm l 1 0 mm 110 mm 360 mm
2209 3509 440 g 540 Q 360 g 460 Q 670 g 4.54 kg
8130 bell s o c k B130 bell s o c k B130 bell SOCW B130 bell socket B120 bell socket B120 bell socket B120 bell sacket B140 bell socket wlstud
Bell end for pole Bell end for pole Bell end tor pole Bellend for pale Bellend for pole Bellend for pole Bell end for pole Bell end for pole
Description Piston poleend Piston pole end Piston pole end Piston pole end Piston poleendwltngger Stainless piston end wltrigger
F
H
-
I
PoleOD
PolelD
G
Lenuth pall Pole
Winh
Jaw
Weight
50mm 60mm 70mm 80mm l W mm 100 mm
46mm 55mm 65 mm 75mm 94 mm 92 mm
93mm 146mm 175mm 175mm 134 mm 230 mm
20mm 28mm 30mm 30mm 36 mm 32 mm
3709 8209 1.4 kg 1.5 kg 1.33 kg 3.32 kg
191
Tintea 10 mm (36')acrylic windaw is t o u ~ hand has a lame window area compared to can frames.
Innerframe for oval polls are availabe in b W or silver anodized aluminum or polished stainless steel. Rmnoular inner frames are chrome.
Twoh Delriff hinges have buin-in t m o n brakes W c h make opening and closing easy.
Seamless outer frame means there are m velds or joints that CM kah and no scmw holes.
Window-to-frame pasksl is silicone rubberthat f l s in a machined prowe.
Simple, my mountmg.
Manufactured of AlSl316L1.5 mm Swedis stainless steel, hand polished to a hbh iusler for lasting beauty Spiral Delrine knob has no IimRalion onciosirq pressure
Oval parts are offered in three adius$ble miknesses to fit most cabin housea. Rectangular Ports are adiuslabieto fi a range of thicknesses.
>
STAIMESS STEEL PORTfIGHTS Portlights are designed to introduce light and ventilation to the interior of a boat, but they also make a strong visual statement about the quality of the yacht. Harken portlights are deep drawn in Sweden by Rutgerson Marin of 316L stainless steel and polished to a high luster. They are rugged, leakproof, and beautiful. The seamless stainless construction insures that the strength, durability, and looks of these portlights will last far longer than conventional units which are made of a bent aluminum extrusion or a casting. The tinted W (10 mm) thickacrylic windows are tough and have a larger area than the windows in many other portlights. They seal against a high quality silicone rubber gasket rather than compressible foam. Latches are Delrin spiral knobs so that closing pressure can be altered automatically. The rugged hinges have built-in friction brakes which allow windows to be held in any position and closed easily without fussing with catches. 192
Portlights are available in oval or rectangular shapes in both fixed and opening models. Installation is simple. Each portlight comes with a template for the cutout. Three oval portlights are offered to fit hull thicknesses from 5/16' (8 mm) to 1 7/8' (48 mm). Rectangular portlights are designed to accomodate a variety of hull thicknesses ranging from 516" (8 mm) to 114" (32 mm). Inner frames for oval portlights are available in black, silver anodized aluminum, or stainless steel - order separately. Chromed trim rings for rectangular portlights are included. Optional insect screens are offered. Sp.9cIal Fuufum Polished stainless construction Large window area for size Silicone rubber gasket nnted acrylic windows
6015
Oval Trim R i n p Be sure to order one trim Ddption
NO.
Insset Screen
Black anodized aluminum (owning portlipht)
6 m. 1679
W.6W1.
W07
Silveranotiuec aluminurn (opening portlipht)
6or 1679
m, m1. 6 W
~I~~~SSSIBBI
1001 284 9
MXX).WOl. 6002
6m 1679 6m 1619 1002 284 9
6W3
m9 WIZ
oval insect screen
W15
RecIangularinsed
1 X 5%' 337 mm x 146 mm
'lhw
42 Q 1% w 44 g
MS~IIoval p o r t i g ~
MSall m g u i a r ponliphls
A6
W06
(opening portlght) 13?4'x6' 349mm 152 mm
WeloN
€Ol l
Black anodized aluminum (faed portli~ht) Silveranod'uedaluminum (rued portlight) Slainks steel (fwd partlight)
Mxn
WM 6W3.m
WM MN13.m
WM
Oval and Rectangular Porllights b.
Ovanll Dlmenalan
Ddflon
KC€
Ovd opening (shallow)
W01
Ovd opening (mdum)
W02
Ovd opening (dew)
nullmiclnarr
Window Dlmenrlon
Minimum
15Wx8'
Ik6'
13Wx5%6'
30 mm %S'
O a fix6d (shallow)
m
Ovd fixed (medium)
W05
O a fimd (deep)
€013
R0%lQUhOWnlOQ
W14
Redangular fixed
'Weight includes trim ring
H' 16mm l%@' 3(l mm 1%' 48 mm 58' 16mm 1%~' 30 mm 1%' 48 mm
17mm
4W mm x204 mm 333 mm x 135 mm W03
SA<
8 mm "A6,
8 mm
"h'
1
15%'~7~/1' xl4r 403 mm 197 mm v n mm
r7d mm
1
17mm 1%' 30 mm %6'
8 mm
WeloM
Madmum
lY,' 32 mm
21bs120z 1.24kg 31k3m 145b 31bS9w 1.62Q 21bS50z 1.05 kfl 21bs120~ 1.24 kg 31bS2w 1.42kg 31bs7 01' 1.56 kg
-
...
lnwd
Tflm Rlq
Srrsmn
Dlmnrlons
I
W06
6W7 W08
l
W09 €010 €01 1
1434'~PAS 375 mm x 180 mm
I I
-
l
,-,.
-v,S
IW.'7mmy176
1 Yii
Block Loadino vs Anole of Deflecflon Load on a block is acornbination of the load on the line passing through the block, plus a block loading factor which is determined by the angle by which the block turns the sheet. For example, a foot block that turns a sheet 180" will see a load equal to twice the load on the sheet. A deck organizer, which turns a halyard only 30", will see just 52% of the load on the halyard. I
1
l
Boat Type Most load formulas assume a medium displacement monohull, but you can easily correct for other boat types. Multihulls have great form stability and speed and will often carry sails very high in the apparent wind speed so calculations must be done with this wind speed in mind. ULDBs are typically tender and often change sails or reef quite early so loading may be done at relatively low wind speeds. For example, a modern trimaran may carry its blade jib in 25 knots of wind at speeds over 15 knots for an apparent wind of nearly 40 knots whereas a ULDB will probably remove its #l genoa at about 15 knots of apparent wind. Genoa Syslem Loading Canoa Shm Load Because wind speed is squared, it is the most important variable Eqlhh Mob* and can greatly influence loading. Wind is the apparent wind and SL=SAxv2xo.m31 SL=SAXV2Xo.mlo4 should be calculated for the specific sail being analyzed. For SL Sheetloadinp~unds SL I S b t bad in kilograms example, the #l genoa on a 25 footer might only be carried in SA 1 Sail area in squarefeef SA I %lareainsquaremeten 15 knots of wind while the #3 blade on a maxi boat could well V I Wlndspeedinknm V I Wmdswdin k m be carried in 40 knots. To calculate loading on a genoa lead car, multiply sheet load by deflection of the sheet in the lead car, but is generally assumed to the angle of deflection of the sheet. Most #l genoas will deflect be .3 of lead car load when deflection is 45' and .5 of lead car load about 45', while a Kevlar X3 may deflect 75 or more. when deflection is 60'. Lead car adiuster tackle load is deoendent on the anale of
-
.+e4. A B x C a r Load
Mainsheet System Loading The formula for mainsheet loading is not as widely accepted as that for genoa sheet loads and should only be used as a rough guide for offshore boats from 30 to 60 feet. Traveler car adjuster load is generally considered to be .2 times car load.
Mainshed ~ o a d M~~IC
English
ML=E~X ~ 2 ~ 0 . 0 xv2 2 1 ~
ML = E ~ X ~ 2 ~ 0 . 0 ~X 3V 1 ~
( $ P ~ xE ~ ) x ( E - X I ML E
A
P V
2xCzLoad
X
Mainsheet load m pounds Foot length olma~nm feet Lulf length of main in feet Wind speed in knots Distance from an end of buom 10 mainsheet m h m e n t point in feet
( ~ ) x ( E x )
-. . ~ML E
P V X
.Mainsheet load in kilogmms Foot length of main in meters L u l length of main in meters Wind speed in knots Distance from an end of boom to mainsheet attachmen1point in metes
Rig Dimensions he following abbreviations are often used to describe various measurements on a sailboat. Precise technical definitions exist for each abbreviation, but the following is a list of simple descriptions:
I
LOA LWL
I
Length Ovemll- wemll bp to tip length of the boat Length Watedine -length of waterline of the boat ~~
DWL BMX BWL
I
1 94
Design Watedine- thmretcal watedine length of boat as opposed to LWL which e actual walerllne length Beam Maximum - width of the boa1atthe wldest poinl Beam Waferline-rndest beam 01 boat at the watedine Height ofthe foretnangle measured from metopot the highest sheave lolhe sheerline
12
1 I
1
1
7
Height of staysail halyard above deck Base of the foretriangle measured from the front of the mast tome intersection of the forestay and deck h e of Staysail triangle
J2 P E
Lufl lengthof the mansail Foot length ofthe mainsail
LP
Shortesf distance from headstay to the clew of the jib
1
I
RA.
GBREAKlNGSl
iTHS
l
System 1
System 1A
System 2
The most common mainsheet on boats under twenty-eight feet (8.5 m) is a four part tackle. Very small boats will use a 060 and 053 while larger boats will use a 042 and 028 o r a 1556 and 1559. All systems feature ratchets and adjustable cam cleats.
Boats with mainsails to 375 ft2 often use a 6:l mainsheet. Smaller boats use a 052 on the traveler car with a 049 on the boom. Larger boats use a 1556 on the car and a 1546 on the boom.
Placing the mainsheet off the traveler car with a 009 ratchet on a 144 base allows adjustment of the main without dragging the car to windward. It tends to tighten the leech but this can be overcome by curving the track ends up. Boom blocks are 2.25"for boats under twenty-eight feet (8.5 m) or 3.00 plastic blocks for boats to thirty-five feet ( l 0 m) which usually use a 6:l tackle.
System 3 AS mainsails get larger, the purchase required to trim increases tremendously. A powerful Purchase is slow in light air or dOWnwind So dual purchase mainsheets have become popular. In this example, a 6:l tackle using a 051 is used for fast trimming while the finetune tackle of little fiddle blocks gives 243 power for upwind work.
completely contained on the traveler car is a popular retrofit. Boats with mains under 300 ft2 (28 m2) generally use a 4:1/16:1 system with a 1565 mid-range fiddle on the car, two 011s on the boom and a 4:l fine-tune consisting of a 127 on the end of the sheet and a 060 littlefiddle block mounted on the eyestrap of the fiddle block's cam. ~0~ mains to 450 ftZ(42 m2), increase the gross purchase to 6:l by using a 1555 on the car and a 1546 on the boom.
System 4 A refinement of system 3, this system uses a dinghy-like double-ended tackle which putsthe sheet on the cockpit sides.
I
R-,
System 5
Mainsheets are simple hardware systems, but they are among the most important as they are in almost constant use. There is no one mainsheet for every boat. The best choice depends on the size of the boat, the configuration of the deck and cabin house, the prevailing wind, the number and strength of the crew and the owner's preferences. Some typical mainsheet systems are pictured. Use these as a starting point for designing a system for your boat.
196
is moved off the centerline. Placing the fine-tune in the boom solves this and cleans up the cockpit. This system for boats under thirty-five feet (10 m) has a 3:1 gross-trim with the finetune leading to a 140 on the boom so the trimmer can stay on the rail, Larger boats use a 5:l gross-trim using a 051 or 1555.
".'
System 7
his fine-tune svstem features a 5:l tackle with cam with the tail
leo to a winch for heavy air worn Boats ~ n d e tniny-n r ne feet l 1 l 9 m l dse 3.00' Dlast c o l o c ~whlle laraer boars Lse mid-range or big boat blocks.
This is the most popular system on cruising boats. The block on the traveler car is a 008 or 1560. The blocks on the boom and gooseneck are 011s or 1540s and a 014 or 1548 is used to lead the sheet around the companionway.
System 8
system-9
This double-ended system is very popular and very simple. It leaves the trimmer on the high side. The mainsheet must run very freely through the blocks to allow the traveler to move easily. Free rolling 3.0W and 4.00 big boat blocks are used on this system.
Double-ended systems using mainsheet sheave carriers are popular because there are no loose blocks to bang about in a jibe. Boats with mains to 450 R (42 m2) use the 584, while boats with mains to 600 ft2 (56 m2) use the 586. Both join two 515 cars and incorporate the control tackle.
System 10 The German Admiral's Cup boats first popularizeo this system wnere tne sheet eaos forward alona tne Doom oefore turn'ig aft to the winches. The traveler is independent of the main. sheet so it rolls freely. The sheet makes lots of turns so free rolling blocks are a must. One tonners use 3.00 big boat blocks, often with a 4.00 big boat block on the car.
System 11 Many arge boals Lse a simple system wnere a olocd on the deck tJrns tne sheet 10 a W nch F i b - l ve looters (15 m) dse 4.50 blocns wh~le seventy footers (21 m) use 5.50" blocks.
System 1 209 and 21 0 c a n feature 200 Cam-Matic cleats so installation involves simply bolting the track to the deck and providing an 073 eyestrap for deadending the control lines. The cleats are on adjustable arms so they can be angled to best suit your boat: flush deck boats will face the cleats down the length of the track while boats with seat backs will generally angle the cleats aft.
System 2 he 211,212 and 247 windward sheeting traveler
cars are extremelv simole to mount as a 2:l svstem. The car includes ihe cleats so installation invdves mounting the traclcand prov~dinga deaoeno for the conrrol line on a 073 eyestrap. A patented slioer mechanism allows these cari to be pulled to windward without releasing the leeward control line. If the ooat S tacked, the car stays ,n place and can be Dulled to the new windward sioe, apain - witno~r releasing the leeward control line.
Svsfem 3 -
The 211,212 and 247 W ndward sheeting traveler cars can be insralled w ~ t ha 3:l control tacke oy starting rhe line at the oecket rbbe provided and ~ s i n aeither a 255 or 092 at the trackeno. Tne 1575 and 1576 can be set up with either 3:l or 4:l control lines. For 3:l or 4:l controls use a 1516 control block on the track end. The 608 and 609 can be installed with either 5:l or 6:l controls. For 5:l controls deadend the line on a 563. For 6:1controls use a 736 or three 132s at the track end.
Svstem 4 T ~ simple S 2:l
system has rhe ne oeadended on a 073 eyestrap, a 157,159 or 214 car with integral sheaves and the c~earsmounteo facing outooard. Po~ularon flush deck boats ke the ,124 wnere the cr& sits ourboard of tne rraveer, This system can also be ou t usina 171,172and 215 cars with 082 or 125 bullet block onthe car for the control lines.
Svstem 5 A>:I system with cleats on the track is popular on boats under thirty-five feet (10.67 m). Boats to twenty-six feet (7.5 m) use a 215 car fitted with 083 blocks and 259 and 260 control blocks with cleats at the track ends. Boats over twenty-eight feet (8.5 m) use 1514 blocks on either a 1508 or 1509 car and 1520 and 1521 control blocks with cleats at the track ends.
l
3 TRAVELER SYSTEMS I Taveler controls should be powerful enough to move the car easily under load and led to a position where the crew can operate them conveniently. Smaller boats usually position the controls so that the helmsman can make the adjustment while larger boats will position the controls for the mainsheet trimmer.
A
Purchase Recommendations for Tnveler Controls
I
8rll Ama
Control Puahasa
Under 150 ft2
2:l
275 - 450 ft2 450 - 600 ft2 Over 600 ft2
Winch
I
I
System 6 A 3 1 system s pop~laron many racing ooals 10 th~nv-f.vefeet 110.67 ml. The car 1s a 1508 or 1509 ~ h e i u r n ~ nblocd g on rhe eno of rhe tracd can be a 1516 slna e sheave contro block or a 017 10181 little ~exaratchetcheek block which allows'the tr mmer to ease tne car ~ n d econtro r in neavy gusts The cleats face oJtooaro to a ow tne trimmer to sit off the ends of the track.
System 7 The most pop~larsystem on moderate y slzea crL sing an0 racing ooals is a 4:l lac6 e wiln the control olocks and c ears m o ~ n t e don The track on enos. Tnls racdle cons srs of two 1515 OIOC~S the car and a 564 and 565 control block assembly at the trac6enas 631 or 632 trlm caps fin sh the track enas Boats w ~ l hsa I areas greater than 450 ft2 (42 m2) should use 734 and 735 control blocks.
-.~
Svstem 8 ~
-
Wnen lne [rave er (S mounteo aneao 01 the COmDanionwav t IS otten conven enl to Dlace tne cleais at the after edge of the cabin housk so the crew does not have to reach forward to move the traveler car. Use 563 or 733 control blocks on the track ends with 150 Cam-Matic cleats on the cabin noLse A 240 swlve cam cleat WIIIallow the crew to control tne car from var o ~ pos~t s ons n the cockp r
System 9 On boats like the Tartan 10 the crew generally sits on the deck outside of the cockpit so the control lines are led vertically up the seat back. 147 blocks are used on the car while 223s are mounted on the cockpit seat back to turn the line up to a 150 Cam-Matic cleat. The cleat should have a 137 fairlead eyestrap to contain the line in the cleat.
System l0 Larger boats generally need winches to adjust the traveler. Boats using big boat track will often use4:l controls with 733 control blocks while boats using mini-maxi and maxi cars will most often use 2:l controls with 1703,666. or 667 control blocks.
, ~ .
System 1 In this system there is one long track on each side of the boat and all of the genoas sheet to the adjustable car which is moved during sail changes. The adjustable system consists of a lead car (A) with 4:l adjuster tackle using a double sheave control block (B) at the front of the track. The adjuster line is turned into the cockpit through a cheek block (C) to a cleat (D). An adjustable stop (E) is placed on the track as a backup and as a reference point for adjustment. A shock cord, which keeps the car from moving forwaro ddr ng tacks, is lea tnrough a small cheed block mo~nredaft of the tracd (F), then forward to an eyestrap (G).
System 2 In this simple system, an adjustable car is used for the R1 and #2 genoas while a T track is used for the #3 and #4 jibs. The adjustable car system is as described in System 1. The T track car (A) is adjusted by use of a pin stop (B), which may be either integral to the car or loose as shown here.
System 3 This is another variation of System 1. There are two cars placed on a single long track on each side of the boat. This allows the new sheet to be set and the car to be correctly positioned before sail changes. The cars are joined by a cable (A). Both cars move when the single adjuster tackle (B) is adjusted. The cars are spaced so that they are the average distance between the #l and #3 genoas.
System 4 This is the same concept as System 3, except that there are separate tracks for each car which saves weight compared to a single long track which may extend across a large area where no sails sheet.
1 GENOA LMO CAR SYSTEMS I
: ....
....:..
System 5 In this system, two tracks are mounted parallel to allow sheeting either inboard or outboard. These systems are popular in areas where there are a wide variety of conditions: some sailing in flat water where the inboard tracks are effective and some sailing in rough water which requires use of the outboard tracks. The cars are joined together by a wire bridle (A) so that a single adjuster tackle (B) moves both cars. Another wire bridle at the back of the cars (C) allows a single shock cord. Because the cars are not in line, the adjuster tackle cannot be placed on a track end, but rather secures to a padeye (D) mounted ahead of the tracks.
System 6 This simple athwartships system is good for use on boats to one ton size. The adjuster is a 2:l arrangement leading through two 304 or 308 wire blocks (A) on the car and leading to a cam cleat (B) in the cockpit. Depending on genoa size, a tackle or magic box may be required in the adjuster system. The sheet passes through a floating block (C) which has a wire sheave on the bottom (D) and then to a swivel block mounted on the deck (E) before leading to the winch. Placing the deck block outboard means that the car naturally wants to move outboard. Lateral adjustment simply requires a 2 : l tackle consisting of a bullet block (F) on the car leading to a cam cleat (G) in the cockpit.
System 7 This athwartships system has a 1:l adjuster for the floating block (A). On larger boats, the adjuster will need to lead to a small winch, while smaller boats may use a tackle led to a cam cleat (B) in the cockpit. The adjuster leads forward to a deck block (C) which must be placed a good distance from the track to prevent restricting movement of the car. The sheet leads to a deck block mounted on a padeye (D) and then to a winch. Placing the deck block outboard means that the car naturally wants to move outboard. Lateral adjustment simply requires a 2:l tackle consisting of a bullet block (F) on the car leading to a cam cleat (G) in the cockpit. Larger boats may need a stronger tackle for the car adjuster or may need to use a winch.
T h e ability to adjust genoa lead block position under load has become crucial for efficient offshore sailing. Pulling the lead forward allows the racing crew to "power up" the genoa coming out of tacks or when sailing through lulls. Easing the car aft "depowers" the genoa to keep the boi on its feet in gusts. Cruising sailors use adjustable lead cars with roller reefing genoa systems. As the genoa is reefed, the lead car position must be moved forward to compensate. The ability to adjust lead car position from the safety of the cockpit is more than just a convenience. These sketches show seven arrangements for adjustable lead cars. All bring the controls back to the cockpit where they are easily adjusted by the trimmer in his normal position. Use these sketches as a basis for designing a system which is right for your boat. Choose cars based on the load formulas found on page 194. 2'
System I
System 2
This system is most often seen on small fractionally rigged boats. The 6:l self-cleating tackle uses a 086 on the backstay and a 095 on the deck. Variations include leading the backstay through the deck and placing atackle under the stern of the boat. If the lower block is a 087, the cleat can be placed forward near the cockpit.
This is avariation of System 1 . A wire block like the 304 is placed at the end of the backstay. Afiexible cable runs over the wire block to form a 2:l purchase which is then pulled by a 6:l tackle for a total power of 12:l.
I
System 3 This is the typical split backstay adjuster. Two 304 or 308 wire blocks ride on the legs of the backstay and secure to a 321 or 322 split backstay tang plate. A 4:l tackle using a 028 and 038 pulls the wire blocks down the backstay, pinching the legs together The pinching provides mechanical advantage, but it decreases as the tackle is lowered on : the legs. A Hexa-Cat may be used to increase power.
A
System 4 A more powerful version of the split backstay adjuster uses a doubling wire running through a 304 or 308 wire block on the 321 or 322 tang to give a purchase of 8.1. Purchase can be increased further by using a Hexa-Cat.
1 BACKSTAY ADJUSTER SYSTEMS I
I
System 6 Boats in the 29 to 35 foot range (9 to 10.5 m) can use the B1834 or B1722 adjusters. The integral handles fold out to allow easy adjustment.
System 5 This double-ended version of the split backstay adjuster leads the lines forward to cam cleats mounted just ahead of the helmsman. On a typical 26 foot (8 m) boat, the cams are 150 Cam-Matics, the blocks turning the adjuster up to the cleats are 132 big bullet cheek blocks and the single blocks are 146 big bullet blocks.
System 7 Boats to 50 feet (15 m) which want a simple, reliable, powerful backstay adjuster without hydraulics can use the 8500, B501, 8502, or B503 stay tensioners which accept a standard winch handle.
Backstay adjusters are important to proper sailing. On masthead boats, they are the primary device for changing headstay tension. A loose headstay makes genoas full for drive in light air and chop while a tigM headstay flattens the genoa for heavier air. Furling systems need a tight headstay. Many owners like to sail with a tight headstay, but want to relieve the load on their boats when they are not sailing. On fractionally rigged boats, backstay tension contributes some to headstay tension but is used primarily to bend the mast and flatten the mainsail. Some common styles of backstay adjusters are shown here. Use these sketches to develop ideas which may work on your boat.
System I
Systam 2
This simple 3:l self-cleating vang is popular on small dinghys. A 225 block (A) is on the boom and a 244 fiddle with V-jam (B) is attached to the mast base. To make a 4:l vang, use a 226 and 245.
This 5:l vang is often seen on large dinghys and small keel boats. A 085 (A) is attached to the boom and a 094 triple with cam (B) is used at the mast base. To increase purchase to 6:l use a 086 and 095.
System 3
System 4
Lever vangs are popular on many racing dinghys. Depending on the size and shape of the lever and the adjustment tackle, purchases of 48:l are easily achieved. This simple system places a 166 bullet block (A) on the lever and a 084 double bullet (B) on the mast base. The vang control lines are led aft on each side of the boat to cams.
The basic 4:l fiddle block vang is the most common system seen. Large ding-hys and small keel boats use a 053 fiddle (A) on the boom and 060 fiddle with becket and cam IB) on the mast. offshore boats with mains to 240 fF (22 m2:l use the 028 and 042 fiddles while boats with mains to 400 W (37 m2) use the 1559 and 1556 mid-range fiddles.
System 5 In this variation of system 4, a doubling block (A) increases the purchase of the vang to 8.1. The load on the fiddle blocks is halved so they can be used safely on larger boats. Use a 304 or 308 wire block (A) on the boom with little fiddles or fiddles. Usea 1746 or 504 block on the boom (A) with midrange fiddles.
System 6 Most solid rod vangs include a self-cleating adjuster tackle. Many boats will find it useful to rerig the vang with a double ended control line led down each side of the boat. Place 168 big bullet blocks (A) at the mast base and 240 swivel cam bases (B) aft on the cabin house.
1 BOOM VANGS I B o o m vangs allow adjustment of the boom. Tensioning the vang tightens the leech of the sail. Cruising sailors use the vang primarily to keep the boom from rising downwind, while racing sailors use the vang as a primary shaping device for the main.
his simple system is often used on course racing keel boats like Solings. The traveler track (A) is bent in a radius equal to the distance from the headstay to the sheeting point along the LP of the sail. The bend is vertical with the ends up. The track is mounted to face the clew of the jib. The sheet is typically a wire and passes through a 304 wire block (B) and forward to a 306 thru-deck wire block (C) mounted near the headstay. The thru-deck block must be vely far forward to prevent sheet tensioning when the car moves along the track. A tackle may be placed under deck and led to cam cleats in the cockpit. Larger offshore boats may use a variation of this system which leads the sheet forward to a foot block near the headstay and then above decks aft to a winch.
System 2 This system is popular because it keeps the foredeck clear. The track is bent as in System 1 or is bent in a horizontal plane to follow the radius of the sail. The sheet is a 2:l system starting on a 688 padeye or 1558 eyestrap (A) and leading through 304 or 308 wire blocks on the traveler car and clew (B) and to a 305 or 309 cheek block before heading aft to a winch. Larger boats can use this system with big boat blocks.
System 3 Self-tacking jibs and staysails work well with furling systems and with jib booms. In this system there are two "sheets", one of which controls the movement of the sail in and out much like an outhaul. The other sheet controls the movement of the boom. Typically each sheet is rigged as a 2:l system using a block with a becket on the car (A) and the boom end and a single block on the clew of the sail and the boom (B). A double block (C) is mounted under the jib pedestal and the sheets lead aft through a deck organizer or cheek blocks (D).
3 SELF-TACKING JIBS & STAYSAILS I Sell-lack ng jlos an0 staysa~s are pop~laron boats ol a I sizes beca~sethey simplity boat hano ng - tat* ng is nearly aJlomat c wllh no need 10 gr~ndin a jib sneel. Ca culale load ngs for traveler cars an0 b ocks Lsing tne ;ib sheet formula on page 194
205
System 1 m i s simple 2:l internal outhaul is suitable for dinghys or small keel boats. A flexible cable shackles to the sail and enters the boom through a 302 (A). A 224 micro block (B) is attached to the wire. The adjuster line deadends inside the boom on a 073 eyestrap (C), passes through the 224 and exits the boom via a 242 (D) micro exit. Placing a 224 on a 073 (E) aft of the cleat allows the crew to pull from a variety of positions in the boat.
System 2 This simple external outhaul system uses a cascade of two 2:l tackles to produce a 4:l advantage. It is suitable for keel boats and small offshore boats. The line starts at a 137 eyestrap (A) mounted on the far side of the boom, passes through the sail, to a 092 or 132 cheek block (B) on the boom and ends with a 082 or 125 (C). The second fall of the tackle starts at a 137 eyestrap (D), passes through the blockand leads to a cleat (E).
System 3 This 6:l internal outhaul system is popular on small to medium sized offshore boats. The outhaul wire passes into the boom through a 306 or 310 wire block (A) and is attached to a 129 or 048 triple block (B). A 130 or 076 triple with becket (C) is attached internally to a 1558 eyestrap or small padeye (D). The line exits the boom through a 131 or 047 (E) and leads to a cleat (F).
System 4 This is a variation of System 3 using a traveler car to carry the clew of the mainsail. A short length of track is attached to the top of the boom and the clew is shackled to the car (A). Choose the same size car as would be required for use on the mainsheet traveler.
1 OUTHAUL SYSTEMS I Adjustable outhaulsare important in shaping the mainsail. Atight outhaul flattens the lower part of the main for upwind sailing. Loosening the outhaul increases the draft of the main, especially in the lower third and is effective in light air or off the wind. Because outhauls must release freely when there is little load on the sail, use oversized blocks for very low friction and avoid use of magic boxes. 206
1 COMPU-SPEC ( H a r k e n Compu-Spec" is a software program available to dealers, d strloutors oesigners and other marlne n d ~ s t r yprofess onals who are nrerested no haroware tor thelr cLstomers. ~ ~ - in cnoos ~ tne ~ correct ~ The Harken Compu-Spec is an expert program which will choose the correct Harken hardware for each system on a boat based on the nature and dimensions of the boat. The program offers multiple layers of discretion to the operator so that hardware systems can be tailored to the specific needs of your customer. Harken Compu-Spec software is designed to select hardware for offshore boats from 22 to 70 feet. While the program will choose hardware for other boats, owners and designers of exotic boats and very large boats should consult Harken when selecting hardware. Hardware systems which this program will select include: Mainsheet Travelers and Controls; Mainsheet Systems; Genoa Lead Cars and Tracks; Genoa Foot Blocks; Spinnaker Sheet, Afterguy, and Foreguy; Running Backtay Block; Mast Base Lead Blocks; Rudder Bearings and Steering Sheaves; Winches and Furlino Svstems. ~arkenkoim~u-spec will generate a data sheet showing loads on some common hardware systems and describing different sail areas. When hardware is selected, Harken Compu-Spec will print the selections in several formats. These include printouts organized by hardware system; organized numerically for ordering; and with weights and strengths of the components. Printouts will also price ~~~~
~
~~~
-
the hardware selected. All Harken Compu-Spec printouts include the name of the dealer, distributor, or designer. For further information. or to order Harken Comou-S~ec, . . . call or write Harken. The Harken ~ompu-specsoftware package includes instructions and is part number 1788.
1 E-ZDECKSOFTWARE I
I H a r k e n E-Z Deckr" is a soflware package available on a limited basis ro oeslgn profess onals E-Z Deck s a menu orlven program wh ch works in con,~ncton wltn A~toCAD'software (Release 9 or more current) to enable designers to lay out deck and sail plans with properly drawn and scaled Harken fittings and winches. For customers who do not use AutoCAD but have a DXF translator for their CAD software we can offer DXF files with a library of Harken parts. The ability to lay out hardware systems using scaled hardware from a library of properly drawn parts saves considerable time, results in a very impressive drawing, and allows the designer to experiment with various hardware layouts on his deck plan.
E-Z Deck also includes the unique Spline program which permits drawing of very fair curves with minimal effort. E-Z Deck will allow drawing straight or radiused track as a simple line which will automatically be adjusted to a standard length of track when desired. E-Z Deck requires some specific hardware and software requirements and does not include AutoCAD software. There is a nominal charge for E-Z Deck and Harken reserves the right to restrict distribution of E-2 Deck. Contact Harken for details and allow up to 6 weeks for delivery. E-Z Deck is part number 1787-A for AutoCAD systems and number 1787-D for the DXF version.
3 HARKENCLOTHING I
Pullover 100% woven cotton canton fleece pullover with Harken regatta logo. Color: White. The oversized, relaxed fit is unisex and available only in European sizes 1 (S, M) and 2 (L, XL).
Polo Shirts Fashionable polo shirts are great for sailing and even better for dinner at the club and a nlgM on the town. Made of 100% pique knit cotton, the shirts feature a Harken crest logo. Colors: White and Turquoise. Sizes: M, L, XL, XXL. White polo available in Small.
Mock Turtleneck Heavy weight cotton long-sleeved mock turtleneck. Perfect for a cool sundown sail or an evening on the dock. This shilt has snug f i i n g cuffs, but is cut full at the bottom. Color: Natural. Unisex sizes M, L, XL.
Spinnaker T-shirt A great sailing shirt The front features the spinnaker crest logo and the back is adorned with a "world of sailing" design. 100% cotton. Color: White. Sizes: M, L, XL.
Olympic Classes T-shirt Colorful new all over design features all of the Olympic classes in action. High quality 100% cotton. Color: White. Sizes M, L, XL.
2369
Bright primary colors give this shift extra flair. Regatta graphic on back and Harken crest logo on front. 100% cotton. Sizes: M, L, XL.
Harken Man T-shirt Something special for junior sailors- a Harken shift styled for the 90's. Targeted for dinghy sailors from 8 - 14, these shirts are crazy and just for kids. Color: White. Youth size L (14 - 16), Adult sizes M, L, XL.
PIli
no. 2368 2369 2371 2372 2373 2383 2384 2385
Dercfiptlon M o d Turtleneck Spinrmker 1-Shirt Harken Man T-shirt Harken Polo Shirt Harken Polo Shirt Olympic Classes T-shirt SunsetT-Shirt
Pullwer
Natura Whiie
PO
Whilte Whiie Turquoise White White White
3'Q
209
~.
1 PROMOTIONAL ITEMS I
"
Our luggage is just what the traveling sailor is looking for. Made exclusively for Harken, these bags are sophisticated, yet lightweight, sturdy and water repellant. They are made of durable 1000 denier Cordura nylon. Traveler Bag Traveler bag made of water resistant Kwlar is perfect for grooming essentials. Duffel Duffel is fully lined with three compartments to keep clothes organized. A ~arallel zipper makes access easy. The end pockets are for wei items. 28'x 13' X l l " ( 7 1 1 mm X 305 mm X 330 mm). Heavy duty cotton webbing handles and shoulder strap. AHach6 overnigM Unusual attach6lovernight bag makes a neat carry-on with its multitude of small pockets for pens, calculators, papers, etc. A large, expandable pocket is perfect for Heavy duty cotton webbing handles and shoulder strap. Tri-fold garment bag Tri-fold garment bag features generous exterior pockets and can be folded to fit into overhead compartments. 46'x 24' X 4" (1.17 m X 610 mm X l 0 0 mm) folds to 24" X 1 6 (610 mm x406 mm). Complete with hand and shoulder straps. 210
Coolers Pack a picnic and hit the water with Harken soft-sided coolers. They're easy to carry and can be folded when empty. 24-pack and 12-pack coolers come with shoulder straps. Color: Red. Size: 24-pack. 12-pack, 6-pack.
Sailino Gloves Harken th;ee quarter finger sai, ng g oves are made of svnthetic Amara leather tnat reoe s water and orles s o n Nvlon s~andexmesh backsior dw, cool comfort. ~einforcedpalm and fingers and doubkstitching for extra wear Elastic wrist band with adjustable Velcro tab. Color: Gray leather with Navy mesh. Sizes: S ( 7 l h - %l,?). M (9- 10), L (IOlh - l l ) , XL (11lh - 12).
Hat3 Great hats for a day on the water. One size with adjustable headband. Colors: White with red logo Turquoise with multicolored logo.
Jewelry Harken jewelry consists of finely detailed scale miniatures of Harken blocks, winches and furling systems to tell the world you love sailing. Hardware charms and pendants are supplied with a ring for attachment to chains or bracelets. The two styles of earrings are supplied with wires for pierced ears. Earrings are sold per piece, not as a pair.
Micro Block Key Chain Until now you had to go to boat shows to find Harken micro block key chains. The real ball bearing blockcomes with rust-resistant ring. The block makes a great spare in case you need an emergency replacement for your flag halyard but it does not float.
Rapz Eyeglass Straps Keep your shades in place while you're grinding winches and trimming sheets. May be used with or without adjustable bead. Color: Red. Size: 26' (660 mm).
Plastic Cups Great drinking cups to use onboard. 16 oz (300 ml) plastic cups feature the Harken logo and are dishwasher safe and virlually unbreakable.
Pall NO.
Auto Sun Shades Protect your dash and keep your car cool while you're on the water. Folds into its own box for easy storage.
2344 2345 2347 2348 2353 2354 2355 2356 236 2374 2375 2376 2378 2327 2336 2338 2381 2382 2380 2337 2339 2386
Description Large becket Nnner blockcharndpendant Small spreacher block charmipendant Small bronze winch charmlpendam Small chmme winch charrnlpendant Furling u n l charmlwntani Large becket runner block earring with ear loop Large spreacher blcckearjng with ear loop Earring h w k wire only Micro block key ring Dutfel b w Garment bag
Gray wlBlue
-
Gray wlBlue
AttachUOvernight bag
Gray wiBlue
Traveler bag
KwlarwIBlue
16 m (3W ml) cup Harkn auto shade
-
Cooler 24 pack
Red wmhite
Cooler. 12 pack
Red wmhile
-
Red wlWhite
Cooler 6 rack Hat Hat Rapz eyeglass strap Sailing gloves
Turquoise While Red wMlhile GiayiFlavy
1
THE HS-l&
HS-g
Six
"
L. .
I -,
-
years ago Harken introduced the first full-support athletic boat shoe. Now Harken with Saucony Athletic Footwear, whose running shoes were recently rated first in a prominent US consumer magazine, bring you a new generation boat shoe desjgned and built in the USA. The HS-1, in rugged split suede and foam-backed mesh, is an all-around boat shoe. Its flexible sole features the TRS Grip System, a tri-radial sipe pattern that inhibits hydroplaning and gives traction in all directions. The HS-2, our high performance shoe, is made of lightweight, synthetic leather that breathes. This shoe's TRS system sole has multidurometer rubber to increase traction. Both shoes incorporate the latest in athletic shoe styling and technology. Beamy outsoles that offer a wide base of support for maximum surface contact. Sidewall bars and tack grips that Integrate w~thbottom tread to expel water and offer support. And, like superior athletic shoes, they feature scalloped achilles tendon pads, EVAfoam-padded tongues and backtabs so you can hang them to dry. Feature for feature, no other shoes compare to the HS-l and HS-2. 212
m I,
218
228
235
243
2%
2B
268
277
285
291
M2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
35
56
37
38
39/40 41
42
43
44/45
16
41
I
I
I
cmtirmta~
2
I 3
I 5
I 6
I 7
I
8
I
I
I
5
6
7
Wmank
I I I I I I l I I , I I I
~
'
I 1
6
*mMn
M
1
~ 7
I 1 8
I
1
m
Enplish
I
I
9
0
I 0
I 1
9
1
1
31,
I l
2
I
I
I
11
12
l3
1 10
I4
I I I I I I I I I ~ I ~I I I
~
r
2020
Men's HS-l bcat shoe
2021
Men's HS-2 boatshoe
Availabk in medium width in Ussizes5 ta 14 with h sizesfmm 514through 11% Availabls in medium mmh in U S S 5 ~ta 14 with h sizesfram 5%.through 1114
EVA foam-padded tongue gives support and comfort.
Split suede leather upper provides support and
Scdloped Achilles tendon pad is comfortable while offering maximum heel support.
Beamy outsoie offers wide base of support for stability and maximum surface contact.
Hydropermeable foambacked mesh allows foot to breathe and provides excellent drainage and flexibility.
Ventilation holes help keep fool cool.
EVA midsole wedge gives lightweight and flexible cushioning. Full-length ~esittepolyurethane cushion incorporates integrated sidewall support system for comfort and stability
Sidewall bars and tack grips integrate with bonom tread to expel water and offer superior support and traction.
M1cr0poro.s syntnetlc ealner s strong, llgnwe ght an0 llexlole ITa lows foot to oreatne and absorbs less moisture than leather and maintains its shape and appearance.
Removable gr d-sryle EVA lootoed prwloes c,sh onlng rvnl e prornol ng ienu at onano rap.0 dralnlng of hater
BacMab mabs it easy to hang shoes to dry.
TRS grip system features a tri-radial sipe pattern which is flexible and disperses water to prevent hydroplaning and insure excellent traction.
= Enective November 1. 1992
Pan NO
HARKEN HARDWARE
W1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
W5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 013 t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 014 t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 015 t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 016 t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 017 t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 018 t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 027 t . . . . . . . 028 . . . . . . . . . 029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 032 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 038 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 041 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 051 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 052 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 058 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 059 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 065 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 069 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 070 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 071 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 074 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 075 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 076 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 077 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 078 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 079 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 080 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New palfo
t FaP18ners supplied
214
Page NO.
Farl Nr.
.
HARKFN HARDWARE
081 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 082 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 083 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 085 . . . . . . . 086 . . . . . . . 087 . . . . . . . 088 ....... 089 . . . . WO . . . . . . . W1 . . . . . . . W2 . . . . . . . W3 . . . . . . . 094 . . . . . . . 095 . . . . 096 ....... W7 . . . . . . . W8 . . . . . . . W9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 .......................... 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 ...................... .... 118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 . . . . . . . 120 . . . . . . . 125 . . . . . . . 126 . . . . . . . 127 . . . . . . . 128 ....... 129 . . . . . . . 130 . . . . . . . 131 . . . . . . . 132 . . . . . . . 133 . . . . . . . 134 . . . . . . . 135 ....... 136 . . . . . . . 137 . . . . . . . 138 . . . . . . . 139 . . . . . . . 140 ....... 141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142-600 mm . . . . . . 142.1 m . . . . . . . . . 142.1.2m . . . . . . . . 142.1.5m . . . . . . . . 142.1.8m ........ 142.2.1 m ........ 142.2.5 m . . . . . . . . 142-3 m . . . . . . . . . 142.3.6 m . . . . . . . . 142-6 m . . . . . . . . . 143-1 m ............... 143-1.2 m .............. 143-1.5 m .............. 143.1.8m . . . . . . . . 143.2.1 m . . . . . . . . 143.2.5 m ........ 143-3 m ......... 143-3.6 m ........ 144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pan
NO. IiARK.CN HARDWARE
145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 154-72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 154-84 . . . . . . . . ... 154-100 . . . . . . . ... 154-120 . . . . . . . ... 154-144 . . . ... 155-40 . . . . . . . . .. 155-48 . . . . . . . . ... 155-60 . . . . . . . . ... 155-72 . . . . . . . . ... 155-84 . . . . . . . . ... 155-100 . . . . . . . ... 155-120 . . . . . . . ... 155-144 . . . . ... 156 . . . . . . . . . . ... 157 . . . . . . . . . . ... 158 . . . ... 159 . . . ... 160 . . . ... 161 . . . ... 162 . . . ... 163 . . . . . . . . . . ... 164 . . . . . . . . . . ... 165 . . . . . . . . . . ... 166 . . . . ... 167 . . . . ... 168 . . . . . . . . . . ... 169 . . . . . . . . . . ... 170 . . . . . . . . . . ... 171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 172 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 174 . . . . . . . . . . ... 175 . . . . . . . . . . ... 176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 178 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 179 . . . . . . . . . . ... 180 . . . . . . . . . . ... 181 . . . . . . . . . . . ... 182 . . . ... 183 . . . . ... 184 . . . . . . . . . . . ... 185 . . . . . . . . . . . ... 186 . . . . . . . . . . . ... 187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 . . . . ............... 193 . . . ................ 194 .... ............... 195 . . . ............... 196 . . . . ............... 197 . . . . ............... 200 . . . ......... 201 . . . . ......... 202 . . . ... 203 . . . ... 204t . . . ... 205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E Elfedlve November 1. 1992
Part
Page
NO .
HARKEN HARDWARE
206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 . . . . . . . 209 . . . . . . . 210 . . . . . . . 21 1 . . . . . . . 21 2 . . . . . . . 213 . . . 214 . . . . . . . 21 5 . . . . . . . 21 7 . . . 21 8 . . . . . . . 219t . . . . . 220 . . . . . . . 222 . . . . . . . 223 . . . . . . . 224 . . . . . . . 225 . . . . . . . 226 . . . . . . . 227 . . . . . . . 228 . . . . . . . 229 . . . . . . . 230 . . . . . . . 231 . . . . . . . 232 . . . . . . . 233 . . . . . . . 234 . . . . . . . 235 . . . . . . . 236 . . . . . . . 237 . . . . . . . 238 . . . . 239 . . . . . . . 240 . . . . . . . 241 . . . . 242 . . . . . . . 243 . . . . . . . 244 . . . . . . . 245 . . . 247 . . . . . . . 248 . . . 249 . . . 250 . . . . . . . 251 . . . 252 . . . . . . . 253 . . . . . . . 254 . . . . . . . 255 . . . . . . . 256 . . . . . . . 257 . . . . . . . 258 . . . . . . . 259 . . . . . . . 260 . . . 261 . . . . 262 . . . . 263 . . . . . . . 264 . . . . . . . 265 . . . . . . . 266 . . . . . . . 267 . . . 270 . . . . . . . 271 . . . . 272 . . . . 273 . . . . . . . 274 . . . . 275 . . . . . . . 276 . . . . . . . 277 . . . . . . . 278 . . . . . . . 279 . . . 280 . . . . . . . 281 . . . . . . . 282 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' New
Page
NO .
Pam
t Fartenerr supplied
NO.
HARKEN HARDWARE
25 136 136 104 104 120 120 120 104 104 26 26 26 20 22 22 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 21 1 98 85 85 85 85 18 18 18 18 120 120 122 146 146 148 146 146 106 106 106 106 106 106 105 105 105 105 95 129 129 89 89 89 89 103 103 103 95 105 82 82 96 96
283 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 . . . . . . . . . . 286 . . . . . . . . . . 287 . . . . . . . . . . 288 . . . . . . . . . . 289 . . . . . . . . . . 290 . . . . . . . . . . 291 . . . . . . . . . . 292 . . . . . . . . . . 293 . . . . . . . . . . 294 . . . . . . . . . . 295 . . . . . . . . . . 296 . . . . . . . . . . 297 . . . . . . . . . . 298 ' . . . . . . . . . 300 . . . . . . . . . . 301 t . . . . . . . . . 302 . . . . . . . . . . 303 . . . . . . . . . . 304 . . . . . . . . . . 305 t . . . . . . . . . 306 . . . . . . . . . . 307 . . . . . . . . . . 308 . . . . . . . . . . 309 t . . . . . . . . . 310 . . . . . . . . . . 311 . . . 312 . . . . . . . . . . 313 . . . . 314 . . . . . . . . . . 315 . . . . . . . . . . 316 . . . . . . . . . . 317 . . . . . . . . . . 318 . . . . . . . . . . 319 . . . . . . . . . . 320 ' . . . . . . . . . 321 . . . . . . . . . 322 ' . . . . . . . . . 323 * . . . . . . . . . 325 ' . . . . . . . . . 326 * . . . . . . . . . 327 " . . . . . . . . . 500 . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . 502 . . . . . . . . . . 503 . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . 505 . . . . . . . . . . 506 . . . . . . . . . . 507 . . . . . . . . . . 508 t . . . . . . . . . 509 t . . . . . . . . . 510 t . . . . . . . . . 511 t . . . . . . . . . 512 t . . . . . . . . . 513 t . . . . . . . . . 514 t . . . . . . . . . 515 . . . . 516-3 . . . . 516-4 . . . . . . . . 516-5 . . . . 516-6 . . . . . . . . 516-7 . . . . 516-8 . . . . . . . . 516-10 . . . . 516-12 . . . . 517 . . . . . . . . . . 518 . . . . . . . . . . 519 . . . . . . . . . . 520 . . . 521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part
NO .
HARKEN HARDWARE
84 84 98 103 20 20 20 20 20 18 84 84 84 84 84 84 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 82 82 82 122 129 19 19 19 122 82 82 82 72 72 72 72 49 49 49 49 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 110 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 111 72 72 72 72
1HARKEN 1993 I Ellectlve Nwarnber 1.1992
Part No.
Pap8 NO. HARKEN HARDWARE
Part Nr.
m08 No. HABEN HARDWARE
Pan No.
Snka HARKEM HARDWARE
Enective November 1. 1992
Part NO . HARKEN HARDWARE 775 t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776 t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777t . . . . . 778 . . . . . . . 779 . . . . . . .
' New pans f Fastenerrsupplied
Page NO .
Page NO.
Fnrt Nr
.
Part NO. HARKEH HARDWARE
HARKEM HARDWARE
1597 ' 1598 ' 1599' 1600' 16Q1' 1605' 1606'
........................
........................
...... ...... . . . . . .
......
EllaEtlva Nmamber 1. 1992
Part NO
Page NO.
.
HARKEN HARDWARE
Part Nr
Pan8 No.
.
me NO.
part I0
.
HARMN HARDWARE
JE RERM AIYD FunLmG SYSTTMS
HARKEN SHOES
2020 2021
.......................
2327 2336 2337 2338 2339 2344 2345 2347 2348 2353 2354 2355 2356 2368 2369 2371
......................... ......................... ......................... ......................... ......................... .........................
........................ PROMOnONAL UFMS
I
' NW parts
t Rsmners supplied
21 8
I
......................... ......................... ......................... ................ ... ................ ... ................ ... .......... ... ..........
...
......................... .........................
3 HARKE'Y 1993 I Elfective November 1. 1992
Part NO.
Pag8 NO.
Part NO.
PROMOTIONAL ITEMS
Pan NO
Page NO.
.
STAND11110 WINCHES
874.2C
........................
848.3A 848.38 846.3C 853.3A 853.38 853.3C 856.3A 856.38 856.3C 864.3A 86430 864.3'2 866.3A 866.38 866.3C 874.3A 874.38 874.3C
........................
WIDFBOOY SFLF-TAILING WINCHES
THREE SPEED WINCHES
PORTUGHR
........................
.....
.............
.....
.............
.....
.............
..... ..... ....
..... .... .... .... ....
STANDARD WINCHES 86A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 868 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86C . . . . . . . B8A . . . . . . . 888 . . . . . . . BBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816.2A . . . . . . . . . . 816.28 . . . . . . . . . . 816.21: . . . . . . . . . . . 832.2A . . . . . . . . . . 832.28 . . . . . . . . . . 832.2C . . . . . . . . . . 840.2A . . . . . . . . . . 840.28 . . . . . . . . . . 840.2C . . . . . . . . . . 842.2A . . . . . . . . . . 842.28 . . . . . . . . . . 8422C . . . . 844.2A . . . . . . . . . . 844.28 . . . . . . . . . . 844.2C . . . . . . . . . . 846.2A . . . . . . . . . . 846.28 . . . . . . . . . . 846.2C . . . . . . . . . . 848.2A . . . . . . . . . . 848.28 . . . . . . . . . . 8482C . . . . . . . . . . 853.2A . . . . . . . . . . 853.28 . . . . . . . . . . 853.2C . . . . . . . . . . 856.2A . . . . . . . . . . 856.28 . . . . . . . . . . 856.2C . . . . . . . . . . 864.2A . . . . . . . . . . 864.28 . . . . . . . . . . 8642C . . . . B662A . . . . . . . . . . 866.28 . . . . . . . . . . B662C . . . . . . . . . . 874.2A . . . . . . . . . . 874.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' NBW pans
t Fastenemsupplied
........................
........ ........
........ ........
........ ........ ........
........ ........
........
........
..................... .....................
..................... ........................
........................
SFLFTAlLlNG WINCHES B16STA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816ST8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B16STC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832.2STA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 832.298 . . . 832.2STC . . . 840.2STA . . . . 840.2ST8 . . . 840.2STC . . . . . . 842.2STA . . . . . . 842.2STB . . . . 842.2STC . . . . . . 844.2STA . . . . 844.2STB . . . . . . 844.2STC . . . . . . 846.2STA . . . 846.2STB . . . . . . 846.2STC . . . . . . 848.2STA . . . . . . 848.2STB . . . . . . 8482STC . . . 853.2STA . . . . . . 853.2STB . . . . . . 853.2STC . . . . . . 856.2STA . . . . . . 856.2STB . . . . . . 856.2STC . . . . . . 864.2STA . . . . . . 864.2STB . . . . . . 864.2STC . . . . . . 866.2STA . . . . . . 866.2STB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8662STC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8742STA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8742STB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8742STC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THREESPEED SELFTAILING WINCHES
WIDE BODY THREE SPEED SnF-TAILING i WINCHES 8964.3STA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 8964.3STB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 6964.3STC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 8964.3STNSS . . . . . . 159 159 8980.3STA . . . . . . . . . 8980.3STB . . . . . . . . . 159 8980.3STC . . . . . . . . . 159 159 8980.3STNSS . . . . . . 159 81 1OOSTA . . . . . . . . . . ~1100STNSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 8112OSTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 159 B112OSTNSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELEKTRK WINCHES 844.2STEA-12H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844.2STEA-24H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844.2STEC.12H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844.2STEC-24H . . . . . 844.2STEA-12V . . . 844.2STEA-24V . . . . . 844.2STEC-12V . . . 844.2STEC-24V . . . . . 846.2STEA.12H ' . . . . 846.2STEA-24H ' . . . 846.2STEC-12H ' . . . . 846.2STEC-24H ' . . . 848.2STEA-12H . . . . . 848.2STEA-24H . . . . 848.2STEC-12H . . . . . 848.2STEC-24H . . . . 848.2STEA-12V . . . . 848.2STEA-24V . . . 848.2STEC-12V . . . . . 848.2STEC-24V . . . . . 853.2STEA-12H . . . . . 853.2STEA-24H . . . . . 853.2STEC-12H . . . 853.2STEC-24H . . . . . 853.2STEA-12V . . . . . 853.2STEA-24V . . . . . 853.2STEC-12V . . . . . 853.2STEC-24V . . . . 856.2STEA-12H . . . . . 856.2STEA-24H . . . . . 856.2STEC-12H . . . . . 8562STEC-24H . . . . . 856.2STEA-12V . . . . 8562STEA-24V . . . . . 856.2STEC-12V . . . . . 8562STEC-24V . . . . . 864.2STEA-12H . . . 8642STEA-24H . . . 8642STEC-12H . . . 8642STEC-24H . . . 8642STEA-12V . . . 864.2STEA.24V . . . . 8642STEC-12V . . . . . 864.2STEC.24V . . . . 8662STEA-12H . . . 866.2STEA.24H . . . . . 866.2STEC.12H . . . . . 866.2STEC.24H . . . . . 866.2STEA.12V . . . . . 866.2STEA.24V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Part NO.
ELEKTAIC WINCHES B66.2STEC-12V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B66.2STEC-24V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B74.2STEA.12H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B74.2STEA-24H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B74.2STEC.12H . . . . . B74.2STEC-24H . . . . . B74.2STEA-12V . . . . . B74.2STEA-24V . . . . . B74.2STEC-12V . . . . . B74.2STEC-24V . . . . . B9b12STEA12H . . . . . B964.2STEA24H . . . . . B9b1.2STEC12H . . . . . B9b12STEC24H . . . . . B9b12STEA12V . . . . . B9b1.2STEA24V . . . . . B9612STEC12V . . . . . B9642STEC24V . . . . . . . . . . . B9802STEA12H . . . . . . . . . . . B980.2STEA24H . . . . . . . . . . . B9802STEC12H . . . . . . . . . . . B980.2STEC24H . . . . . . . . . . . B9802STEA12V . . . . . . . . . . . B9802STEA24V . . . B9802STEClZV . . . . . B9802STEC24V . . . . . . . . . . . B1 100STEA24H . . . . . . . . . . . B1 100STEAiSS24H . . . . . . . . . B1 100TCEA24H . . . . . . . . . . . B1 100TCENSS24H . . . . . . . . . B1 120STEA24H . . . . . . . . . . . B1 120STWSS24H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1 120TCEA24H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1 120TCWSS24H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ELECTRIC CONTROL BOXES AN0 SWli BEB1000-1P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEB1000-12-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEB1000-24-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BEBlOOO-24-2 . . . . . BEB2000-24-2 . . . BE82000-24-2 . . . BEB2500-24-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRS102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BRS102m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HYDRAULIC WiNCHES B44.2STHA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B44.2STHC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B48.2SMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B48.2STHC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853.2SMA . . . . . . . . B53.2STHC . . . . . . . . B56.2STHA . . . . B56.2SMC . . . . . . . . B64.2STHA . . . . B64.2SMC . . . . . . . . B66.2STHA . . . . B66.2SMC . . . . B74.2STHA . . . . B74.2SlHC . . . . B9M2STHA . . . B9M2STHC . . . B980.2STHA . . . B9802STHC . . . B980.3STHC . . . BllOOSTH SS . . . BllOOSTHA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8110OTCH SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BllOOTCHA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81120STHSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B112OSTHA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1120TCHSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1120TCHA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page NO.
Page NO-
F-art NO .
Part NO.
.
MODULAR KITS
POWER UNmS
BK4510 BK4511 BK4512 8K4513
MODULAR KlTS BK422ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BK44.2ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BK46.2ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BK482ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~aoe NO
SERVICE KlTS ........................ ........................
........................
........................ ELECTRIC CONVERSION KITS 8K4520 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BK4521 ' ...................... BK4522 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8K4523 ' . . . BK4524 ' . . . BK4525 ' . . . . . . BK4526 ' . . . BK4527 ' . . . . . . BK4530 ' . . . . . . BK4531 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BK4532 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BK4533 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PEDESTALS AN0 GEAR BOXES B600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B601AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B604 . . . . . . . . . B605 . . . B606 . . . . . . . . . 8610-385 mm . . . . . . . 8610-695 mm . . . . . . . B611 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8611-12 ' . . . . . 8611-36' . . . . . B611AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8615-385 mm . . . . . . . 8615.695 mm . . . . . . . B616 . . . . . . . . . B617 ' . . . . . . . 8621 . . . . . . . . . B621AP . . . . . . . B622 . . . . . . . . . B631 . . . . . . . . . B631AP . . . . . . . B700 . . . . . . . . . B1780 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1781 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1782 ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WINCH HANDLES B8AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B8ASG ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P=Y Ellsctlvs November 1. 1992
.NO...
HARKEN ITALVOECKHAROWARE STAY TENSIONERS
U1722 B1834 B500 B501 8502 B503
I
SPINMKER POLEFNO FITTINGS
........................ ........................ .........................
......................... ......................... .........................
GENOA LEAD CARS B153AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B154CM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B155CM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1871AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1872AM . . . . . . . . B1872CE . . . . . . . . . 61872CM . . . . . . . . 61873AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1873CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1873CM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENOA T-mACKAN0 END STOPS B2055M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2056E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2056M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2057E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2057M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B156M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B157M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B158M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENUA TSCHKNEN UN0 ENDSTOPPI 0201.1.5 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6201-2 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8201.25 m . . . . . . 6201-3 m . . . . . . . . 0201.3.5 m . . . . 0201-4 m . . . . 0201-5 m . . . . . . . . 0202.1.5 m . . . . . . 0202-2 m . . . . . . . . 8202.25 m . . . . . . 0202-3 m . . . . . . . . 8202.3.5 m . . . . . . 0202-4 m . . . . . . . . 0202.4.5 m . . . . . . 8202-5 m . . . . . . . . 0203.1.5 m . . . . 0203-2 m . . . . . . . . 0203.2.5 m . . . 8203-3 m . . . . . . . . 6203.3.5 m . . . . . . .. 8203-4 m . . . . . . . . .. 8203.4.5 m . . . . . . .. 8203-5 m . . . . . . . . ..
I
Page NO.
Pane NO .
U
63407 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3408 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S P I N M R POLE END FITTINGS B120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B121170 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B121180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1211100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TRACK SLIDES FORSPINNAKER BELLS 6276lA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B27618 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B3481A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 034m ........................ SHEETJAMMERS B1773RA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1773LA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61773RC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1773LC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1866RA . . . . . . B1866LA . . . . B1866RC . . . . . . B1866LC . . . . . .
190 190 190 190
Accessories . Addresses . . . . AirBlocks . . . . AirTrack . . . . . Attache Case . . . Auto Shade . . .
Cam-Matic Cleats . . . . . . . . . . 82 .85 Car Couplers . . . . . . . .104.107.111.119 Cars. Bastet . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120. 121 Cars. Genoa . . . . . . . .122.123.184.185 Cars. Spinnaker . . . . . . . . . . . 124.190 Cars. Traveler . . . . . . . . . 104.107. . 110
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115.117.119.121
.
k c k s t a v Plate for S ~ l i t ~ackstaySystem Drawings . . . . . 202.203 Backstay Tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 BASES Cam Bases . . . . . .85 Eyestraps . . . . . . . 96 Padeyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96.97 Stand-up Bases . . . . . . . . . . . .85.87 Swivel Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . .85.87 Bastet Windward Sheeting Traveler Cars . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120.121
Batten Car Systems . . . . . . . . .138 .145 Bearings. Replacement . . . . .104.107.110 Bends. Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 BIG BOAT BLOCKS Deck Organizers . . . . . . . . . . .57.91 Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . ..57.63 Foot Blocks . . . . . . . . . 54 .56.60. . . 61 Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Stainless Steel Blocks . 57 .61.64.65.70 Stand-up Blocks . . . .48 .52.57 - 59. 69 Swivel Blocks . . . .48 .53.57 .59.68. 70 BigBoatTravelers . . . . 110~114.119.121 Big Bullet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .22.23 BLOCKS Big Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 .77 Mid-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 .42 Small Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . . l5 .34 Snatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Stainless Steel . 19.20,57.61.64.65.70 Titanium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 .70 Boat Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212.213 Bolts. Nuts and Washers . . . . . . . . . .98 Briefcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Bullet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 .21 Bullseye Fairleads . . . . . . . . . . . .85.98
Cars. Windward Sheeting . . . . . . 120.121 CHEEK BLOCKS Big Boat . . . . . . . . . . . 54 .56.60.61 Mid-Range . . . . . . . . . . .39.40 Ratchet . . . . . . . . . . .28.29.40 Small Boat . . . . . . . 18-29 Cleats. Cam . . . . . . . . 82.85 Clothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 211 Clutches. Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 . Coffee Grinders . . . . . . . . . . . 176 179 Computer Software . . . . . . . . . . . .207 Compu-Spec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207 Control Blocks. Traveler . . 106.107.109.l l 1
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113.114.116.118
Control Boxes. Winch . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Coolers . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Croakies . . . . . . . . . . . .210 Cups. Drinking . . . . . . . . . 211 Custom Products . . . . . . . . 78 .80. 137 Custom Furling . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 ~
~
DNAdapter DECK ORGANIZERS Big Boat . . . . . . . . . 57.91 Custom . . . . . . . . . . 0. g91 Mid-Range . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 . Small Boat . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . 57 .59 Dinghy Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 . Double Blocks . . .18.20 .27.38.39.48 .50 Duffle Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
E l e c t r i c winches . . . . . . . . .160 .163 EndStops . 62.105.108.112.116.118.185 Exit Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 25 Eyeglass Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Eyestraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.96
-
F i r l e a d s . . . . . . . . . . . 82 .85.96. 98 Fiberglass Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 FIDDLE BLOCKS Little Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Mid-Range Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . .42 Small Boat Fiddle Blocks . . . . .18. 30. 31 Stainless Steel Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . 57 3.00. Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Fleury Michon XI . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. 9 FOOT BLOCKS BigBoat . . . . . .54.56.60.61.186. 187 Lock-offs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54. 60 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186. 187 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . .60. 61 Furling Block. Stanchion Mount . . . . 87. 129 Furling. Custom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Furling. Gennaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Furling. Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Furling Lead Block Kits . . . . . . . . . . 129 Furling. Staysail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Furling Systems . . . . . . . l 25.137
G a r m e n t Bag . . . . . GENOA CARS Adjustable Genoa Cars . . . . . . 122. 123 Genoa Lead Cars. T Track . . . . . 184. 185 Genoa Lead Car System Drawings 200. 201 Genoa Track Sliders . . . . . . . . 109. 113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116.118. 185 Gennaker Furling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Grease. Winch . . . . . . . . . . . 181
H a l y a r d Lead ~ ~ o c k .s . . .48 .53. 57 .59 Halyard Restrainers . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Halyard Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . 72 .75. 95 Halyard Stoppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 . Hand Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Handles. Winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
HangingTab . . . . . . . . . . .98 Harken Italy Hardware . . . . . . . .183 .191 Hats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 HEXA-CATS Little Hexa-Cats . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 . 3.00 Hexa-Cats . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Hexaratchet Blocks . . . . . .28 - 34, 40 .42 Hydraulic Furling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Hydraulic Power Units . . . . . . . . 165, 166 Hydraulic Winches . . . . . . . .160.161.164
Insect screens
Jewelry
....
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
JIB REEFING AN0 FURLING SYSTEMS Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Small Boat Jib Furling Systems . . . . . 136 Unit0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Unit 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131 . Unit1.5 . . . . . . . . 131 Unit2 . . . . . . . . . 132 Unit2.5 . . . . . . . . 132 Unit3 . . . . . . . . . 133 Unit3.5 . . . . . . . . 133 Unit4 . . . . . . . . . 134
K e y Rings KITS Cam Fairlead . . . . . . . . .84 Cam Wedge . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Furling Lead Blocks . . . . . . . . 129 Genoa Lead Cars . . . . . . . . . 122, 123 Lazy Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Sail Chafe Protectors . . . . . . . . . . .98 Single Line Reefing . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Traveler . . . . . . . . . . . .104.107. 110 Winch. Modular . . . . . . . . . . 180. 181 Winch. Repair and Service . . . . . . . 181
L a z y Jacks . . . . . . Lock-off Footblocks . . . Luggage . . . . . .
M a o i c Boxes . . . . . . ~ a i n s i lLuff . Car System . Mainsail Reefing. Single Line Mainsheet Sheave Carriers Mainsheet System Drawing Maintenance . . . . . . . . Mast Base Lead Blocks . . Masthead Sheaves . . . . Maxi Boat Travelers . . . . Micro Blocks . . . . . . . Micro Cam . . . . . . . . . MID-RANGE BLOCKS Cheek Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 40 Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 . Ratchet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .40. 41 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 39 Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . . . . .41 Mid-Range Travelers . . .107 .109.120. 121 Mini-Maxi Trawlers . . . . . . .116.117. 119 Modular Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . .180. 181
PROMOTIONAL ITEMS Autoshade . . . . . Bags . . . . . . . . . Clothing . . . . . . . Coolers . . . . . Croakies . . . . . Cups . . . Gloves . . . Hats . . . . . . . Jewelry . . . . . Key Rings . . . . Luggage . . . . .
Quadruple ~ ~ o c k s
R a c i n g Winches RATCHET BLOCKS Fiddles with Ratchets . . . . . . .30.31. 42 Hexa-Cats . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..32. 33 Hexaratchet i1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Little Hexaratchet . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 . Mid-Range Hexaratchet . . . . . . . .40.41 Triples with Ratchets . . . . . . . . .34. 41 Reefing and Furling Systems . 125 137. 146 Reefing. Single Line . . . . . . . . . . . .146 Riser. Cam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Riser. Traveler Track . . . . . . . . .108. 112 Rondos. Sail Chafe Protectors . . . . . . . .98 Rope Clutches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 . Rudder Bearings and Tubes . . . . . . 92 .94 Running Backstay Blocks . . . . . . .64 .67
-
O p e n i n g Blocks . . . . .48.7 1.186 .187 Opening Foot Blocks . . . . . . . . 186. 187 Opening Portlights . . . . . . . . . 192. 193 Outhaul System Drawings . . . . . . . . . 206
~
..
~
Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176 .179 People . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. 4 .7 PinStops . . . . . . 108.113.116.118. 185 Pin Stop Track . . 62.108. 112. 116. 118. 185 Polo Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Portlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192. 193 Powered Furlino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Powered winches . . . . . . . . . .160 .167 Prices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 . .221
Sail Handling Systems . . . . . . . . 125 .146 Sailing Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 Sailing Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . .1 .228 Screens. insect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 SELECTION AND USE CHARTS Battcar Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 Big Boat Blocks . . . . . . . . . . ..46. 47 Furling Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Mid-Range Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Travelers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . .150. 151 Self-Tacking Jib System Drawings . . . . 205 Self-Tailing Winches . . . 156 .159. 162 .164 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170.171. 175 Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 SHEAVES Big Boat Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . 72 .76 Halyard Sheaves . . . . . . . . 72 .76. 95 Hi-Load Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . 74 .76 Mid-Range Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . .95 Small Boat Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . 95 . Steering Sheaves and Brackets . . . . . . 76 Sheet Jammers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 Sheet Stoppers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208. 209 Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212. 213 Single Line Reefing . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Single Speed Winches . . . . . . . . 152. 156 Slider Rods. Genoa Car . . . . . . . 122. 123 SMALL BOAT BLOCKS Cheek Blocks . . . . . . . . 18-29 . . . . . . . .89 Deck Organizers . . . . . . 18-25 Exit Blocks . . . . . . . . . .30.31 Fiddle Blocks . . . Ratchet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . .28 .34 Upright Lead Blocks . . . . .18.21.23. 25 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . 18. 20 .34 Thru-deck Blocks . . . . . . . . . . 18 .25 Small Boat Travelers . . . . . . 104 .106. 120 Snap Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 Software. Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 SpeedGrip Winch Handles . . . . . . . . . 182 Spinnaker Pole Cars . . . . . . . . . 124. 190 Spinnaker Pole End Fittings . . .124.190. 191 Split Backstay Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Spreacher Blocks . . . .30.31.42.57.58. 63 Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 STAINLESS STEEL BLOCKS AirBlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Deck Organizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 . Fiddle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Foot Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60. 61 Running Backstay Blocks . . . . . . .64. 65 Stand-up Blocks . . . . . . . . . . 57 - 59 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .57 - 59 Stainless Steel Portlights . . . . . . 192. 193 Stanchion Mount Base . . . . . . . . 87. 129
Stand-up Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Stand-up Blocks . . . . 18.21.23.25. 48 .52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 .59.69. 87 Stay Tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 Staysail Furling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 STEERING Sheave Brackets . . . . . . . . . .76 . . . . . 74.76 Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Systems. Custom . . Wheels. Custom . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78 Stops. Adjustable Pin . . . . . . . . 109. 113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116.118. 185 Stoppers. Halyard . . . . . . . . . . . 86. 189 . Sweat Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Switches. Electric Winch . . . . . . . . . 167 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . .18. 20 .34. 38 .42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48. .53. 57 .59. 68 SYSTEM DRAWINGS Backstay Systems . . . . . . . . .202. 203 Genoa Lead Car Systems . . . . . 200. 201 Mainsheet Systems . . . . . . . . 196. 197 Outhaul System Drawings . . . . . . .206 Self-Tacking Jib System Drawings . . . 205 Traveler Systems . . . . . . . . . 198. 199 Vang System Drawings . . . . . . . . . 204
T S h i rts . . . . . . . . . . . 208. 209 . . . . .62. 185 T Track . . . . . . . . . Tangs. Split Backstay . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Three Speed Winches . . . . . . . . 155. 158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 .173. 175 Thru-Deck Blocks . . . . . . . . . . .18 - 25 TITANIUM AirBlocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Running Backstay Blocks . . . . . . .6 6.67 Stand-up Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Swivel Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 TRACK AirTrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112. 115 Battcar Track . . . . . . . . . . .138 .145 T Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62. 185 TravelerTrack . . . 105. 108. 112.116. 118 Track Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 . Track Risers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108. 112
Trackstops
. . . . . . . .105.108.109.
112
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .113.116.118. 185
TRAVELERS Battcar Systems . . . . . . . . .138 .145 Big BoatTravelers . . .110 .114.120. 121 Cars . . . . . . . . . . ..110.120. 121 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 .114 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 . Genoa Lead Cars . . . . . . . . . 122. 123 Mainsheet Sheave Carriers . . . . . . . 119 Maxi Boat Travelen . . . . . . . . 117.11 8 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 . Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Mid-Range Travelers . .107 .109,120.121 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . .107.12 0.121 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . .107.109 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 . Mini-Maxi Travelen . . . . . . . . 115. 116 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 . Riser. Traveler Track . . . . . . . 108.11 2 Small Boat Travelers . . . . 104 .106. 120 Cars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.120 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Spinnaker Pole Cars . . . . . . . 124. 190 Track Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Trawler Kb . . . . . . . . ..104.107. 110 Windward Sheeting Cars . . . . . 120. 121 Trawler System Drawings . . . . . . 198. 199 Triple Blocks . . . 18. 20 - 27. 32 .34. 38 .41 TRIPLE BLOCKS WITH RATCHETS AND CAMS 2.25' Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . .34 3.00' Triples with Ratchet and Cam . . . .34 Mid-Range Triples with Ratchet and Cam 41 Turning Blocks . . . 54 .56.60.61.186. 187 Turtleneck Shirts . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 Two Speed Winches . . . .152 .154.156. 157 . . . . . . . . . . . . ..159. 162 .164. 170
V d a m Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . Vam~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vang System Drawings . . . 204
Wedges. cam . . . . . .84 WINCHES Pedestal Systems . . . . . . 176 .179 Gear Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . .176. 177 U-Joints and Drive Shafts . . . 176. 177 Standard Winches Electric Self-Tailing Winches . . 160 - 163 Hydraulic Self-Tailing Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160.161. 164 Single Speed Self-Tailing Winches . . 156 Singlespeed Winches . . . . . 152. 156 Three Speed Self-Tailing Winches . . 158 Threespeed Winches . . . . . 155. 158 Two Speed Self-Tailing Winches 156. 157 Two Speed Winches . . . . . .152 - 154 Wide-Body Winches . . . . . . . . . 159 Torion Racing Winches . . . . . . 168 - 175 Four Speed Racing Winches . . . . . 174 Three Speed Racing Winches . . . . 171 Three Speed Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . . . . 171. 175 Two Speed Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Wide Body Self-Tailing Racing Winches . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Wide Body Top Cleating Racing Winches . . . . . . . . 172 - 174 . Winch Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192. 193 Window Shade. Auto . . . . . . . . . . .211 Windward Sheeting Traveler Cars . . 120. 121 Wire Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 . Wire Bullet Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . .20. 21
1251 East Wisconsin Avenue Pewaukee, Wisconsin 53072 USA Telephone: (414) 691-3320 Fax: ( 4 1 4 ) 691-3008. Cable: Harken Pewaukee Harken East (Trade Only)
Harken West (Trade Only)
Harkan Italy S.P.A.
O n e Mill Street N e w p o r t , R h o d e Island 02840 Fax: ( 4 0 1 ) 841- 5 0 7 0 Telephone: ( 4 0 1 ) 849-8278
2 8 2 6 C a n o n Street
V i a Ceresio 12 22074 L o m a z z o ( C o m a ) Italy Fax: (39) 2 - 9 6 3 - 7 0 - 9 9 8 Telephone: (39) 2-96-77-90-28
Argentina Hahen Argentina Avellaneda 1266172 1642 - Lomas de San lsidro Buenos Aires, Argentina Fax: (54) 1-313-7267 Telephone: (54) 1-743-8586
San Diego, California 92106 Fax: (619) 225-1 508 Telephone: (619) 225-1506 Caribdean Rodney Bay Ship Services Ltd In Rodney Bay Marina BOX2172. Gros-Islet St. Lucia, West lndies Fax: (809) 452-9974 Telephone: (809) 452-9973
Greece Tecrep Marine S.A. 38. AMi Mutsopulu 18536 Piraeus, Greece Fax: (30) 1-4184280 Telephone: (30) 1-4521647
Pmtupal Luiz Godinho Llmitada Rua de Pedroups. 89 - A 1400 Lisboa. Portugai Fax: (351) 1-301 66 58 Telephone: (351) 1-301 7753
Budget Marine N.V. Box 434
H~andflel~ium imhoff bv. Leimuiderdiik 47& 2156 MX ~ e t e r i n ~ b r u Holland g, Fax: (31) 1713-15866 Telephone: (31) 1713-15900
Sinoapors Marintech Marketing (S) Pte. Ltd 101 Klchener Road #02-05 Jalan Besar Plaza Singapore 0820 Fax: (65) 2923869 Telephone: (65) 2988171
Australia Thomas H. Sutton Pty. Ltd. 27 Madeline Street Enfield NSW 2136 Australia Fax: (61) 2-642-5537 Telephone: (61) 2-642-1647 (61) 2-642-1849
Hono Kono Far East Yact Austria Peter Prokes GesmbH. Argentinierstrasse 43 1040 Vienna, Austria Fax: (43)222-5054103 Telephone: (43) 222-5057332
Harken France ZA. P o r t d e s Minimes 17000 - La Rochelle France Fax: (33) 46.44.25.70 Telephone: (33) 46.44.51.20
Thomas Peake &Co. Ltd. 177 Western Main Road PO. Box 301 Port of Spain. Tr~nidad,West indles Fax: (809) 622-7288 Telephone: (809) 622-4293
Bermuda Pearman, Watiington & Co., Ltd. PO. Box HM 840 Haminon HMCX, Bermuda Fax: (809) 292-4489 Telephone: (809) 295-3232
Chile Harken Chile L0 Recabarren 6575 Las Condes - Santiago, Chile Fa: (56) 2-231-1634 Telephone: (56) 2-242-7147
Bermuda Marine Supply PO. Box HM 808 Hamikon HMCX. Bermuda Fax: (809) 295-7665 Telephone: (809) 236-9950
Ocean Marine Equipment Ltd. St. Andrews Str.. 2458 PO. Box 1370
-,-.--
Denmark Colurnbus Trading MS Naverland 26 B , 2600 G l o s t ~ pDenmark Fax: (45) 43 63 3459 Telephone: (45) 43 63 3600
Hong Kong 8-100 Central. Hong Kong Fax: (85:2) 877-2222 Telephone: (852) 525-7015 Hungary Yacht Sewice KFL Babits Mihalv ut 18 8623 Balatonfold;dr, Hungary TeVFax: (36) 1-11 23 288 Israel Yamit POB. 61 58 Tel-Aviv 61061, Israel Fax: (972) 3-5271031 Telephone: (972) 3-5271 780
Telephone: (81) 791
Finland Tallberg Nautica Oy
Canada North Marine Guidance Ltd. 2242 Lakeshore Blvd. West Toronto, Ontario, Canada M8V 1A5 Fax: (416) 252-2994 Telephone: (416) 252-7841
Veneentekijantie 7 00210desnh F n a i o Far 3581 0 6927358 Te epnone 1358 0 6926055
honnies: Ma'ne Dsrr onors -10 1648 WKI 2no A.er.e Vdnco.J?I B C Caraoa 16. I n 4 Fai 604, 733-4869 Teepnone 604 733-4897
Germany Peter Frisch GmbH Isar-Ring 11, 0-8000 Munich 40, Germany Fax: (49) 89.365078 Telephone: (49) 89365075
.
Slovenia & Croatia Seaway lgrlska 12 SLO-61000 Ljubuana. Slovenia Fax: (38) 61 224-673 Telephone: (38) 61 224-675 SouM m i c a Wllbur Ellis Co. ( W ) Ltd. PO Box 4258
Spain Trimer i p m s a . Regas. 33 08006 Barcelona. Soaln Fax: (34) 3-238.01:34 Telephone: (34) 3-238.26.42 Sweden Rutgerson Marin AB Box 48 440 30 Marstrand. Sweden Fax: (46) 303-608 89 Telephone: (46) 303-610 60 Swirrerland Lambelet Olffusion Port du Nid-du-Cro 2007 Neuchatel. Swltzeriand Fax: (41) 38-259960 Telephone: (41) 38-259963 United Kingdom
Norway HNS Norge A.S. Bygdoy Alie 111 PO. Boks 271 Skoyen 0212 Oslo 2. Norway Fax (47) 2-43 10 45 Telephone: (47) 2-43 07 17
OTHER REPRESENTATIVES: TAIWAN: Mercury Marine Supply Co. Ltd., SF-4. No. 22, Tsu Wei 4th Road, Lin Ya (80212). Kaohsiung, Taiwan, R.O.C.. Fax: (886) 7-331-4232. Telephone: (886) 7-331-7293 TURKEY Kornpolit Marin, Turizm Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd. Sti., Kemeralti Cad. No: 67,80020 Karakoy - Istanbul, Turkiye, Telex: (821) 24813 MECTR, Fax: (90) 1 - 144 6351, Telephone: (90) 1-1498449
227
3 Small Boat Blotks
D Mid=RangeBlocks
L Custom Hardware
I Furling Systsrns
3 Winches
3 Reference
Shoes & Promotional Items
g Street, Helensburgh,